Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–25
1Of other lawgivers, some have set forth what they considered to be just and reasonable, in a naked and unadorned manner, while others, investing their ideas with an abundance of amplification, have sought to bewilder the people, by burying the truth under a heap of fabulous inventions.
2But Moses, rejecting both of these methods, the one as inconsiderate, careless, and unphilosophical, and the other as mendacious and full of trickery, made the beginning of his laws entirely beautiful, and in all respects admirable, neither at once declaring what ought to be done or the contrary, nor (since it was necessary to mould beforehand the dispositions of those who were to use his laws) inventing fables himself or adopting those which had been invented by others.
3And his exordium, as I have already said, is most admirable; embracing the creation of the world, under the idea that the law corresponds to the world and the world to the law, and that a man who is obedient to the law, being, by so doing, a citizen of the world, arranges his actions with reference to the intention of nature, in harmony with which the whole universal world is regulated.
4Accordingly no one, whether poet or historian, could ever give expression in an adequate manner to the beauty of his ideas respecting the creation of the world; for they surpass all the power of language, and amaze our hearing, being too great and venerable to be adapted to the senses of any created being.
5That, however, is not a reason for our yielding to indolence on the subject, but rather from our affection for the Deity we ought to endeavour to exert ourselves even beyond our powers in describing them: not as having much, or indeed anything to say of our own, but instead of much, just a little, such as it may be probable that human intellect may attain to, when wholly occupied with a love of and desire for wisdom.
6For as the smallest seal receives imitations of things of colossal magnitude when engraved upon it, so perchance in some instances the exceeding beauty of the description of the creation of the world as recorded in the Law, overshadowing with its brilliancy the souls of those who happen to meet with it, will be delivered to a more concise record after these facts have been first premised which it would be improper to pass over in silence.
7For some men, admiring the world itself rather than the Creator of the world, have represented it as existing without any maker, and eternal; and as impiously as falsely have represented God as existing in a state of complete inactivity, while it would have been right on the other hand to marvel at the might of God as the creator and father of all, and to admire the world in a degree not exceeding the bounds of moderation.
8But Moses, who had early reached the very summits of philosophy, and who had learnt from the oracles of God the most numerous and important of the principles of nature, was well aware that it is indispensable that in all existing things there must be an active cause, and a passive subject; and that the active cause is the intellect of the universe, thoroughly unadulterated and thoroughly unmixed, superior to virtue and superior to science, superior even to abstract good or abstract beauty;
9while the passive subject is something inanimate and incapable of motion by any intrinsic power of its own, but having been set in motion, and fashioned, and endowed with life by the intellect, became transformed into that most perfect work, this world. And those who describe it as being uncreated, do, without being aware of it, cut off the most useful and necessary of all the qualities which tend to produce piety, namely, providence:
10for reason proves that the father and creator has a care for that which has been created; for a father is anxious for the life of his children, and a workman aims at the duration of his works, and employs every device imaginable to ward off everything that is pernicious or injurious, and is desirous by every means in his power to provide everything which is useful or profitable for them. But with regard to that which has not been created, there is no feeling of interest as if it were his own in the breast of him who has not created it.
11It is then a pernicious doctrine, and one for which no one should contend, to establish a system in this world, such as anarchy is in a city, so that it should have no superintendant, or regulator, or judge, by whom everything must be managed and governed.
12But the great Moses, thinking that a thing which has not been uncreated is as alien as possible from that which is visible before our eyes (for everything which is the subject of our ^ senses exists in birth and in changes, and is not always in the same condition), has attributed eternity to that which is invisible and discerned only by our intellect as a kinsman and a brother, while of that which is the object of our external senses he had predicated generation as an appropriate description. Since, then, this world is visible and the object of our external senses, it follows of necessity that it must have been created; on which account it was not without a wise purpose that he recorded its creation, giving a very venerable account of God.
13And he says that the world was made in six days, not because the Creator stood in need of a length of time (for it is natural that God should do everything at once, not merely by uttering a command, but by even thinking of it); but because the things created required arrangement; and number is akin to arrangement; and, of all numbers, six is, by the laws of nature, the most productive: for of all the numbers, from the unit upwards, it is the first perfect one, being made equal to its parts, and being made complete by them; the number three being half of it, and the number two a third of it, and the unit a sixth of it, and, so to say, it is formed so as to be both male and female, and is made up of the power of both natures; for in existing things the odd number is the male, and the even number is the female; accordingly, of odd numbers the first is the number three, and of even numbers the first is two, and the two numbers multiplied together make six.
14It was fitting therefore, that the world, being the most perfect of created things, should be made according to the perfect number, namely, six: and, as it was to have in it the causes of both, which arise from combination, that it should be formed according to a mixed number, the first combination of odd and even numbers, since it was to embrace the character both of the male who sows the seed, and of the female who receives it.
15And he allotted each of the six days to one of the portions of the whole, taking out the first day, which he does not even call the first day, that it may not be numbered with the others, but entitling it one, he names it rightly, perceiving in it, and ascribing to it the nature and appellation of the limit. We must mention as much as we can of the matters contained in his account, since to enumerate them all is impossible; for he embraces that beautiful world which is perceptible only by the intellect, as the account of the first day will show:
16for God, as apprehending beforehand, as a God must do, that there could not exist a good imitation without a good model, and that of the things perceptible to the external senses nothing could be faultless which was not fashioned with reference to some archetypal idea conceived by the intellect, when he had determined to create this visible world, previously formed that one which is perceptible only by the intellect, in order that so using an incorporeal model formed as far as possible on the image of God, he might then make this corporeal world, a younger likeness of the elder creation, which should embrace as many different genera perceptible to the external senses, as the other world contains of those which are visible only to the intellect.
17But that world which consists of ideas, it were impious in any degree to attempt to describe or even to imagine: but how it was created, we shall know if we take for our guide a certain image of the things which exist among us. When any city is founded through the exceeding ambition of some king or leader who lays claim to absolute authority, and is at the same time a man of brilliant imagination, eager to display his good fortune, then it happens at times that some man coming up who, from his education, is skilful in architecture, and he, seeing the advantageous character and beauty of the situation, first of all sketches out in his own mind nearly all the parts of the city which is about to be completed—the temples, the gymnasia, the prytanea, the markets, the harbour, the docks, the streets, the arrangement of the walls, the situations of the dwelling houses, and of the public and other buildings.
18Then, having received in his own mind, as on a waxen tablet, the form of each building, he carries in his heart the image of a city, perceptible as yet only by the intellect, the images of which he stirs up in memory which is innate in him, and, still further, engraving them in his mind like a good workman, keeping his eyes fixed on his model, he begins to raise the city of stones and wood, making the corporeal substances to resemble each of the incorporeal ideas.
19Now we must form a somewhat similar opinion of God, who, having determined to found a mighty state, first of all conceived its form in his mind, according to which form he made a world perceptible only by the intellect, and then completed one visible to the external senses, using the first one as a model.
20As therefore the city, when previously shadowed out in the mind of the man of architectural skill had no external place, but was stamped solely in the mind of the workman, so in the same manner neither can the world which existed in ideas have had any other local position except the divine reason which made them; for what other place could there be for his powers which should be able to receive and contain, I do not say all, but even any single one of them whatever, in its simple form?
21And the power and faculty which could be capable of creating the world, has for its origin that good which is founded on truth; for if any one were desirous to investigate the cause on account of which this universe was created, I think that he would come to no erroneous conclusion if he were to say as one of the ancients did say: That the Father and Creator was good; on which account he did not grudge the substance a share of his own excellent nature, since it had nothing good of itself, but was able to become everything.
22For the substance was of itself destitute of arrangement, of quality, of animation, of distinctive character, and full of all disorder and confusion; and it received a change and transformation to what is opposite to this condition, and most excellent, being invested with order, quality, animation, resemblance, identity, arrangement, harmony, and everything which belongs to the more excellent idea.
23And God, not being urged on by any prompter (for who else could there have been to prompt him?) but guided by his own sole will, decided that it was fitting to benefit with unlimited and abundant favours a nature which, without the divine gift, was unable to itself to partake of any good thing; but he benefits it, not according to the greatness of his own graces, for they are illimitable and eternal, but according to the power of that which is benefited to receive his graces. For the capacity of that which is created to receive benefits does not correspond to the natural power of God to confer them; since his powers are infinitely greater, and the thing created being not sufficiently powerful to receive all their greatness would have sunk under it, if he had not measured his bounty, allotting to each, in due proportion, that which was poured upon it.
24And if any one were to desire to use more undisguised terms, he would not call the world, which is perceptible only to the intellect, any thing else but the reason of God, already occupied in the creation of the world; for neither is a city, while only perceptible to the intellect, anything else but the reason of the architect, who is already designing to build one perceptible to the external senses, on the model of that which is so only to the intellect—
25this is the doctrine of Moses, not mine. Accordingly he, when recording the creation of man, in words which follow, asserts expressly, that he was made in the image of God—and if the image be a part of the image, then manifestly so is the entire form, namely, the whole of this world perceptible by the external senses, which is a greater imitation of the divine image than the human form is. It is manifest also, that the archetypal seal, which we call that world which is perceptible only to the intellect, must itself be the archetypal model, the idea of ideas, the Reason of God.
Sections 26–50
26Moses says also; In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth: taking the beginning to be, not as some men think, that which is according to time; for before the world time had no existence, but was created either simultaneously with it, or after it; for since time is the interval of the motion of the heavens, there could not have been any such thing as motion before there was anything which could be moved; but it follows of necessity that it received existence subsequently or simultaneously. It therefore follows also of necessity, that time was created either at the same moment with the world, or later than it—and to venture to assert that it is older than the world is absolutely inconsistent with philosophy.
27But if the beginning spoken of by Moses is not to be looked upon as spoken of according to time, then it may be natural to suppose that it is the beginning according to number that is indicated; so that, In the beginning he created, is equivalent to first of all he created the heaven; for it is natural in reality that that should have been the first object created, being both the best of all created things, and being also made of the purest substance, because it was destined to be the most holy abode of the visible Gods who are perceptible by the external senses;
28for if the Creator had made everything at the same moment, still those things which were created in beauty would no less have had a regular arrangement, for there is no such thing as beauty in disorder. But order is a due consequence and connection of things precedent and subsequent, if not in the completion of a work, at all events in the intention of the maker; for it is owing to order that they become accurately defined and stationary, and free from confusion.
29In the first place therefore, from the model of the world, perceptible only by intellect, the Creator made an incorporeal heaven, and an invisible earth, and the form of air and of empty space: the former of which he called darkness, because the air is black by nature; and the other he called the abyss, for empty space is very deep and yawning with immense width. Then he created the incorporeal substance of water and of air, and above all he spread light, being the seventh thing made; and this again was incorporeal, and a model of the sun, perceptible only to intellect, and of all the light-giving stars, which are destined to stand together in heaven.
30And air and light he considered worthy of the pre-eminence. For the one he called the breath of God, because it is air, which is the most life-giving of things, and of life the causer is God; and the other he called light, because it is surpassingly beautiful: for that which is perceptible only by intellect is as far more brilliant and splendid than that which is seen, as I conceive, the sun is than darkness, or day than night, or the intellect than any other of the outward senses by which men judge (inasmuch as it is the guide of the entire soul), or the eyes than any other part of the body.
31And the invisible divine reason, perceptible only by intellect, he calls the image of God. And the image of this image is that light, perceptible only by the intellect, which is the image of the divine reason, which has explained its generation. And it is a star above the heavens, the source of those stars which are perceptible by the external senses, and if any one were to call it universal light he would not be very wrong; since it is from that the sun and the moon, and all the other planets and fixed stars derive their due light, in proportion as each has power given to it; that unmingled and pure light being obscured when it begins to change, according to the change from that which is perceptible only by the intellect, to that which is perceptible by the external senses; for none of those things which are perceptible to the external senses is pure.
32Moses is right also when he says, that darkness was over the face of the abyss. For the air is in a manner spread above the empty space, since having mounted up it entirely fills all that open, and desolate, and empty place, which reaches down to us from the regions below the moon.
33And after the shining forth of that light, perceptible only to the intellect, which existed before the sun, then its adversary darkness yielded, as God put a wall between them and separated them, well knowing their opposite characters, and the enmity existing between their natures. In order, therefore, that they might not war against one another from being continually brought in contact, so that war would prevail instead of peace, God, turning want of order into order, did not only separate light and darkness, but did also place boundaries in the middle of the space between the two, by which he separated the extremities of each. For if they had approximated they must have produced confusion, preparing for the contest, for the supremacy, with great and unextinguishable rivalry, if boundaries established between them had not separated them and prevented them from clashing together,
34and these boundaries are evening and morning; the one of which heralds in the good tidings that the sun is about to rise, gently dissipating the darkness: and evening comes on as the sun sets, receiving gently the collective approach of darkness. And these, I mean morning and evening, must be placed in the class of incorporeal things, perceptible only by the intellect; for there is absolutely nothing in them which is perceptible by the external senses, but they are entirely ideas, and measures, and forms, and seals, incorporeal as far as regards the generation of other bodies.
35But when light came, and darkness retreated and yielded to it, and boundaries were set in the space between the two, namely, evening and morning, then of necessity the measure of time was immediately perfected, which also the Creator called day. and He called it not the first day, but one day; and it is spoken of thus, on account of the single nature of the world perceptible only by the intellect, which has a single nature.
36The incorporeal world then was already completed, having its seat in the Divine Reason; and the world, perceptible by the external senses, was made on the model of it; and the first portion of it, being also the most excellent of all made by the Creator, was the heaven, which he truly called the firmament, as being corporeal; for the body is by nature firm, inasmuch as it is divisible into three parts; and what other idea of solidity and of body can there be, except that it is something which may be measured in every direction? therefore he, very naturally contrasting that which was perceptible to the external senses, and corporeal with that which was perceptible only by the intellect and incorporeal, called this the firmament.
37Immediately afterwards he, with great propriety and entire correctness, called it the heaven, either because it was already the boundary of everything, or because it was the first of all visible things which was created; and after its second rising he called the time day, referring the entire space and measure of a day to the heaven, on account of its dignity and honour among the things perceptible to the external senses.
38And after this, as the whole body of water in existence was spread over all the earth, and had penetrated through all its parts, as if it were a sponge which had imbibed moisture, so that the earth was only swampy land and deep mud, both the elements of earth and water being mixed up and combined together, like one confused mass into one undistinguishable and shapeless nature, God ordained that all the water which was salt, and destined to be a cause of barrenness to seeds and trees should be gathered together, flowing forth out of all the holes of the entire earth; and he commanded dry land to appear, that liquid which had any sweetness in it being left in it to secure its durability. For this sweet liquid, in due proportions, is as a sort of glue for the different substances, preventing the earth from being utterly dried up, and so becoming unproductive and barren, and causing it, like a mother, to furnish not only one kind of nourishment, namely meat, but both sorts at once, so as to supply its offspring with both meat and drink; wherefore he filled it with veins, resembling breasts, which, being provided with openings, were destined to pour forth springs and rivers.
39And in the same way he extended the invisible irrigations of dew pervading every portion of arable and deep-soiled land, to contribute to the most liberal and plenteous supply of fruits. Having arranged these things, he gave them names, calling the dry, land, and the water which was separated from it he called sea.
40After this he began to adorn the land, for he bade it bring forth grass, and bear corn, producing every kind of herb, and plains clothed with verdure, and everything which was calculated to be fodder for cattle, or food for men. Moreover he commanded every kind of tree to spring up, omitting no kind, either of those which are wild or of those which are called cultivated. And simultaneously with their first production he loaded them all with fruit, in a manner different from that which exists at present;
41for now the different fruits are produced in turn, at different seasons, and not all together at one time; for who is there who does not know that first of all comes the sowing and the planting; and, in the second place, the growth of what has been sown and planted, in some cases the plants extending their roots downwards like foundations, and in others raising themselves upwards to a height and displaying long stalks? After that come the buds, and the putting forth of leaves, and then after everything else comes the production of fruit. And again, the fruit when first produced is not perfect, but it contains in itself all kinds of change, with reference both to its quantity in regard of magnitude, and to its qualities in its multiform appearance: for the fruit is produced at first like indivisible grains, which are hardly visible from their diminutive size, and which one might correctly enough pronounce to be the first things perceptible by the external senses; and afterwards by little and little, from the nourishment conveyed in channels, which waters the tree, and from the wholesome effect of the breezes, which blow air at the same time cold and gentle, the fruit is gradually vivified, and nursed up, and increased, advancing onward to its perfect size; and with its change of magnitude it changes also its qualities, as if it were diversified with varying colours by pictorial science.
42But in the first creation of the universe, as I have said already, God produced the whole race of trees out of the earth in full perfection, having their fruit not incomplete but in a state of entire ripeness, to be ready for the immediate and undelayed use and enjoyment of the animals which were about immediately to be born.
43Accordingly he commanded the earth to produce these things. And the earth, as though it had for a long time been pregnant and travailing, produced every sort of seed, and every sort of tree, and also of fruit, in unspeakable abundance; and not only were these produced fruits to be food for living animals, but enough also to serve as a preparation for the continuous production of similar fruits hereafter; covering substances consisting of seed, in which are the principles of all plants undistinguishable and invisible, but destined hereafter to become manifest and visible in the periodical maturity of the fruit.
44For God thought fit to endue nature with a long duration, making the races that he was creating immortal, and giving them a participation in eternity. On which account he led on and hastened the beginning towards the end, and caused the end to turn backwards to the beginning: for from plants comes fruit, as the end might come from the beginning; and from the fruit comes the seed, which again contains the plant within itself, so that a fresh beginning may come from the end.
45And on the fourth day, after he had embellished the earth, he diversified and adorned the heaven: not giving the precedence to the inferior nature by arranging the heaven subsequently to the earth, or thinking that which was the more excellent and the more divine worthy only of the second place, but acting thus for the more manifest demonstration of the power of his dominion. For he foreknew with respect to men who were not yet born, what sort of beings they would be as to their opinions, forming conjectures on what was likely and probable, of which the greater part would be reasonable, though falling short of the character of unadulterated truth; and trusting rather to visible phenomena than to God, and admiring sophistry rather than wisdom. And again he knew that surveying the periods of the sun and moon, to which are owing the summers and winters, and the alternations of spring and autumn, they would conceive the revolutions of the stars in heaven to be the causes of all the things which every year should be produced and generated on the earth, accordingly that no one might venture either through shameless impudence or inordinate ignorance to attribute to any created thing the primary causes of things, he said:
46Let them run over in their minds the first creation of the universe, when, before the sun or the moon existed, the earth brought forth all kinds of plants and all kinds of fruits: and seeing this in their minds let them hope that it will again also bring forth such, according to the appointment of the Father, when it shall seem good to him, without his having need of the aid of any of the sons of men beneath the heavens, to whom he has given powers, though not absolute ones. For as a charioteer holding the reins, or a helmsman with his hand upon the rudder, he guides everything as he pleases, in accordance with law and justice, needing no one else as his assistant; for all things are possible to God.
47This is the cause why the earth bore fruit and herbs before God proceeded to adorn the heaven. And next the heaven was embellished in the perfect number four, and if any one were to pronounce this number the origin and source of the all-perfect decade he would not err. For what the decade is in actuality, that the number four, as it seems, is in potentiality, at all events if the numerals from the unit to four are placed together in order, they will make ten, which is the limit of the number of immensity, around which the numbers wheel and turn as around a goal.
48Moreover the number four also comprehends the principles of the harmonious concords in music, that in fours, and in fifths,and the diapason, and besides this the double diapason from which sounds the most perfect system of harmony is produced. For the ratio of the sounds in fourths is as four to three; and in fifths as three to two; and in the diapason that ratio is doubled: and in the double diapason it is increased fourfold, all which ratios the number four comprehends. At all events the first, or the epistritus, is the ratio of four to three; the second, or the hemiolius, is that of three to two: the twofold ratio is that of two to one, or four to two: and the fourfold ratio is that of four to one.
49There is also another power of the number four which is a most wonderful one to speak of and to contemplate. For it was this number that first displayed the nature of the solid cube, the numbers before four being assigned only to incorporeal things. For it is according to the unit that that thing is reckoned which is spoken of in geometry as a point: and a line is spoken of according to the number two, because it is arranged by nature from a point; and a line is length without breadth. But when breadth is added to it, it becomes a superficies, which is arranged according to the number three. And a superficies, when compared with the nature of a solid cube, wants one thing, namely depth, and when this one thing is added to the three, it becomes four. On which account it has happened that this number is a thing of great importance, inasmuch as from an incorporeal substance perceptible only by intellect, it has led us on to a comprehension of a body divisible in a threefold manner, and which by its own nature is first perceived by the external senses.
50And he who does not comprehend what is here said may learn to understand it from a game which is very common. Those who play with nuts are accustomed when they have placed three nuts on the floor, to place one more on the top of them producing a figure like a pyramid. Accordingly the triangle stands on the floor, arranged up to the number three, and the nut which is placed upon it makes up four in number, and in figure it produces a pyramid, being now a solid body.
Sections 51–75
51And in addition to this there is this point also of which we should not be ignorant, the number four is the first number which is a square, being equal on all sides, the measure of justice and equality. And that it is the only number the nature of which is such that it is produced by the same numbers whether in combination, or in power. In combination when two and two are added together; and again in power when we speak of twice two; and in this it displays an exceedingly beautiful kind of harmony, which is not the lot of any other number. If we examine the number six which is composed of two threes, if these two numbers are multiplied it is not the number six that is produced, but a different one, the number nine.
52And the number four has many other powers also, which we must subsequently show more accurately in a separate essay appropriated to it. At present it is sufficient to add this that it was the foundation of the creation of the whole heaven and the whole world. For the four elements, out of which this universe was made, flowed from the number four as from a fountain. And in addition to the four elements the seasons of the year are also four, which are the causes of the generation of animals and plants, the year being divided into the quadruple division of winter, and spring, and summer, and autumn.
53The aforesaid number therefore being accounted worthy of such pre-eminence in nature, the Creator of necessity adorned the heaven by the number four, namely by that most beautiful and most godlike ornament the light-giving stars. And knowing that of all existing things light is the most excellent, he made it the instrument of the best of all the senses, sight. For what the mind is in the soul, that the eye is in the body. For each of them sees, the one beholding those existing things which are perceptible only to the intellect, and the other those which are perceptible to the external senses. But the mind is in need of knowledge in order to distinguish incorporeal things, and the eyes have need of light in order to be able to perceive bodies, and light is also the cause of many other good things to men, and particularly of the greatest, namely philosophy.
54For the sight being sent upwards by light and beholding the nature of the stars and their harmonious movement, and the well-ordered revolutions of the fixed stars, and of the planets, some always revolving in the same manner and coming to the same places, and others having double periods in an anomalous and somewhat contrary manner, beholding also, the harmonious dances of all these bodies arranged according to the laws of perfect music, causes an ineffable joy and delight to the soul. And the soul, feasting on a continuous series of spectacles, for one succeeds another, has an insatiable love for beholding such. Then, as is usually the case, it examines with increased curiosity what is the substance of these things which are visible; and whether they have an existence without having been created, or whether they received their origin by creation, and what is the character of their movement, and what the causes are by which everything is regulated. And it is from inquiries into these things that philosophy has arisen, than which no more perfect good has entered into human life.
55But the Creator having a regard to that idea of light perceptible only by the intellect, which has been spoken of in the mention made of the incorporeal world, created those stars which are perceptible by the external senses, those divine and superlatively beautiful images, which on many accounts he placed in the purest temple of corporeal substance, namely in heaven. One of the reasons for his so doing was that they might give light; another was that they might be signs; another had reference to their dividing the times of the seasons of the year, and above all dividing days and nights, months and years, which are the measures of time; and which have given rise to the nature of number.
56And how great is the use and how great the advantage derivable from each of the aforesaid things, is plain from their effect. But with a view to a more accurate comprehension of them, it may perhaps not be out of place to trace out the truth in a regular discussion. Now the whole of time being divided into two portions day and night, the sovereignty of the day the Father has assigned to the Sun, as a mighty monarch: and that of the night he has given to the moon and to the multitude of the other stars.
57And the greatness of the power and sovereignty of the sun has its most conspicuous proof in what has been already said: for he, being one and single has been allotted for his own share and by himself one half portion of all time, namely day; and all the other lights in conjunction with the moon have the other portion, which is called night. And when the sun rises all the appearances of such numbers of stars are not only obscured but absolutely disappear from the effusion of his beams; and when he sets then they all assembled together, begin to display their own peculiar brilliancy and their separate qualities.
58And they have been created, as Moses tells us, not only that they might send light upon the earth, but also that they might display signs of future events. For either by their risings, or their settings, or their eclipses, or again by their appearances and occultations, or by the other variations observable in their motions, men oftentimes conjecture what is about to happen, the productiveness or unproductiveness of the crops, the birth or loss of their cattle, fine weather or cloudy weather, calm and violent storms of wind, floods in the rivers or droughts, a tranquil state of the sea and heavy waves, unusual changes in the seasons of the year when either the summer is cold like winter, or the winter warm, or when the spring assumes the temperature of autumn or the autumn that of spring.
59And before now some men have conjecturally predicted disturbances and commotions of the earth from the revolutions of the heavenly bodies, and innumerable other events which have turned out most exactly true: so that it is a most veracious saying that the stars were created to act as signs, and moreover to mark the seasons. And by the word seasons the divisions of the year are here intended. And why may not this be reasonably affirmed? For what other idea of opportunity can there be except that it is the time for success? And the seasons bring everything to perfection and set everything right; giving perfection to the sowing and planting of fruits, and to the birth and growth of animals.
60They were also created to serve as measures of time; for it is by the appointed periodical revolutions of the sun and moon and other stars, that days and months and years are determined. And moreover it is owing to them that the most useful of all things, the nature of number exists, time having displayed it; for from one day comes the limit, and from two the number two, and from three, three, and from the notion of a month is derived the number thirty, and from a year that number which is equal to the days of the twelve months, and from infinite time comes the notion of infinite number.
61To such great and indispensable advantages do the natures of the heavenly bodies and the motions of the stars tend. And to how many other things might I also affirm that they contribute which are as yet unknown to us? for all things are not known to the will of man; but of the things which contribute towards the durability of the universe, those which are established by laws and ordinances which God has appointed to be unalterable for ever, are accomplished in every instance and in every country.
62Then when earth and heaven had been adorned with their befitting ornaments, one with a triad, and the other, as has been already said, with a quaternion, God proceeded to create the races of mortal creatures, making the beginning with the aquatic animals on the fifth day, thinking that there was no one thing so akin to another as the number five was to animals; for animate things differ from inanimate in nothing more than in sensation, and sensation is divided according to a five-fold division, into sight, hearing, taste, smell, and touch. Accordingly, the Creator allotted to each of the senses its appropriate matter, and also its peculiar faculty of judgment, by which it should decide on what came before it. So sight judges of colours, and hearing of sounds, and taste of juices, and smell of vapours, and touch of softness and hardness, and of heat and cold, and of smoothness and roughness:
63therefore He commanded all the races of fish and sea-monsters to stand together in their places, animals differing both in their sizes and in their qualities; for they vary in different seas, though in some cases they are the same, and every animal was not formed to live every where. And was not this reasonable? For some of them delight in marshy places, and in water which is very deep; and some in sewers and harbours, being neither able to crawl up upon the land, nor to swim off far from the land. Some, again, dwell in the middle and in the deep sea, and avoid all the projecting promontories and islands and rocks: some also exult in fine weather and in calms, and some in storms and heavy surf. For being exercised by continual buffetings, and being in the habit of withstanding the current by force, they are very vigorous and become stout. After that he created the races of birds as akin to the races of aquatic animals (for they are each of them swimmers), leaving no species of creatures which traverse the air unfinished.
64So now when the air and the water had received their appropriate races of animals as an allotment that was their due, God again summoned the earth for the creation of that share which still remained: and after the production of plants, the terrestrial animals still remained. And God said, Let the earth bring forth cattle and beasts, and creeping things of each kind. And the earth did as it was commanded, and immediately sent forth animals differing in their formation and in their strength, and in the injurious or beneficial powers that were implanted in them.
65And after all He made man. But how he made him I will mention presently, after I have first explained that he adopted the most beautiful connection and train of consequences according to the system of the creation of animals which he had sketched out to himself; for of souls the most sluggish and the most weakly formed has been allotted to the race of fishes; and the most exquisitely endowed soul, that which is in all respects most excellent, has been given to the race of mankind, and one something between the two to the races of terrestrial animals and those which traverse the air; for the soul of such creatures is endowed with more acute sensations than the soul of fishes, but is more dull than that of mankind.
66And it was on this account that of all living creatures God created fishes first, inasmuch as they partake of corporeal substance in a greater degree than they partake of soul, being in a manner animals and not animals, moving soulless things, having a sort of semblance of soul diffused through them for no object beyond that of keeping their bodies alive (just as they say that salt preserves meat), in order that they may not easily be destroyed. And after the fishes, he created winged and terrestrial animals: for these are endowed with a higher degree of sensation, and from their formation show that the properties of their animating principle are of a higher order. But after all the rest, then, as has been said before, he created man, to whom he gave that admirable endowment of mind—the soul, if I may so call it, of the soul, as being like the pupil to the eye; for those who most accurately investigate the natures of things affirm, that it is the pupil which is the eye of the eye.
67So at last all things were created and existing together. But when they all were collected in one place, then some sort of order was necessarily laid down for them for the sake of the production of them from one another which was hereafter to take place. Now in things which exist in part, the principle of order is this, to begin with that which is most inferior in its nature, and to end with that which is the most excellent of all; and what that is we will explain. It has been arranged that seed should be the principle of the generation of animals. It is plainly seen that this is a thing of no importance, being like foam; but when it has descended into the womb and remained there, then immediately it receives motion and is changed into nature; and nature is more excellent than seed, as also motion is better than quiet in created things; and nature, like a workman, or, to speak more correctly, like a faultless art, endows the moist substance with life, and fashions it, distributing it among the limbs and parts of the body, allotting that portion which can produce breath, and nourishment, and sensation to the powers of the soul: for as to the reasoning powers, we may pass over them for the present, on account of those who say, that the mind enters into the body from without, being something divine and eternal.
68Nature therefore began from an insignificant seed, and ended in the most honourable of things, namely, in the formation of animals and men. And the very same thing took place in the creation of every thing: for when the Creator determined to make animals the first created in his arrangement were in some degree inferior, such as the fishes, and the last were the best, namely, man. And the others the terrestrial and winged creatures were between these extremes, being better than the first created, and inferior to the last.
69So then after all the other things, as has been said before, Moses says that man was made in the image and likeness of God. And he says well; for nothing that is born on the earth is more resembling God than man. And let no one think that he is able to judge of this likeness from the characters of the body: for neither is God a being with the form of a man, nor is the human body like the form of God; but the resemblance is spoken of with reference to the most important part of the soul, namely, the mind: for the mind which exists in each individual has been created after the likeness of that one mind which is in the universe as its primitive model, being in some sort the God of that body which carries it about and bears its image within it. In the same rank that the great Governor occupies in the universal world, that same as it seems does the mind of man occupy in man; for it is invisible, though it sees everything itself; and it has an essence which is undiscernible, though it can discern the essences of all other things, and making for itself by art and science all sorts of roads leading in divers directions, and all plain; it traverses land and sea, investigating everything which is contained in either element.
70And again, being raised up on wings, and so surveying and contemplating the air, and all the commotions to which it is subject, it is borne upwards to the higher firmament, and to the revolutions of the heavenly bodies. And also being itself involved in the revolutions of the planets and fixed stars according to the perfect laws of music, and being led on by love, which is the guide of wisdom, it proceeds onwards till, having surmounted all essence intelligible by the external senses, it comes to aspire to such as is perceptible only by the intellect:
71and perceiving in that, the original models and ideas of those things intelligible by the external senses which it saw here full of surpassing beauty, it becomes seized with a sort of sober intoxication like the zealots engaged in the Corybantian festivals, and yields to enthusiasm, becoming filled with another desire, and a more excellent longing, by which it is conducted onwards to the very summit of such things as are perceptible only to the intellect, till it appears to be reaching the great King himself. And while it is eagerly longing to behold him pure and unmingled, rays of divine light are poured forth upon it like a torrent, so as to bewilder the eyes of its intelligence by their splendour. But as it is not every image that resembles its archetypal model, since many are unlike, Moses has shown this by adding to the words after his image, the expression, in his likeness, to prove that it means an accurate impression, having a clear and evident resemblance in form.
72And he would not err who should raise the question why Moses attributed the creation of man alone not to one creator, as he did that of other animals, but to several. For he introduces the Father of the universe using this language: Let us make man after our image, and in our likeness. Had he then, shall I say, need of any one whatever to help him, He to whom all things are subject? Or, when he was making the heaven and the earth and the sea, was he in need of no one to co-operate with him; and yet was he unable himself by his own power to make man an animal so short-lived and so exposed to the assaults of fate without the assistance of others? It is plain that the real cause of his so acting is known to God alone, but one which to a reasonable conjecture appears probable and credible, I think I should not conceal; and it is this.
73Of existing things, there are some which partake neither of virtue nor of vice; as for instance, plants and irrational animals; the one, because they are destitute of soul, and are regulated by a nature void of sense; and the other, because they are not endowed with mind or reason. But mind and reason may be looked upon as the abode of virtue and vice; as it is in them that they seem to dwell. Some things again partake of virtue alone, being without any participation in any kind of vice; as for instance, the stars, for they are said to be animals, and animals endowed with intelligence; or I might rather say, the mind of each of them is wholly and entirely virtuous, and unsusceptible of every kind of evil. Some things again are of a mixed nature, like man, who is capable of opposite qualities, of wisdom and folly, of temperance and dissoluteness, of courage and cowardice, of justice and injustice, in short of good and evil, of what is honourable and what is disgraceful, of virtue and vice.
74Now it was a very appropriate task for God the Father of all to create by himself alone, those things which were wholly good, on account of their kindred with himself. And it was not inconsistent with his dignity to create those which were indifferent since they too are devoid of evil, which is hateful to him. To create the beings of a mixed nature, was partly consistent and partly inconsistent with his dignity; consistent by reason of the more excellent idea which is mingled in them; inconsistent because of the opposite and worse one.
75It is on this account that Moses says, at the creation of man alone that God said, Let us make man, which expression shows an assumption of other beings to himself as assistants, in order that God, the governor of all things, might have all the blameless intentions and actions of man, when he does right attributed to him; and that his other assistants might bear the imputation of his contrary actions. For it was fitting that the Father should in the eyes of his children be free from all imputation of evil; and vice and energy in accordance with vice are evil.
Sections 76–100
76And very beautifully after he had called the whole race man, did he distinguish between the sexes, saying, that they were created male and female; although all the individuals of the race had not yet assumed their distinctive form; since the extreme species are contained in the genus, and are beheld, as in a mirror, by those who are able to discern acutely.
77And some one may inquire the cause why it was that man was the last work in the creation of the world. For the Creator and Father created him after every thing else as the sacred scriptures inform us. Accordingly, they who have gone most deeply into the laws, and who to the best of their power have investigated everything that is contained in them with all diligence, say that God, when he had given to man to partake of kindred with himself, grudged him neither reason, which is the most excellent of all gifts, nor anything else that is good; but before his creation, provided for him every thing in the world, as for the animal most resembling himself, and dearest to him, being desirous that when he was born, he should be in want of nothing requisite for living, and for living well; the first of which objects is provided for by the abundance of supplies which are furnished to him for his enjoyment, and the other by his power of contemplation of the heavenly bodies, by which the mind is smitten so as to conceive a love and desire for knowledge on those subjects; owing to which desire, philosophy has sprung up, by which, man, though mortal, is made immortal.
78As then, those who make a feast do not invite their guests to the entertainment before they have provided everything for festivity, and as those who celebrate gymnastic or dramatic contests, before they assemble the spectators, provide themselves with an abundance of competitors and spectacles, and sweet sounds, with which to fill the theatres and the stadia; so in the same manner did the Ruler of all, as a man proposing games, or giving a banquet and being about to invite others to feast and to behold the spectacle, first provide everything for every kind of entertainment, in order that when man came into the world he might at once find a feast ready for him, and a most holy theatre; the one abounding with everything which the earth, or the rivers, or the sea, or air, brings forth for use and enjoyment, and the other being full of every description of light, which has either its essence or its qualities admirable, and its motions and revolutions worthy of notice, being arranged in perfect order, both as to the proportions of its numbers, and the harmony of its periods. And a man would not be far wrong who should say that in all these things there might be discovered that archetypal and real model music, the images of which the subsequent generations of mankind engraved in their own souls, and in this way handed down the art which is the most necessary and the most advantageous to human life.
79This is the first reason on account of which it seems that man was created after all other animals. And there is another not altogether unreasonable, which I must mention. At the moment of his first birth, man found all the requisites for life ready prepared for him that he might teach them to those who should come afterwards. Nature all but crying out with a distinct voice, that men, imitating the Author of their being, should pass their lives without labour and without trouble, living in the most ungrudging abundance and plenty. And this would be the case if there were neither irrational pleasures to obtain mastery over the soul raising up a wall of gluttony and lasciviousness, nor desires of glory, or power, or riches, to assume dominion over life, nor pains to contract and warp the intellect, nor that evil councillor—fear, to restrain the natural inclinations towards virtuous actions, nor folly and cowardice, and injustice, and the incalculable multitude of other evils to attack them.
80But now that all the evils which I have now been mentioning are vigorous, and that men abandon themselves without restraint to their passions, and to those unbridled and guilty inclinations, which it is impious even to mention, justice encounters them as a suitable chastiser of wicked habits; and therefore, as a punishment for wrong doers, the necessaries of life have been made difficult of acquisition. For men ploughing up the plains with difficulty, and bringing streams from rivers, and fountains by channels, and sowing and planting, and submitting indefatigably day and night to the labour of cultivating the ground, provide themselves every year with what is necessary, even that at times being attended with pain; and not very sufficient in quantity, from being injured by many causes. For either a fall of incessant rain has carried away the crops, or the weight of hail which has fallen upon them has crushed them altogether, or snow has chilled them, or the violence of the winds has torn them up by the roots; for water and air cause many alterations, tending to destroy the productiveness of the crops.
81But if the immoderate violence of the passions were appeased by temperance, and the inclination to do wrong and depraved ambition were corrected by justice, and in short if the vices and unhallowed actions done in accordance with them, were corrected by the virtues, and the energies in accordance with them, the war of the soul being terminated, which is in good truth the most grievous and heavy of all wars, and peace being established, and founding amid all our faculties, a due regard for law, with all tranquillity and mildness, then there would be hope that God, as being a friend to virtue, and a friend to honour, and above all a friend to man, would bestow upon the race of man, all kinds of spontaneous blessings from his ready store. For it is evident that it is easier to supply most abundantly the requisite supplies without having recourse to agricultural means, from treasures which already exist, than to bring forth what as yet has no existence.
82I have now mentioned the second reason. There is also a third, which is as follows:—God, intending to adapt the beginning and the end of all created things together, as being all necessary and dear to one another, made heaven the beginning, and man the end: the one being the most perfect of incorruptible things, among those things which are perceptible by the external senses; and the other, the best of all earthborn and perishable productions—a short-lived heaven if one were to speak the truth, bearing within himself many starlike natures, by means of certain arts and sciences, and illustrious speculations, according to every kind of virtue. For since the corruptible and the incorruptible, are by nature opposite, he has allotted the best thing of each species to the beginning and to the end. Heaven, as I before said, to the beginning, and man to the end.
83And besides all this, another is also mentioned among the necessary causes. It was necessary that man should be the last of all created beings; in order that being so, and appearing suddenly, he might strike terror into the other animals. For it was fitting that they, as soon as they first saw him should admire and worship him, as their natural ruler and master; on which account, they all, as soon as they saw him, became tame before him; even those, who by nature were most savage, becoming at once most manageable at the first sight of him; displaying their unbridled ferocity to one another, and being tame to man alone.
84For which reason the Father who made him to be a being dominant over them by nature not merely in fact, but also by express verbal appointment, established him as the king of all the animals, beneath the moon, whether terrestrial or aquatic, or such as traverse the air. For every mortal thing which lives in the three elements, land, water or air, did he put in subjection to him, excepting only the beings that are in heaven, as creatures who have a more divine portion. And what is apparent to our eyes is the most evident proof of this. For at times, innumerable herds of beasts are led about by one man, not armed, nor wearing iron, nor any defensive weapon, but clad only in a skin for a garment, and carrying a staff, for the purpose of making signs, and to lean upon also in his journeys if he become weary.
85And so the shepherd, and the goatherd, and the cowherd, lead numerous flocks of sheep, and goats, and herds of oxen; men neither vigorous, nor active in their bodies, so as to strike those who behold them with admiration because of their fine appearance; and all the might and power of such numerous and well-armed beasts (for they have means of self-defence given them by nature), yet dread them as slaves do their master, and do all that is commanded them. Bulls are yoked to the plough to till the ground, and cutting deep furrows all day, sometimes even for a long space of time together, while some farmer is managing them. And rams being weighed down with heavy fleeces of wool, in the spring season, at the command of the shepherd, stand quietly, and lying down, without resistance, permit their wool to be shorn off, being accustomed naturally, like cities, to yield a yearly tribute to their sovereign.
86And moreover, that most spirited of animals, the horse, is easily guided after he has been bridled; in order that he may not become frisky, and shake off the rein; and he hollows his back in an admirable manner to receive his rider and to afford him a good seat, and then bearing him aloft, he gallops at a rapid pace, being eager to arrive at and carry him to the place to which he is urging him. And the rider without any toil, but in the most perfect quiet, makes a rapid journey, by using the body and feet of another animal.
87And any one who was inclined to dwell upon this subject might bring forward a great many other instances, to prove that there is no animal in the enjoyment of perfect liberty, and exempt from the dominion of man; but what has been already said is sufficient by way of example. We ought, however, not to be ignorant of this also, that it is no proof because man was the last created animal that he is the lowest in rank, and charioteers and pilots are witnesses of this;
88for the charioteers sit behind their beasts of burden, and are placed at, their backs, and yet when they have the reins in their hands, they guide them wherever they choose, and at one time they urge them on to a swift pace, and at another time they hold them back, if they are going on at a speed greater than is desirable. And pilots again, sitting in the hindmost part of the ship, that is the stern are, as one may say, the most important of all the people in the ship, inasmuch as they have the safety of the ship and of all those who are in it, in their hands. And so the Creator has made man to be as it were a charioteer and pilot over all other animals, in order that he may hold the reins and direct the course of every thing upon earth, having the superintendence of all animals and plants, as a sort of viceroy of the principal and mighty King.
89But after the whole world had been completed according to the perfect nature of the number six, the Father hallowed the day following, the seventh, praising it, and calling it holy. For that day is the festival, not of one city or one country, but of all the earth; a day which alone it is right to call the day of festival for all people, and the birthday of the world.
90And I know not if any one would be able to celebrate the nature of the number seven in adequate terms, since it is superior to every form of expression. But it does not follow that because it is more admirable than anything that can be said of it, that on that account one ought to keep silence; but rather we ought to try, even if one cannot say everything which is proper, or even that which is most proper, at all events to utter such things as may be attainable by our capacities.
91The number seven is spoken of in two ways; the one within the number ten which is measured by repeating the unit alone seven times, and which consists of seven units; the other is the number outside ten, the beginning of which is altogether the unit increasing according to a twofold or threefold, or any other proportion whatever; as are the numbers sixty-four, and seven hundred and twenty-nine; the one number of which is increased by doubling on from the unit, and the other by trebling. And it is not well to examine either species superficially, but the second has a most manifest pre-eminence.
92For in every case the number which is combined from the unit in double or treble ratio, or any other ratio, whatsoever, is the seventh number, a cube and a square, embracing both species, both that of the incorporeal and that of the corporeal essence. That of the incorporeal essence according to the superficies which quadrangular figures present, and that of the corporeal essence according to the other figure which cubes make;
93and the clearest proof of this is afforded by the numbers already spoken of. In the seventh number increasing immediately from the unit in a twofold ratio, namely, the number sixty-four, is a square formed by the multiplication of eight by eight, and it is also a cube by the multiplication of four and four, four times. And again, the seventh number from the unit being increased in a threefold ratio, that is to say, the number seven hundred and twenty-nine, is a square, the number seven and twenty being multiplied by itself; and it is also a cube, by nine being multiplied by itself nine times.
94And in every case a man making his beginning from the unit, and proceeding on to the seventh number, and increasing in the same ratio till he comes to the number seven, will at all times find the number, when increased, both a cube and a square. At all events, he who begins with the number sixty-four, and combines them in a doubling ratio, will make the seventh number four thousand and ninety-six, which is both a square and a cube, having sixty-four as its square root, and sixteen as its cube root.
95And we must also pass on to the other species of the number seven, which is contained in the number ten, and which displays an admirable nature, and one not inferior to the previously mentioned species. The number seven consists of one, and two and four, numbers which have two most harmonious ratios, the twofold and the fourfold ratio; the former of which affects the diapason harmony, while the fourfold ratio causes that of the double diapason. It also comprehends other divisions, existing in some kind of yoke-like combination. For it is divided first of all into the number one, and the number six; then into the two and the five; and last of all, into the three and the four.
96And the proportion of these numbers is a most musical one; for the number six bears to the number one a six-fold ratio, and the six-fold ratio causes the greatest possible difference between existing tones; the distance namely, by which the sharpest tone is separated from the flattest, as we shall show when we pass on from numbers to the discussion of harmony. Again, the ratio of four to two displays the greatest power in harmony, almost equal to that of the diapason, as is most evidently shown in the rules of that art. And the ratio of four to three effects the first harmony, that in the thirds, which is the diatessaron.
97The number seven displays also another beauty which it possesses, and one which is most sacred to think of. For as it consists of three and four, it displays in existing things a line which is free from all deviation and upright by nature. And in what way it does so I must show. The rectangular triangle, which is the beginning of all qualities, consists of the numbers three and four, and five; and the three and the four, which are the essence of the seven, contain the right angle; for the obtuse angle and the acute angle show irregularity, and disorder, and inequality; for one may be more acute or more obtuse than another. But a right angle does not admit of comparison, nor is one right angle more a right angle than another: but one remains similar to another, never changing its peculiar nature. But if the right-angled triangle is the beginning of all figures and of all qualities, and if the essence of the number seven, that is to say, the numbers three and four together, supply the most necessary part of this, namely, the right angle, then seven may be rightly thought to be the fountain of every figure and of every quality.
98And besides what has been already advanced, this also may be asserted that three is the number of a plane figure, since a point has been laid down to be, according to a unit, and a line according to the number two, and a plane superficies according to to the number three. Also, four is the number of a cube, by the addition of one to the number of a plane superficies, depth being added to the superficies. From which it is plain that the essence of the number seven is the foundation of geometry and trigonometry; and in a word, of all incorporeal and corporeal substances.
99And such great sanctity is there in the number seven, that it has a preeminent rank beyond all the other numbers in the first decade. For of the other numbers, some produce without being produced, others are produced but have no productive power themselves; others again both produce and are produced. But the number seven alone is contemplated in no part. And this proposition we must confirm by demonstration. Now the number one produces all the other numbers in order, being itself produced absolutely by no other; and the number eight is produced by twice four, but itself produces no other number in the decade. Again, four has the rank of both, that is, of parents and of offspring; for it produces eight when doubled, and it is produced by twice two.
100But seven alone, as I said before, neither produces nor is produced, on which account other philosophers liken this number to Victory, who had no mother, and to the virgin goddess, whom the fable asserts to have sprung from the head of Jupiter: and the Pythagoreans compare it to the Ruler of all things. For that which neither produces, nor is produced, remains immovable. For generation consists in motion, since that which is generated, cannot be so without motion, both to cause production, and to be produced. And the only thing which neither moves nor is moved, is the Elder, Ruler, and Lord of the universe, of whom the number seven may reasonably be called a likeness. And Philolaus gives his testimony to this doctrine of mine in the following Words:—for God, says he is the ruler and Lord of all things, being one, eternal, lasting, immovable, himself like to himself, and different from all other beings.
Sections 101–125
101Among the things then which are perceptible only by intellect, the number seven is proved to be the only thing free from motion and accident; but among things perceptible by the external senses, it displays a great and comprehensive power, contributing to the improvement of all terrestrial things, and affecting even the periodical changes of the moon. And in what manner it does this, we must consider. The number seven when compounded of numbers beginning with the unit, makes eight-and-twenty, a perfect number, and one equalised in its parts. And the number so produced, is calculated to reproduce the revolutions of the moon, bringing her back to the point from which she first began to increase in a manner perceptible by the external senses, and to which she returns by waning. For she increases from her first crescent-shaped figure, to that of a half circle in seven days; and in seven more, she becomes a full orb; and then again she turns back, retracing the same path, like a runner of the diaulos, receding from an orb full of light, to a half circle again in seven days, and lastly, in an equal number she diminishes from a half circle to the form of a crescent; and thus the number before mentioned is completed.
102And the number seven by those persons who are in the habit of employing names with strict propriety is called the perfecting number; because by it, everything is perfected. And any one may receive a confirmation of this from the fact, that every organic body has three dimensions, length, depth, and breadth; and four boundaries, the point, the line, the superficies, and the solid; and by these, when combined, the number seven is made up. But it would be impossible for bodies to be measured by the number seven, according to the combination of the three dimensions, and the four boundaries, if it did not happen that the ideas of the first numbers, one, two, three and four, in in which the number ten is founded, comprised the nature of the number seven. For the aforesaid numbers have four boundaries, the first, the second, the third, the fourth, and three intervals. The first interval being that between one and two; the second, that between two and three; the third, that between three and four.
103And besides what has been already said, the growth of men from infancy to old age, when measured by the number seven, displays in a most evident manner its perfecting power; for in the first period of seven years, the putting forth of the teeth takes place. And at the end of the second period of the same length, he arrives at the age of puberty: at the end of the third period, the growth of the beard takes place. The fourth period sees him arrive at the fullness of his manly strength. The fifth seven years is the season for marriage. In the sixth period he arrives at the maturity of his understanding. The seventh period is that of the most rapid improvement and growth of both his intellectual and reasoning powers. The eighth is the sum of the perfection of both. In the ninth, his passions assume a mildness and gentleness, from being to a great degree tamed. In the tenth, the desirable end of life comes upon him, while his limbs and organic senses are still unimpaired: for excessive old age is apt to weaken and enfeeble them all.
104And Solon, the Athenian lawgiver, described these different ages in the following elegiac verses:— In seven years from th’ earliest breath, The child puts forth his hedge of teeth; When strengthened by a similar span, He first displays some signs of man. As in a third, his limbs increase, A beard buds o’er his changing face. When he has passed a fourth such time, His strength and vigour’s in its prime. When five times seven years o’er his head Have passed, the man should think to wed; At forty two, the wisdom’s clear To shun vile deeds of folly or fear: While seven times seven years to sense Add ready wit and eloquence. And seven years further skill admit To raise them to their perfect height. When nine such periods have passed, His powers, though milder grown, still last; When God has granted ten times seven, The aged man prepares for heaven.
105Solon therefore thus computes the life of man by the aforesaid ten periods of seven years. But Hippocrates the physician says that there are seven ages of man, infancy, childhood, boyhood, youth, manhood, middle age, old age; and that these too, are measured by periods of seven, though not in the same order. And he speaks thus; In the nature of man there are seven seasons, which men call ages; infancy, childhood, boyhood, and the rest. He is an infant till he reaches his seventh year, the age of the shedding of his teeth. He is a child till he arrives at the age of puberty, which takes place in fourteen years. He is a boy till his beard begins to grow, and that time is the end of a third period of seven years. He is a youth till the completion of the growth of his whole body, which coincides with the fourth seven years. Then he is a man till he reaches his forty-ninth year, or seven times seven periods. He is a middle aged man till he is fifty-six, or eight times seven years old; and after that he is an old man.
106And it is also affirmed for the particular praise of the number seven, that it has a very admirable rank in nature, because it is composed of three and four. And if any one doubles the the third number after the unit, he will find a square; and if he doubles the fourth number, he will find a cube. And if he doubles the seventh from both, he will both a cube and a square; therefore, the third number from the unit is a square in a double ratio. And the fourth number, eight, is a cube. And the seventh number, being sixty-four, is both a cube and a square at the same time; so that the seventh number is really a perfecting one, signifying both equalities, —the plane superficies by the square, according to the connection with the number three, and the solid by the cube according to its relationship to the number four; and of the numbers three and four, are composed the number seven.
107But this number is not only a perfecter of things, but it is also, so to say, the most harmonious of numbers; and in a manner the source of that most beautiful diagram which describes all the harmonies, that of fourths, and that of fifths, and the diapason. It also comprises all the proportions, the arithmetical, the geometrical, and moreover the harmonic proportion. And the square consists of these numbers, six, eight, nine, and twelve; and eight bears to six the ratio of being one third greater, which is the diatessaron of harmony. And nine bears to six the ratio of being half as great again, which is the ratio of fifths. And twelve is to six, in a twofold proportion; and this is the same as the diapason.
108The number seven comprises also, as I have said, all the proportions of arithmetrical proportion, from the numbers six, and nine, and twelve; for as the number in the middle exceeds the first number by three, it is also exceeded by three by the last number. And geometrical proportion is according to these four numbers. For the same ratio that eight bears to six, that also does twelve bear to nine. And this is the ratio of thirds. Harmonic ratio consists of three numbers, six, and eight, and twelve.
109But there are two ways of judging of harmonic proportion. One when, whatever ratio the last number bears to the first, the excess by which the last number exceeds the middle one is the same as the excess by which the middle number exceeds the first. And any one may derive a most evident proof of this from the numbers before mentioned, six, and eight, and twelve: for the last number is double the first. And again, the excess of twelve over eight is double the excess of eight over six. For the number twelve exceeds eight by four, and eight exceeds six by two; and four is the double of two.
110And another test of harmonic proportion is, when the middle term exceeds and is exceeded by those on each side of it, by an equal portion; for eight being the middle term, exceeds the first term by a third part; for if six be subtracted from it, the remainder two is one third of the original number six: and it is exceeded by the last term in an equal proportion; for if eight be taken from twelve, the remainder four is one third of the whole number twelve.
111Let this then be premised, as of necessity it must, respecting the honourable qualities which this diagram or square has, and the name to which it is entitled, and the number seven unfolds an equal number of ideas, and even more in the case of incorporeal things, which are perceptible only by the intellect; and its nature extends also over every visible essence, reaching to both heaven and earth, which are the boundaries of every thing. For what portion of all the things on earth is there which is not fond of seven; being subdued by an affection and longing for the seventh.
112Accordingly men say, that the heaven is girdled with seven circles, the names of which are as follows; the arctic, the antarctic, the summer tropic, the winter tropic, the equinoctial, the zodiac, and last of all the galaxy. For the horizon is something which affects ourselves, in proportion as any one has acute vision, or the contrary; our sensation cutting off at one time a lesser, and at another time a greater circumference.
113The planets too, and the corresponding host of fixed stars, are arrayed in seven divisions, displaying a very great sympathy with the air and the earth. For they turn the air towards the times, that are called the seasons of the year, causing in each of them innumerable changes by calm weather, and pleasant breezes, and clouds, and irresistible blasts of wind. And again, they make rivers to overflow and to subside, and turn plains into lakes; and again, on the contrary, they dry up the waters: they also cause the alterations of the seas, when they recede, and return with a reflux. For at times, when the tide recedes on a sudden, an extensive line of shore occupies what is usually a wide gulf of sea; and in a short time afterwards, the waters are brought back, and there appears a sea, sailed over, not by shallow boats, but by ships of exceeding great burden. And they also give increase and perfection to all the terrestrial animals and plants which produce fruit, endowing each with a nature to last a long time, so that new plants may flourish and come to maturity; —the old ones having passed away, in order to provide an abundant supply of necessary things.
114Moreover, the constellation Ursa Major, which men call the guide of mariners, consists of seven stars, which the pilots keeping in view, steer in innumerable paths across the sea, directing their endeavours towards an incredible task, beyond the capacity of human intellect. For it is through conjectures, directed by the aforementioned stars, that they have discovered countries which were previously unknown; those who dwell on the continent having discovered islands, and islanders having found out continents. For it was fitting that the recesses both of earth and sea should be revealed to that God-loving animal, the race of mankind, by the purest of essences, namely heaven.
115And besides the stars above mentioned the band of the Pleiades is also made up of seven stars, the rising and occultation of which are the causes of great benefits to all men. For when they set, the furrows are ploughed up for the purpose of sowing; and when they are about to rise, they bring glad tidings of harvest; and after they have arisen, they awaken the rejoicing husbandman to the collection of their necessary food. And they with joy store up their food for their daily use.
116And the sun, the ruler of the day, making two equinoxes every year, both in spring and autumn. The spring equinox in the constellation of Aries, and the autumnal one in Libra, gives the most evident demonstration possible of the divine dignity of the number seven. For each of the equinoxes takes place in the seventh month, at which time men are expressly commanded by law to celebrate the greatest and most popular and comprehensive festivals; since it is owing to both these seasons, that all the fruits of the earth are engendered and brought to perfection; the fruit of corn, and all other things which are sown, being owing to the vernal equinox; and that of the vine, and of all the other plants which bear hard berries, of which there are great numbers, to the autumnal one.
117And since all the things on the earth depend upon the heavenly bodies according to a certain natural sympathy, it is in heaven too that the ratio of the number seven began, and from thence it descended to us also, coming down to visit the race of mortal men. And so again, besides the dominant part of our mind, our soul is divided into seven divisions; there being five senses, and besides them the vocal organ, and after that the generative power. All which things, like the puppets in a raree show, which are moved by strings by the manager, are at one time quiet, and at another time in motion, each according to its suitable habits and capacities of motion.
118And in the same way, if any one were to set about investigating the different parts of the body, in both their interior and the exterior arrangement, he will in each case find seven divisions. Those which are visible are as follow; —the head, the chest, the belly, two arms, and two legs; the internal parts, or the entrails, as they are called, are the stomach, the heart, the lungs, the spleen, the liver, and the two kidneys.
119Again, the principal and dominant part in an animal is the head, and that has seven most necessary divisions: two eyes, an equal number of ears, two channels for the nostrils, and the mouth to make up seven, through which as Plato says, mortal things find their entrance, and immortal things their exit. For into the mouth do enter meat and drink, perishable food of a perishable body; but from out of it proceed words—the immortal laws of an immortal soul, by means of which rational life is regulated.
120Again, the things which are judged of by the best of the senses, sight, partake of number according to their kind. For the things which are seen are seven; body, distance, shape, magnitude, colour, motion, tranquillity, and besides these there is nothing.
121It also happens that all the changes of the voice amount to seven; the acute, the grave, the contracted, in the fourth place the aspirated sound, the fifth is the tone, the sixth the long, the seventh the short sound.
122There are also seven motions; the motion upwards, the motion downwards, that to the right, that to the left, the forward motion, the backward motion, and the rotatory motion, as is most especially shown by those who exhibit dances.
123It is affirmed also that the secretions of the body are performed in the aforesaid number of seven. For tears are poured out through the eyes, and the purifications of the head through the nostrils, and through the mouth the saliva which is spit out; there are, besides two other channels for the evacuation of the superfluities of the body, the one being placed in front and the the other behind; the sixth mode of evacuation is the effusion of perspiration over the whole body, and the seventh that most natural exercise of the generative powers.
124Again, in the case of women, the flux called the catamenia, is usually carried on for seven days. Also, children in the womb receive life at the end of seven months, so that a very extraordinary thing happens: for children who are born at the end of the seventh month live, while those who are born at the expiration of the eighth month are altogether incapable of surviving.
125Again, the dangerous diseases of the body, especially when lasting fevers, arising from the distemperature of the powers within us, attack us, are usually decided about the seventh day. For that day determines the contest for life, allotting safety to some men, and death to others.
Sections 126–150
126And the power of this number does not exist only in the instances already mentioned, but it also pervades the most excellent of the sciences, the knowledge of grammar and music. For the lyre with seven strings, bearing a proportion to the assemblage of the seven planets, perfects its admirable harmonies, being almost the chief of all instruments which are conversant about music. And of the elements of grammar, those which are properly called vowels are, correctly speaking, seven in number, since they can be sounded by themselves, and when they are combined with other letters, they make complete sounds; for they fill up the deficiency existing in semi-vowels, making the sounds whole; and they change and alter the natures of the mutes inspiring them with their own power, in order that what has no sound may become endowed with sound.
127On which account it appears to me that they also originally gave letters their names, and acting as became wise men, did give the name to the number seven from the respect they had for it, and from regard to the dignity inherent in it. But the Romans, adding the letter S, which had been omitted by the Greeks, show still more conspicuously the correct etymological meaning of the word, calling it septem, as derived from σεμνὸς, venerable, as has been said before, and from σεβασμὸς, veneration.
128These things, and more still are said in a philosophical spirit about the number seven, on account of which it has received the highest honours, in the highest nature. And it is honoured by those of the highest reputation among both Greeks and barbarians, who devote themselves to mathematical sciences. It was also greatly honoured by Moses, a man much attached to excellence of all sorts, who described its beauty on the most holy pillars of the law, and wrote it in the hearts of all those who were subject to him, commanding them at the end of each period of six days to keep the seventh holy; abstaining from all other works which are done in the seeking after and providing the means of life, devoting that day to the single object of philosophizing with a view to the improvement of their morals, and the examination of their consciences: for conscience being seated in the soul as a judge, is not afraid to reprove men, sometimes employing pretty vehement threats; at other times by milder admonitions, using threats in regard to matters where men appear to be disobedient, of deliberate purpose, and admonitions when their offences seem involuntary, through want of foresight, in order to prevent their hereafter offending in a similar manner.
129So Moses, summing up his account of the creation of the world, says in a brief style, This is the book of the creation of the heaven and of the earth, when it took place, in the day on which God made the heaven and the earth, and every green herb before it appeared upon the earth, and all the grass of the field before it sprang up. Does he not here manifestly set before us incorporeal ideas perceptible only by the intellect, which have been appointed to be as seals of the perfected works, perceptible by the outward senses. For before the earth was green, he says that this same thing, verdure, existed in the nature of things, and before the grass sprang up in the field, there was grass though it was not visible.
130And we must understand in the case of every thing else which is decided on by the external senses, there were elder forms and motions previously existing, according to which the things which were created were fashioned and measured out. For although Moses did not describe everything collectively, but only a part of what existed, as he was desirous of brevity, beyond all men that ever wrote, still the few things which he has mentioned are examples of the nature of all, for nature perfects none of those which are perceptible to the outward senses without an incorporeal model.
131Then, preserving the natural order of things, and having a regard to the connection between what comes afterwards and what has gone before, he says next, And a fountain went up from the earth and watered the whole face of the earth. For other philosophers affirm that all water is one of the four elements of which the world was composed. But Moses, who was accustomed to contemplate and comprehend matters with a more acute and far-sighted vision, considers thus: the vast sea is an element, being a fourth part of the entire universe, which the men after him denominated the ocean, while they look upon the smaller seas which we sail over in the light of harbours. And he drew a distinction between the sweet and drinkable water and that of the sea, attributing the former to the earth, and considering it a portion of the earth, rather than of the ocean, on account of the reason which I have already mentioned, that is to say, that the earth may be held together by the sweet qualities of the water as by a chain; the water acting in the manner of glue. For if the earth were left entirely dry, so that no moisture arose and penetrated through its holes rising to the surface in various directions, it would split. But now it is held together, and remains lasting, partly by the force of the wind which unites it, and partly because the moisture does not allow it to become dry, and so to be broken up into larger and smaller fragments.
132This is one reason; and we must also mention another, which is aimed at the truth like an arrow at a mark. It is not the nature of anything upon the earth to exist without a moist essence. And this is indicated by the throwing of seed, which is either moist, as the seed of animals, or else does not shoot up without moisture, such as the seeds of plants; from which it is evident that it follows that the aforesaid moist essence must be a portion of the earth which produces everything, just as the flux of the catamenia is a part of women. For by men who are learned in natural philosophy, this also is said to be the corporeal essence of children.
133Nor is what we are about to say inconsistent with what has been said; for nature has bestowed upon every mother, as a most indispensable part of her conformation, breasts gushing forth like fountains, having in this manner provided abundant food for the child that is to be born. And the earth also, as it seems, is a mother, from which consideration it occurred to the early ages to call her Demetra, combining the names of mother (μήτηρ), and earth (γῆ or δη). For it is not the earth which imitates the woman, as Plato has said, but the woman who has imitated the earth which the race of poets has been accustomed with truth to call the mother of all things, and the fruit-bearer, and the giver of all things, since she is at the same time the cause of the generation and durability of all things, to the animals and plants. Rightly, therefore, did nature bestow on the earth as the eldest and most fertile of mothers, streams of rivers, and fountains like breasts, in order that the plants might be watered, and that all living things might have abundant supplies of drink.
134After this, Moses says that God made man, having taken clay from the earth, and he breathed into his face the breath of life. And by this expression he shows most clearly that there is a vast difference between man as generated now, and the first man who was made according to the image of God. For man as formed now is perceptible to the external senses, partaking of qualities, consisting of body and soul, man or woman, by nature mortal. But man, made according to the image of God, was an idea, or a genus, or a seal, perceptible only by the intellect, incorporeal, neither male nor female, imperishable by nature.
135But he asserts that the formation of the individual man, perceptible by the external senses is a composition of earthy substance, and divine spirit. For that the body was created by the Creator taking a lump of clay, and fashioning the human form out of it; but that the soul proceeds from no created thing at all, but from the Father and Ruler of all things. For when he uses the expression, he breathed into, etc., he means nothing else than the divine spirit proceeding from that happy and blessed nature, sent to take up its habitation here on earth, for the advantage of our race, in order that, even if man is mortal according to that portion of him which is visible, he may at all events be immortal according to that portion which is invisible; and for this reason, one may properly say that man is on the boundaries of a better and an immortal nature, partaking of each as far as it is necessary for him; and that he was born at the same time, both mortal and the immortal. Mortal as to his body, but immortal as to his intellect.
136But the original man, he who was created out of the clay, the primeval founder of all our race, appears to me to have been most excellent in both particulars, in both soul and body, and to have been very far superior to all the men of subsequent ages from his preeminent excellence in both parts. For he in truth was really good and perfect. And one may form a conjecture of the perfection of his bodily beauty from three considerations, the first of which is this: when the earth was now but lately formed by its separation from that abundant quantity of water which was called the sea, it happened that the materials out of which the things just created were formed were unmixed, uncorrupted, and pure; and the things made from this material were naturally free from all imperfection.
137The second consideration is that it is not likely that God made this figure in the present form of a man, working with the most sublime care, after he had taken the clay from any chance portion of earth, but that he selected carefully the most excellent clay of all the earth, of the pure material choosing the finest and most carefully sifted portion, such as was especially fit for the formation of the work which he had in hand. For it was an abode or sacred temple for a reasonable soul which was being made, the image of which he was about to carry in his heart, being the most God-like looking of images.
138The third consideration is one which admits of no comparison with those which have been already mentioned, namely, this: the Creator was good both in other respects, and also in knowledge, so that every one of the parts of the body had separately the numbers which were suited to it, and was also accurately completed in the admirable adaptation to the share in the universe of which it was to partake. And after he had endowed it with fair proportions, he clothed it with beauty of flesh, and embellished it with an exquisite complexion, wishing, as far as was possible, that man should appear the most beautiful of beings.
139And that he is superior to all these animals in regard of his soul, is plain. For God does not seem to have availed himself of any other animal existing in creation as his model in the formation of man; but to have been guided, as I have said before, by his own reason alone. On which account, Moses affirms that this man was an image and imitation of God, being breathed into in his face in which is the place of the sensations, by which the Creator endowed the body with a soul. Then, having placed the mind in the dominant part as king, he gave him as a body of satellites, the different powers calculated to perceive colours and sounds, and flavours and odours, and other things of similar kinds, which man could never have distinguished by his own resources without the sensations. And it follows of necessity that an imitation of a perfectly beautiful model must itself be perfectly beautiful, for the word of God surpasses even that beauty which exists in the nature which is perceptible only by the external senses, not being embellished by any adventitious beauty, but being itself, if one must speak the truth, its most exquisite embellishment.
140The first man, therefore, appears to me to have been such both in his body and in his soul, being very far superior to all those who live in the present day, and to all those who have gone before us. For our generation has been from men: but he was created by God. And in the same proportion as the one Author of being is superior to the other, so too is the being that is produced. For as that which is in its prime is superior to that the beauty of which is gone by, whether it be an animal, or a plant, or fruit, or anything else whatever of the productions of nature; so also the first man who was ever formed appears to have been the height of perfection of our entire race, and subsequent generations appear never to have reached an equal state of perfection, but to have at all times been inferior both in their appearance and in their power, and to have been constantly degenerating,
141which same thing I have also seen to be the case in the instance of the sculptors’ and painters’ art. For the imitations always fall short of the original models. And those works which are painted or fashioned from models must be much more inferior, as being still further removed from the original. And the stone which is called the magnet is subject to a similar deterioration. For any iron ring which touches it is held by it as firmly as possible, but another which only touches that ring is held less firmly. And the third ring hangs from the second, and the fourth from the third, and the fifth from the fourth, and so on one from another in a long chain, being all held together by one attractive power, but still they are not all supported in the same degree. For those which are suspended at a distance from the original attraction, are held more loosely, because the attractive power is weakened, and is no longer able to bind them in an equal degree. And the race of mankind appears to be subject to an influence of the same kind, since in men the faculties and distinctive qualities of both body and soul are less vivid and strongly marked in each succeeding generation.
142And we shall be only saying what is the plain truth, if we call the original founder of our race not only the first man, but also the first citizen of the world. For the world was his house and his city, while he had as yet no structure made by hands and wrought out of the materials of wood and stone. And in this world he lived as in his own country, in all safety, removed from any fear, inasmuch as he had been thought worthy of the dominion over all earthly things; and had everything that was mortal crouching before him, and taught to obey him as their master, or else constrained to do so by superior force, and living himself surrounded by all the joys which peace can bestow without a struggle and without reproach.
143But since every city in which laws are properly established, has a regular constitution, it became necessary for this citizen of the world to adopt the same constitution as that which prevailed in the universal world. And this constitution is the right reason of nature, which in more appropriate language is denominated law, being a divine arrangement in accordance with which everything suitable and appropriate is assigned to every individual. But of this city and constitution there must have been some citizens before man, who might be justly called citizens of a mighty city, having received the greatest imaginable circumference to dwell in; and having been enrolled in the largest and most perfect commonwealth.
144And who could these have been but rational divine natures, some of them incorporeal and perceptible only by intellect, and others not destitute of bodily substance, such in fact as the stars? And he who associated with and lived among them was naturally living in a state of unmixed happiness. And being akin and nearly related to the ruler of all, inasmuch as a great deal of the divine spirit had flowed into him, he was eager both to say and to do everything which might please his father and his king, following him step by step in the paths which the virtues prepare and make plain, as those in which those souls alone are permitted to proceed who consider the attaining a likeness to God who made them as the proper end of their existence.
145We have now then set forth the beauty of the first created man in both respects, in body and soul, if in a way much inferior to the reality, still to the extent of our power, and the best of our ability. And it cannot be but that his descendants, who all partake of his original character, must preserve some traces of their relationship to their father, though they may be but faint. And what is this relationship?
146Every man in regard of his intellect is connected with divine reason, being an impression of, or a fragment or a ray of that blessed nature; but in regard of the structure of his body he is connected with the universal world. For he is composed of the same materials as the world, that is of earth, and water, and air and fire, each of the elements having contributed its appropriate part towards the completion of most sufficient materials, which the Creator was to take in order to fashion this visible image.
147And, moreover, man dwells among all the things that have been just enumerated, as most appropriate places having the closest connection with himself, changing his abode, and going at different times to different places. So that one may say with the most perfect propriety that man is every kind of animal, terrestrial, aquatic, flying, and celestial. For inasmuch as he dwells and walks upon the earth he is a terrestrial animal; but inasmuch as he often dives and swims, and sails, he is an aquatic creature. And merchants and captains of ships and purple dyers, and all those who let down their nets for oysters an fish, are a very clear proof of what is here said. Again, inasmuch as his body is raised at times above the earth and uses high paths, he may with justice be pronounced a creature who traverses the air; and, moreover, he is a celestial animal, by reason of that most important of the senses, sight; being by it brought near the sun and moon, and each of the stars, whether planets or fixed stars.
148And with great beauty Moses has attributed the giving of names to the different animals to the first created man, for it is a work of wisdom and indicative of royal authority, and man was full of intuitive wisdom and self-taught, having been created by the grace of God, and, moreover, was a king. And it is proper for a ruler to give names to each of his subjects. And, as was very natural, the power of domination was excessive in that first-created man, whom God formed with great care and thought worthy of the second rank in the creation, making him his own viceroy and the ruler of all other creatures. Since even those who have been born so many generations afterwards, when the race is becoming weakened by reason of the long intervals of time that have elapsed since the beginning of the world, do still exert the same power over the irrational beasts, preserving as it were a spark of the dominion and power which has been handed down to them by succession from their first ancestor.
149Accordingly, Moses says, that God brought all the animals to man, wishing to see what names he would give to each. Not because he was in doubt, for nothing is unknown to God, but because he knew that he had formed in mortal man a rational nature capable of moving of its own accord, in order that he might be free from all participation in vice. But he was now trying him as a master might try his pupil, stirring up the disposition which he had implanted in him; and moreover exciting him to a contemplation of his own works, that he might extemporise them names which should not be inappropriate nor unbecoming, but which should well and clearly display the peculiar qualities of the different subjects.
150For as the rational nature was as yet uncorrupted in the soul, and as no weakness, or disease, or affliction had as yet come upon it, man having most pure and perfect perceptions of bodies and of things, devised names for them with great felicity and correctness of judgment, forming very admirable opinions as to the qualities which they displayed, so that their natures were at once perceived and correctly described by him. And he was so excellent in all good things that he speedily arrived at the very perfection of human happiness.
Sections 151–172
151But since nothing in creation lasts for ever, but all mortal things are liable to inevitable changes and alterations, it was unavoidable that the first man should also undergo some disaster. And the beginning of his life being liable to reproach, was his wife. For, as long as he was single, he resembled, as to his creation, both the world and God; and he represented in his soul the characteristics of the nature of each, I do not mean all of them, but such as a mortal constitution was capable of admitting. But when woman also was created, man perceiving a closely connected figure and a kindred formation to his own, rejoiced at the sight, and approached her and embraced her.
152And she, in like manner, beholding a creature greatly resembling herself, rejoiced also, and addressed him in reply with due modesty. And love being engendered, and, as it were, uniting two separate portions of one animal into one body, adapted them to each other, implanting in each of them a desire of connection with the other with a view to the generation of a being similar to themselves. And this desire caused likewise pleasure to their bodies, which is the beginning of iniquities and transgressions, and it is owing to this that men have exchanged their previously immortal and happy existence for one which is mortal and full of misfortune.
153But while man was still living a solitary life, and before woman was created, the history relates that a paradise was planted by God in no respect resembling the parks which are seen among men now. For parks of our day are only lifeless woods, full of all kinds of trees, some evergreen with a view to the undisturbed delectation of the sight; others budding and germinating in the spring season, and producing fruit, some eatable by men, and sufficient, not only for the necessary support of nature as food, but also for the superfluous enjoyment of luxurious life; and some not eatable by men, but of necessity bestowed upon the beasts. But in the paradise, made by God, all the plants were endowed in the souls and reason, producing for their fruit the different virtues, and, moreover, imperishable wisdom and prudence, by which honourable and dishonourable things are distinguished from one another, and also a life free from disease, and exempt from corruption, and all other qualities corresponding to these already mentioned.
154And these statements appear to me to be dictated by a philosophy which is symbolical rather than strictly accurate. For no trees of life or of knowledge have ever at any previous time appeared upon the earth, nor is it likely that any will appear hereafter. But I rather conceive that Moses was speaking in an allegorical spirit, intending by his paradise to intimate the dominant character of the soul, which is full of innumerable opinions as this figurative paradise was of trees. And by the tree of life he was shadowing out the greatest of the virtues—namely, piety towards the gods, by means of which the soul is made immortal; and by the tree which had the knowledge of good and evil, he was intimating that wisdom and moderation, by means of which things, contrary in their nature to one another, are distinguished.
155Therefore, having laid down these to be boundaries as it were in the soul, God then, like a judge, began to consider to which side men would be most inclined by nature. And when he saw that the disposition of man had a tendency to wickedness, and was but little inclined to holiness or piety, by which qualities an immortal life is secured, he drove them forth as was very natural, and banished him from paradise; giving no hope of any subsequent restoration to his soul which had sinned in such a desperate and irremediable manner. Since even the opportunity of deceit was blameable in no slight degree, which I must not pass over in this place.
156It is said that the old poisonous and earthborn reptile, the serpent, uttered the voice of a man. And he on one occasion coming to the wife of the first created man, reproached her with her slowness and her excessive prudence, because she delayed and hesitated to gather the fruit which was completely beautiful to look at, and exceedingly sweet to enjoy, and was, moreover, most useful as being a means by which men might be able to distinguish between good and evil. And she, without any inquiry, prompted by an unstable and rash mind, acquiesced in his advice, and ate of the fruit, and gave a portion of it to her husband. And this conduct suddenly changed both of them from innocence and simplicity of character to all kinds of wickedness; at which the Father of all was indignant. For their actions deserved his anger, inasmuch as they, passing by the tree of eternal life, the tree which might have endowed them with perfection of virtue, and by means of which they might have enjoyed a long and happy life, preferred a brief and mortal (I will not call it life, but) time full of unhappiness; and, accordingly, he appointed them such punishment as was befitting.
157And these things are not mere fabulous inventions, in which the race of poets and sophists delights, but are rather types shadowing forth some allegorical truth, according to some mystical explanation. And any one who follows a reasonable train of conjecture, will say with great propriety, that the aforesaid serpent is the symbol of pleasure, because in the first place he is destitute of feet, and crawls on his belly with his face downwards. In the second place, because he uses lumps of clay for food. Thirdly, because he bears poison in his teeth, by which it is his nature to kill those who are bitten by him.
158And the man devoted to pleasure is free from none of the aforementioned evils; for it is with difficulty that he can raise his head, being weighed down and dragged down, since intemperance trips him up and keeps him down. And he feeds, not on heavenly food, which wisdom offers to contemplative men by means of discourses and opinions; but on that which is put forth by the earth in the varying seasons of the year, from which arise drunkenness and voracity, and licentiousness, breaking through and inflaming the appetites of the belly, and enslaving them in subjection to gluttony, by which they strengthen the impetuous passions, the seat of which is beneath the belly; and make them break forth. And they lick up the result of the labours of cooks and tavern-keepers; and at times some of them in ecstasy with the flavour of the delicious food, moves about his head and reaches forward, being desirous to participate in the sight. And when he sees an expensively furnished table, he throws himself bodily upon the delicacies which are abundantly prepared, and devotes himself to them, wishing to be filled with them all together, and so to depart, having no other end in view than that he should allow nothing of such a sumptuous preparation to be wasted. Owing to which conduct, he too, carries about poison in his teeth, no less than the serpent does;
159for his teeth are the ministers and servants of his insatiability, cutting up and smoothing everything which has a reference to eating, and committing them, in the first place to the tongue, which decides upon, and distinguishes between the various flavours, and, subsequently, to the larynx. But immoderate indulgence in eating is naturally a poisonous and deadly habit, inasmuch as what is so devoured is not capable of digestion, in consequence of the quantity of additional food which is heaped in on the top of it, and arrives before what was previously eaten is converted into juice.
160And the serpent is said to have uttered a human voice, because pleasure employs innumerable champions and defenders who take care to advocate its interests, and who dare to assert that the power over everything, both small and great, does of right belong to it without any exception whatever.
161Now, the first approaches of the male to the female have a pleasure in them which brings on other pleasures also, and it is through this pleasure that the formation and generation of children is carried on. And what is generated by it appears to be attached to nothing rather than to it, since they rejoice in pleasure, and are impatient at pain, which is its contrary. On which account even the infant when first brought forth cries, being as it seems in pain at the cold. For coming forth on a sudden into the air from a very warm, and indeed, hot region—namely, the womb, in which it has been abiding a considerable time, the air being a cold place and one to which it is wholly unaccustomed, it is alarmed, and pours forth tears as the most evident proof of its grief and of its impatience at pain.
162For every animal, it is said, hastens to pleasure as to the cud which is most indispensable and necessary to its very existence; and, above all other animals, this is the case with man. For other animals pursue pleasure only in taste and in the acts of generation; but man aims at it by means of his other senses also, devoting himself to whatever sights or sounds can impart pleasure to his eyes or ears.
163And many other things are said in the way of praise of this inclination, especially that it is one most peculiar and kindred to all animals. But what has been already said is sufficient to show what the reasons were on account of which the serpent appears to have uttered a human voice. And it is on this account that Moses appears to me in the particular laws also which he issued in the respect to animals, deciding what were proper to be eaten, and what were not, to have given especial praise to the animal called the serpent fighter. This is a reptile with jointed legs above its feet, by which it is able to leap and to raise itself on high, in the same manner as the tribe of locusts.
164For the serpent fighter appears to me to be no other than temperance expressed under a symbolical figure, waging an interminable and unrelenting warfare against intemperance and pleasure. For temperance especially embraces economy and frugality, and pares down the necessities to a small number, preferring a life of austerity and dignity. But intemperance is devoted to extravagance and superfluity, which are the causes of luxury and effeminacy to both soul and body, and to which it is owing that in the opinion of wise men life is but a faulty thing, and more miserable than death.
165But its juggleries and deceits pleasure does not venture to bring directly to the man, but first offers them to the woman, and by her means to the man; acting in a very natural and sagacious manner. For in human beings the mind occupies the rank of the man, and the sensations that of the woman. And pleasure joins itself to and associates itself with the sensations first of all, and then by their means cajoles also the mind, which is the dominant part. For, after each of the senses have been subjected to the charms of pleasure, and has learnt to delight in what is offered to it, the sight being fascinated by varieties of colours and shapes, the hearing by harmonious sounds, the taste by the sweetness of flowers, and the smell by the delicious fragrance of the odours which are brought before it, these all having received these offerings, like handmaids, bring them to the mind as their master, leading with them persuasion as an advocate, to warn it against rejecting any of them whatever. And the mind being immediately caught by the bait, becomes a subject instead of a ruler, and a slave instead of a master, and an exile instead of a citizen, and a mortal instead of an immortal.
166For we must altogether not be ignorant that pleasure, being like a courtesan or mistress, is eager to meet with a lover, and seeks for panders in order by their means to catch a lover. And the sensations are her panders, and conciliate love to her, and she employing them as baits, easily brings the mind into subjection to her. And the sensations conveying within the mind the things which have been seen externally, explain and display the forms of each of them, setting their seal upon a similar affection. For the mind is like wax, and receives the impressions of appearances through the sensations, by means of which it makes itself master of the body, which of itself it would not be able to do, as I have already said.
167And those who have previously become the slaves of pleasure immediately receive the wages of this miserable and incurable passion. For the woman having received vehement pains, partly in her travail, and partly such as are a rapid succession of agonies during the other portions of her life, and especially with reference to the bringing forth and bringing up of her children, to their diseases and their health, to their good or evil fortune, to an extent that utterly deprives her of her freedom and subjects her to the dominion of the man who is her companion, finds it unavoidable to obey all his commands. And the man in his turn endures toils and labours, and continual sweats, in order to the providing of himself with necessaries, and he also bears the deprivation of all those spontaneous good things which the earth was originally taught to produce without requiring the skill of the farmer, and he is subjected to a state in which he lives in incessant labour, for the purpose of seeking for food and means of subsistence, in order to avoid perishing by hunger.
168For I think that as the sun and the moon do continually give light, ever since they were originally commanded to do so at the time of the original creation of the universe, and as they constantly obey the divine injunction, for the sake of no other reason but because evil and disobedience are banished to a distance far from the boundaries of heaven: so in the same way would the fertile and productive regions of the earth yield an immense abundance in the various seasons of the year, without any skill or co-operation on the part of the husbandman. But at present the ever-flowing fountains of the graces of God have been checked, from the time when wickedness began to increase faster than the virtues, in order that they might not be supplying men who were unworthy to be benefited by them.
169Therefore, the race of mankind, if it had met with strict and befitting justice, must have been utterly destroyed, because of its ingratitude to God its benefactor and its Saviour. But God, being merciful by nature, took pity upon them, and moderated their punishment. And he permitted the race to continue to exist, but he no longer gave them food as he had done before from ready prepared stores, lest if they were under the dominion of his evils, satiety and idleness, they should become unruly and insolent.
170Such is the life of those who originally were men of innocence and simplicity, and also of those who have come to prefer vice to virtue, from whom one ought to keep aloof. And in his before mentioned account of the creation of the world, Moses teaches us also many other things, and especially five most beautiful lessons which are superior to all others. In the first place, for the sake of convicting the atheists, he teaches us that the Deity has a real being and existence. Now, of the atheists, some have only doubted of the existence of God, stating it to be an uncertain thing; but others, who are more audacious, have taken courage, and asserted positively that there is no such thing; but this is affirmed only by men who have darkened the truth with fabulous inventions.
171In the second place he teaches us that God is one; having reference here to the assertors of the polytheistic doctrine; men who do not blush to transfer that worst of evil constitutions, ochlocracy, from earth to heaven. Thirdly, he teaches, as has been already related, that the world was created; by this lesson refuting those who think that it is uncreated and eternal, and who thus attribute no glory to God. In the fourth place we learn that the world also which was thus created is one, since also the Creator is one, and he, making his creation to resemble himself in its singleness, employed all existing essence in the creation of the universe. For it would not have been complete if it had not been made and composed of all parts which were likewise whole and complete. For there are some persons who believe that there are many worlds, and some who even fancy that they are boundless in extent, being themselves inexperienced and ignorant of the truth of those things of which it is desirable to have a correct knowledge. The fifth lesson that Moses teaches us is, that God exerts his providence for the benefit of the world.
172For it follows of necessity that the Creator must always care for that which he has created, just as parents do also care for their children. And he who has learnt this not more by hearing it than by his own understanding, and has impressed on his own soul these marvellous facts which are the subject of so much contention—namely, that God has a being and existence, and that he who so exists is really one, and that he has created the world, and that he has created it one as has been stated, having made it like to himself in singleness; and that he exercises a continual care for that which he has created will live a happy and blessed life, stamped with the doctrines of piety and holiness.
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–25
1Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
2Μωυσῆς δ’ ἑκάτερον ὑπερβάς, τὸ μὲν ὡς ἄσκεπτον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον καὶ ἀφιλόσοφον, τὸ δ’ ὡς κατεψευσμένον καὶ μεστὸν γοητείας, παγκάλην καὶ σεμνοτάτην ἀρχὴν ἐποιήσατο τῶν νόμων, μήτ’ εὐθὺς ἃ χρὴ πράττειν ἢ τοὐναντίον ὑπειπὼν μήτ’, ἐπειδὴ προτυπῶσαι τὰς διανοίας τῶν χρησομένων τοῖς νόμοις ἀναγκαῖον ἦν, μύθους πλασάμενος ἢ συναινέσας τοῖς ὑφ’ ἑτέρων συντεθεῖσιν.
3ἡ δ’ ἀρχή, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐστὶ θαυμασιωτάτη κοσμοποιίαν περιέχουσα, ὡς καὶ τοῦ κόσμου τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῦ νόμου τῷ κόσμῳ συνᾴδοντος καὶ τοῦ νομίμου ἀνδρὸς εὐθὺς ὄντος κοσμοπολίτου πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσεως τὰς πράξεις ἀπευθύνοντος, καθ’ ἣν καὶ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος διοικεῖται.
4τὸ μὲν οὖν κάλλος τῶν νοημάτων τῆς κοσμοποιίας οὐδεὶς οὔτε ποιητὴς οὔτε λογογράφος ἀξίως ἂν ὑμνῆσαι δύναιτο· καὶ γὰρ λόγον καὶ ἀκοὴν ὑπερβάλλει μείζω καὶ σεμνότερα ὄντα ἢ ὡς θνητοῦ τινος ὀργάνοις ἐναρμοσθῆναι.
5οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡσυχαστέον, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐπιτολμητέον λέγειν, οἴκοθεν μὲν οὐδέν, ὀλίγα δ’ ἀντὶ πολλῶν, ἐφ’ ἃ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην διάνοιαν φθάνειν εἰκὸς ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ σοφίας κατεσχημένην.
6ὡς γὰρ τῶν κολοσσιαίων μεγεθῶν τὰς ἐμφάσεις καὶ ἡ βραχυτάτη σφραγὶς τυπωθεῖσα δέχεται, οὕτως τάχα που καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀναγραφείσης ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κοσμοποιίας ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη καὶ ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ψυχὰς ἐπισκιάζοντα βραχυτέροις παραδηλωθήσεται χαρακτῆρσιν, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖνο μηνυθῇ πρότερον, ὅπερ οὐκ ἄξιον ἀποσιωπῆσαι.
7Τινὲς γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν θαυμάσαντες τὸν μὲν ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀίδιον ἀπεφήναντο, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ πολλὴν ἀπραξίαν ἀνάγνως κατεψεύσαντο, δέον ἔμπαλιν τοῦ μὲν τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ποιητοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καταπλαγῆναι, τὸν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἀποσεμνῦναι τοῦ μετρίου.
8Μωυσῆς δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐπ’ αὐτὴν φθάσας ἀκρότητα καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνεκτικώτατα τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἔγνω δή, ὅτι ἀναγκαιότατόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ μὲν εἶναι δραστήριον αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ παθητόν, καὶ ὅτι τὸ μὲν δραστήριον ὁ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς ἐστιν εἱλικρινέστατος καὶ ἀκραιφνέστατος, κρείττων ἢ ἀρετὴ καὶ κρείττων ἢ ἐπιστήμη καὶ κρείττων ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ καλόν,
9τὸ δὲ παθητὸν ἄψυχον καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, κινηθὲν δὲ καὶ σχηματισθὲν καὶ ψυχωθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ μετέβαλεν εἰς τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· ὃν οἱ φάσκοντες ὡς ἔστιν ἀγένητος λελήθασι τὸ ὠφελιμώτατον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν ὑποτεμνόμενοι τὴν πρόνοιαν.
10τοῦ μὲν γὰρ γεγονότος ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν αἱρεῖ λόγος· καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια καὶ βλαβερὰ μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ·
11πρὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ γεγονὸς οἰκείωσις οὐδεμία τῷ μὴ πεποιηκότι. ἀπεριμάχητον δὲ δόγμα καὶ ἀνωφελὲς ἀναρχίαν ὡς ἐν πόλει κατασκευάζον τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ τὸν ἔφορον ἢ βραβευτὴν ἢ δικαστὴν οὐκ ἔχοντι, ὑφ’ οὗ πάντ’ οἰκονομεῖσθαι καὶ πρυτανεύεσθαι θέμις.
12ἀλλ’ ὅ γε μέγας Μωυσῆς ἀλλοτριώτατον τοῦ ὁρατοῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὸ ἀγένητον — πᾶν γὰρ τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἐν γενέσει καὶ μεταβολαῖς οὐδέποτε κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὄν — τῷ μὲν ἀοράτῳ καὶ νοητῷ προσένειμεν ὡς ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενὲς ἀιδιότητα, τῷ δ’ αἰσθητῷ γένεσιν οἰκεῖον ὄνομα ἐπεφήμισεν. ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁρατός τε καὶ αἰσθητὸς ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ἀναγκαίως ἂν εἴη καὶ γενητός· ὅθεν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν ἀνέγραψεν αὐτοῦ μάλα σεμνῶς θεολογήσας.
13Ἓξ δὲ ἡμέραις δημιουργηθῆναί φησι τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ προσεδεῖτο χρόνων μήκους ὁ ποιῶν — ἅμα γὰρ πάντα δρᾶν εἰκὸς θεόν, οὐ προστάττοντα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ διανοούμενον —, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς γινομένοις ἔδει τάξεως. τάξει δὲ ἀριθμὸς οἰκεῖον, ἀριθμῶν δὲ φύσεως νόμοις γεννητικώτατος ὁ ἕξ· τῶν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ μονάδος πρῶτος τέλειός ἐστιν ἰσούμενος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ συμπληρούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἡμίσους μὲν τριάδος, τρίτου δὲ δυάδος, ἕκτου δὲ μονάδος, καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἄρρην τε καὶ θῆλυς εἶναι πέφυκε κἀκ τῆς ἑκατέρου δυνάμεως ἥρμοσται· ἄρρεν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ περιττόν, τὸ δ’ ἄρτιον θῆλυ· περιττῶν μὲν οὖν ἀριθμῶν ἀρχὴ τριάς, δυὰς δ’ ἀρτίων, ἡ δ’ ἀμφοῖν δύναμις ἑξάς.
14ἔδει γὰρ τὸν κόσμον τελειότατον μὲν ὄντα τῶν γεγονότων κατ’ ἀριθμὸν τέλειον παγῆναι τὸν ἕξ, ἐν ἑαυτῷ δ’ ἔχειν μέλλοντα τὰς ἐκ συνδυασμοῦ γενέσεις πρὸς μικτὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν πρῶτον ἀρτιοπέριττον τυπωθῆναι, περιέξοντα καὶ τὴν τοῦ σπείροντος ἄρρενος καὶ τὴν τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὰς γονὰς θήλεος ἰδέαν.
15ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπένειμεν ἔνια τῶν τοῦ παντὸς τμημάτων τὴν πρώτην ὑπεξελόμενος, ἣν αὐτὸς οὐδὲ πρώτην, ἵνα μὴ ταῖς ἄλλαις συγκαταριθμῆται, καλεῖ, μίαν δ’ ὀνομάσας ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ προσαγορεύει, τὴν μονάδος φύσιν καὶ πρόσρησιν ἐνιδών τε καὶ ἐπιφημίσας αὐτῇ. λεκτέον δὲ ὅσα οἷόν τέ ἐστι τῶν ἐμπεριεχομένων, ἐπειδὴ πάντα ἀμήχανον· περιέχει γὰρ τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον ἐξαίρετον, ὡς ὁ περὶ αὐτῆς λόγος μηνύει.
16προλαβὼν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἅτε θεὸς ὅτι μίμημα καλὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο δίχα καλοῦ παραδείγματος οὐδέ τι τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀνυπαίτιον, ὃ μὴ πρὸς ἀρχέτυπον καὶ νοητὴν ἰδέαν ἀπεικονίσθη, βουληθεὶς τὸν ὁρατὸν κόσμον τουτονὶ δημιουργῆσαι προεξετύπου τὸν νοητόν, ἵνα χρώμενος ἀσωμάτῳ καὶ θεοειδεστάτῳ παραδείγματι τὸν σωματικὸν ἀπεργάσηται, πρεσβυτέρου νεώτερον ἀπεικόνισμα, τοσαῦτα περιέξοντα αἰσθητὰ γένη ὅσαπερ ἐν ἐκείνῳ νοητά.
17Τὸν δ’ ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν συνεστῶτα κόσμον ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ λέγειν ἢ ὑπονοεῖν οὐ θεμιτόν· ᾗ δὲ συνέστηκεν, εἰσόμεθα παρακολουθήσαντες εἰκόνι τινὶ τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν. ἐπειδὰν πόλις κτίζηται κατὰ πολλὴν φιλοτιμίαν βασιλέως ἤ τινος ἡγεμόνος αὐτοκρατοῦς ἐξουσίας μεταποιουμένου καὶ ἅμα τὸ φρόνημα λαμπροῦ τὴν εὐτυχίαν συνεπικοσμοῦντος, παρελθὼν ἔστιν ὅτε τις τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας ἀνὴρ ἀρχιτεκτονικὸς καὶ τὴν εὐκρασίαν καὶ εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ τόπου θεασάμενος διαγράφει πρῶτον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποτελεῖσθαι πόλεως μέρη σχεδὸν ἅπαντα, ἱερὰ γυμνάσια πρυτανεῖα ἀγορὰς λιμένας νεωσοίκους στενωπούς, τειχῶν κατασκευάς, ἱδρύσεις οἰκιῶν καὶ δημοσίων ἄλλων οἰκοδομημάτων·
18εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν κηρῷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ τοὺς ἑκάστων δεξάμενος τύπους ἀγαλματοφορεῖ νοητὴν πόλιν, ἧς ἀνακινήσας τὰ εἴδωλα μνήμῃ τῇ συμφύτῳ καὶ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνσφραγισάμενος, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός, ἀποβλέπων εἰς τὸ παράδειγμα τὴν ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων ἄρχεται κατασκευάζειν, ἑκάστῃ τῶν ἀσωμάτων ἰδεῶν τὰς σωματικὰς ἐξομοιῶν οὐσίας.
19τὰ παραπλήσια δὴ καὶ περὶ θεοῦ δοξαστέον, ὡς ἄρα τὴν μεγαλόπολιν κτίζειν διανοηθεὶς ἐνενόησε πρότερον τοὺς τύπους αὐτῆς, ἐξ ὧν κόσμον νοητὸν συστησάμενος ἀπετέλει καὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν παραδείγματι χρώμενος ἐκείνῳ.
20καθάπερ οὖν ἡ ἐν τῷ ἀρχιτεκτονικῷ προδιατυπωθεῖσα πόλις χώραν ἐκτὸς οὐκ εἶχεν, ἀλλ’ ἐνεσφράγιστο τῇ τοῦ τεχνίτου ψυχῇ, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐδ’ ὁ ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν κόσμος ἄλλον ἂν ἔχοι τόπον ἢ τὸν θεῖον λόγον τὸν ταῦτα διακοσμήσαντα· ἐπεὶ τίς ἂν εἴη τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ τόπος ἕτερος, ὃς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἱκανὸς οὐ λέγω πάσας ἀλλὰ μίαν ἄκρατον ἡντινοῦν δέξασθαί τε καὶ χωρῆσαι;
21δύναμις δὲ καὶ ἡ κοσμοποιητικὴ πηγὴν ἔχουσα τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθόν. εἰ γάρ τις ἐθελήσειε τὴν αἰτίαν ἧς ἕνεκα τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἐδημιουργεῖτο διερευνᾶσθαι, δοκεῖ μοι μὴ διαμαρτεῖν σκοποῦ φάμενος, ὅπερ καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἶπέ τις, ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητήν· οὗ χάριν τῆς ἀρίστης αὑτοῦ φύσεως οὐκ ἐφθόνησεν οὐσίᾳ μηδὲν ἐξ αὑτῆς ἐχούσῃ καλόν, δυναμένῃ δὲ πάντα γίνεσθαι.
22ἦν μὲν γὰρ ἐξ αὑτῆς ἄτακτος ἄποιος ἄψυχος ἀνόμοιος, ἑτεροιότητος ἀναρμοστίας ἀσυμφωνίας μεστή· τροπὴν δὲ καὶ μεταβολὴν ἐδέχετο τὴν εἰς τἀναντία καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα, τάξιν ποιότητα ἐμψυχίαν ὁμοιότητα ταυτότητα, τὸ εὐάρμοστον, τὸ σύμφωνον, πᾶν ὅσον τῆς κρείττονος ἰδέας.
23οὐδενὶ δὲ παρακλήτῳ — τίς γὰρ ἦν ἕτερος; — μόνῳ δὲ αὑτῷ χρησάμενος ὁ θεὸς ἔγνω δεῖν εὐεργετεῖν ἀταμιεύτοις καὶ πλουσίαις χάρισι τὴν ἄνευ δωρεᾶς θείας φύσιν οὐδενὸς ἀγαθοῦ δυναμένην ἐπιλαχεῖν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς. ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος εὐεργετεῖ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ χαρίτων — ἀπερίγραφοι γὰρ αὗταί γε καὶ ἀτελεύτητοι —, πρὸς δὲ τὰς τῶν εὐεργετουμένων δυνάμεις· οὐ γὰρ ὡς πέφυκεν ὁ θεὸς εὖ ποιεῖν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ γινόμενον εὖ πάσχειν, ἐπεὶ τοῦ μὲν αἱ δυνάμεις ὑπερβάλλουσι, τὸ δ’ ἀσθενέστερον ὂν ἢ ὥστε δέξασθαι τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν ἀπεῖπεν ἄν, εἰ μὴ διεμετρήσατο σταθμησάμενος εὐαρμόστως ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον.
24εἰ δέ τις ἐθελήσειε γυμνοτέροις χρήσασθαι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἕτερον εἴποι τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἢ θεοῦ λόγον ἤδη κοσμοποιοῦντος· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ νοητὴ πόλις ἕτερόν τί ἐστιν ἢ ὁ τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος λογισμὸς ἤδη [νοητὴν]ν [[νοητὴν]ητὴν]. πόλιν κτίζειν διανοουμένου.
25τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοῦτο Μωυσέως ἐστίν, οὐκ ἐμόν· τὴν γοῦν ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν ἀναγράφων ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἄρα κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ διετυπώθη (Gen. 1,27). εἰ δὲ τὸ μέρος εἰκὼν εἰκόνος [δῆλον ὅτι] καὶ τὸ ὅλον εἶδος, σύμπας οὗτος ὁ αἰσθητὸς κόσμος, εἰ μείζων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστίν, μίμημα θείας εἰκόνος, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἡ ἀρχέτυπος σφραγίς, ὅν φαμεν νοητὸν εἶναι κόσμον, αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη [τὸ παράδειγμα, ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα τῶν ἰδεῶν] ὁ θεοῦ λόγος.
Sections 26–50
26Φησὶ δ’ ὡς „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν", τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαμβάνων | οὐχ ὡς οἴονταί τινες τὴν κατὰ χρόνον· χρόνος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν πρὸ κόσμου, ἀλλ’ ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ γέγονεν ἢ μετ’ αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεώς ἐστιν ὁ χρόνος, προτέρα δὲ τοῦ κινουμένου κίνησις οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, ἀλλ’ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὴν ἢ ὕστερον ἢ ἅμα συνίστασθαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἢ ἰσήλικα κόσμου γεγονέναι ἢ νεώτερον ἐκείνου· πρεσβύτερον δ’ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τολμᾶν ἀφιλόσοφον.
27εἰ δ’ ἀρχὴ μὴ παραλαμβάνεται τανῦν ἡ κατὰ χρόνον, εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη μηνύεσθαι τὴν κατ’ ἀριθμόν, ὡς τὸ „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν" ἴσον εἶναι τῷ πρῶτον ἐποίησε τὸν οὐρανόν· καὶ γὰρ εὔλογον τῷ ὄντι πρῶτον αὐτὸν εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθεῖν, ἄριστόν τε ὄντα τῶν γεγονότων κἀκ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου τῆς οὐσίας παγέντα, διότι θεῶν ἐμφανῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἔμελλεν οἶκος ἔσεσθαι ἱερώτατος.
28καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάνθ’ ἅμα ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίει, τάξιν οὐδὲν ἧττον εἶχε τὰ καλῶς γινόμενα· καλὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν ἀταξίᾳ. τάξις δ’ ἀκολουθία καὶ εἱρμός ἐστι προηγουμένων τινῶν καὶ ἑπομένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἀποτελέσμασιν, ἀλλά τοι ταῖς τῶν τεκταινομένων ἐπινοίαις· οὕτως γὰρ ἔμελλον ἠκριβῶσθαί τε καὶ ἀπλανεῖς εἶναι καὶ ἀσύγχυτοι.
29πρῶτον οὖν ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίησεν οὐρανὸν ἀσώματον καὶ γῆν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀέρος ἰδέαν καὶ κενοῦ· ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐπεφήμισε σκότος, ἐπειδὴ μέλας ὁ ἀὴρ τῇ φύσει, τὴν δ’ ἄβυσσον, πολύβυθον γὰρ τό γε κενὸν καὶ ἀχανές· εἶθ’ ὕδατος ἀσώματον οὐσίαν καὶ πνεύματος καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἑβδόμου φωτός, ὃ πάλιν ἀσώματον ἦν καὶ νοητὸν ἡλίου παράδειγμα καὶ πάντων ὅσα φωσφόρα ἄστρα κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλε συνίστασθαι.
30Προνομίας δὲ τό τε πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ φῶς ἠξιοῦτο· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὠνόμασε θεοῦ, διότι ζωτικώτατον τὸ πνεῦμα, ζωῆς δὲ θεὸς αἴτιος, τὸ δὲ φῶς φησιν ὅτι ὑπερβαλλόντως καλόν (Gen. 1,4)· τοσούτῳ γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν τοῦ ὁρατοῦ λαμπρότερόν τε καὶ αὐγοειδέστερον ὅσῳπερ ἥλιος, οἶμαι, σκότους καὶ ἡμέρα νυκτὸς καὶ [τὰ κριτήρια] νοῦς, ὁ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς ἡγεμών, ὀφθαλμῶν σώματος.
31τὸ δὲ ἀόρατον καὶ νοητὸν φῶς ἐκεῖνο θείου λόγου γέγονεν εἰκὼν τοῦ διερμηνεύσαντος τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔστιν ὑπερουράνιος ἀστήρ, πηγὴ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀστέρων, ἣν οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καλέσειεν ἄν τις παναύγειαν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πλάνητές τε καὶ ἀπλανεῖς ἀρύτονται, καθ’ ὅσον ἑκάστῳ δύναμις, τὰ πρέποντα φέγγη, τῆς ἀμιγοῦς καὶ καθαρᾶς αὐγῆς ἐκείνης ἀμαυρουμένης, ὅταν ἄρξηται τρέπεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ νοητοῦ πρὸς αἰσθητὸν μεταβολήν·
32εἱλικρινὲς γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει. εὖ μέντοι καὶ τὸ φάναι ὅτι "σκότος ἦν ἐπάνω τῆς ἀβύσσου“ (Gen. 1,2). τρόπον γάρ τινα ὁ ἀὴρ ὑπὲρ τὸ κενόν ἐστιν, ἐπειδὴ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀχανῆ καὶ ἐρήμην καὶ κενὴν χώραν ἐπιβὰς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν, ὅση πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ σελήνην καθήκει.
33μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἀνάλαμψιν, ὃ πρὸ ἡλίου γέγονεν, ὑπεχώρει τὸ ἀντίπαλον σκότος, διατειχίζοντος ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων αὐτὰ καὶ διιστάντος θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς ἐναντιότητας εὖ εἰδότος καὶ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως αὐτῶν διαμάχην. ἵν’ οὖν μὴ αἰεὶ συμφερόμεναι στασιάζωσι καὶ πόλεμος ἀντ’ εἰρήνης ἐπικρατῇ τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐν κόσμῳ τιθείς, οὐ μόνον ἐχώρισε φῶς καὶ σκότος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅρους ἐν μέσοις ἔθετο διαστήμασιν, οἷς ἀνεῖρξε τῶν ἄκρων ἑκάτερον· ἔμελλε γὰρ γειτνιῶντα σύγχυσιν ἀπεργάζεσθαι τῷ περὶ δυναστείας ἀγῶνι κατὰ πολλὴν καὶ ἄπαυστον φιλονεικίαν ἐπαποδυόμενα, εἰ μὴ μέσοι παγέντες ὅροι διέζευξαν καὶ διέλυσαν τὴν ἀντεπίθεσιν.
34οὗτοι δ’ εἰσὶν ἑσπέρα τε καὶ πρωΐα, ὧν ἡ μὲν προευαγγελίζεται μέλλοντα ἥλιον ἀνίσχειν ἠρέμα τὸ σκότος ἀνείργουσα, ἡ δ’ ἑσπέρα καταδύντι ἐπιγίνεται ἡλίῳ τὴν ἀθρόαν τοῦ σκότους φορὰν πρᾴως ἐκδεχομένη. καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι, πρωΐαν λέγω καὶ ἑσπέραν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ νοητῶν θετέον· ὅλως γὰρ οὐδὲν αἰσθητὸν ἐν τούτοις, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἰδέαι καὶ μέτρα καὶ τύποι καὶ σφραγῖδες, εἰς γένεσιν ἄλλων ἀσώματα σωμάτων.
35ἐπεὶ δὲ φῶς μὲν ἐγένετο, σκότος δ’ ὑπεξέστη καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν, ὅροι δ’ ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ διαστήμασιν ἐπάγησαν ἑσπέρα καὶ πρωΐα, κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον τοῦ χρόνου μέτρον ἀπετελεῖτο εὐθύς, ὃ καὶ ἡμέραν ὁ ποιῶν ἐκάλεσε, καὶ ἡμέραν οὐχὶ πρώτην, ἀλλὰ μίαν, ἣ λέλεκται διὰ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου μόνωσιν μοναδικὴν ἔχοντος φύσιν.
36Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀσώματος κόσμος ἤδη πέρας εἶχεν ἱδρυθεὶς ἐν τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ, ὁ δ’ αἰσθητὸς πρὸς παράδειγμα τούτου ἐτελειογονεῖτο. καὶ πρῶτον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν, ὃ δὴ καὶ πάντων ἄριστον, ἐποίει τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ δημιουργός, ὃν ἐτύμως στερέωμα προσηγόρευσεν ἅτε σωματικὸν ὄντα· τὸ γὰρ σῶμα φύσει στερεόν, ὅτιπερ καὶ τριχῆ διαστατόν· στερεοῦ δὲ καὶ σώματος ἔννοια τίς ἑτέρα πλὴν τὸ πάντῃ διεστηκός; εἰκότως οὖν ἀντιθεὶς τῷ νοητῷ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ σωματοειδῆ τοῦτον στερέωμα ἐκάλεσεν.
37εἶτ’ εὐθέως οὐρανὸν προσεῖπεν αὐτὸν εὐθυβόλως καὶ πάνυ κυρίως, ἤτοι διότι πάντων ὅρος ἢ διότι πρῶτος τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐγένετο. ὀνομάζει δὲ καὶ ἡμέραν μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ δευτέραν, ὅλον ἡμέρας διάστημα καὶ μέτρον ἀνατιθεὶς οὐρανῷ διὰ τὴν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀξίωσίν τε καὶ τιμήν.
38Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸ σύμπαν ὕδωρ εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν ἀνεκέχυτο καὶ διὰ πάντων αὐτῆς ἐπεφοιτήκει τῶν μερῶν, οἷα σπογγιᾶς ἀναπεπωκυίας ἰκμάδα, ὡς εἶναι τέλματα καὶ βαθὺν πηλόν, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν στοιχείων ἀναδεδευμένων καὶ συγκεχυμένων τρόπον φυράματος εἰς μίαν ἀδιάκριτον καὶ ἄμορφον φύσιν, προστάττει ὁ θεὸς τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ὅσον ἁλμυρὸν καὶ ἀγονίας αἴτιον ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι σπαρτοῖς καὶ δένδρεσιν ἐπισυναχθῆναι συρρυὲν ἐκ τῶν τῆς ἁπάσης γῆς ἀραιωμάτων, τὴν δὲ ξηρὰν ἀναφανῆναι, τῆς τοῦ γλυκέος νοτίδος ἐναπολειφθείσης εἰς διαμονὴν — κόλλα γάρ τίς ἐστιν ἡ μεμετρημένη γλυκεῖα νοτὶς τῶν διεστηκότων — καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀφαυανθεῖσαν αὐτὴν ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν γενέσθαι καὶ ὅπως οἷα μήτηρ μὴ μόνον θάτερον εἶδος τροφῆς βρῶσιν ἀλλ’ ἑκάτερον ὡς ἂν ἐκγόνοις βρῶσίν τε καὶ πόσιν παρέχῃ· διὸ φλέβας μαστοῖς ἐοικυίας ἐπλημμύρει, αἳ στομωθεῖσαι ποταμοὺς καὶ πηγὰς ἔμελλον ἀναχεῖν.
39οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ τὰς ἀφανεῖς ἐνίκμους διαφύσεις εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν ἀρετῶσαν καὶ βαθύγειον ἀπέτεινε πρὸς εὐφορίαν ἀφθονωτάτην καρπῶν. ταῦτα διαταξάμενος ὀνόματ’ αὐτοῖς ἐτίθετο, τὴν μὲν ξηρὰν καλῶν γῆν,
40τὸ δ’ ἀποκριθὲν ὕδωρ θάλασσαν. εἶτα διακοσμεῖν ἄρχεται τὴν γῆν· κελεύει γὰρ αὐτὴν χλοηφορεῖν καὶ σταχυηφορεῖν παντοίας βοτάνας ἀνιεῖσαν καὶ πεδία εὔχορτα καὶ πάνθ’ ὅσα χιλὸς μὲν κτήνεσιν, ἀνθρώποις δ’ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι τροφή. προσέτι μέντοι καὶ τὰς δένδρων ἰδέας ἁπάσας ἀνέφυεν, οὐδὲν οὔτε τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας οὔτε τῶν τῆς ἡμέρου λεγομένης ὕλης παρείς. ἐβεβρίθει δὲ πάντα καρποῖς εὐθὺς ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει κατὰ τὸν ἐναντίον τρόπον ἢ τὸν νυνὶ καθεστῶτα.
41νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐν μέρει γίγνεται τὰ γιγνόμενα χρόνοις διαφέρουσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀθρόα καιρῷ ἑνί· τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι πρῶτον μέν ἐστι σπορὰ καὶ φυτεία, δεύτερον δὲ τῶν σπαρέντων καὶ φυτευθέντων αὔξησις, ἡ μὲν εἰς τὸ κάτω ῥίζας ἀποτείνουσα οἱονεὶ θεμελίους, ἡ δ’ εἰς τὸ ἄνω πρὸς ὕψος αἰρομένων καὶ στελεχουμένων; ἔπειτα βλαστοὶ καὶ πετάλων ἐκφύσεις, εἶτ’ ἐπὶ πᾶσι καρποῦ φορά· καὶ πάλιν καρπὸς οὐ τέλειος, ἀλλ’ ἔχων παντοίας μεταβολὰς κατά τε τὴν ἐν μεγέθει ποσότητα καὶ τὰς ἐν πολυμόρφοις ἰδέαις ποιότητας· ἀποτίκτεται μὲν γὰρ ὁ καρπὸς ἐοικὼς ἀμερέσι ψήγμασιν ὑπὸ βραχύτητος μόλις ὁρατοῖς, ἅπερ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ φαίη τις ἂν εἶναι πρῶτα αἰσθητά· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἔκ τε τῆς ἐποχετευομένης τροφῆς, ἣ ἄρδει τὸ δένδρον, κἀκ τῆς εὐκρασίας τῶν πνευμάτων, ἃ ψυχραῖς ἅμα καὶ μαλακωτέραις αὔραις ζωπυρεῖται καὶ τιθηνεῖται, συναύξεται πρὸς ὄγκον ἐπιδιδοὺς τελειότατον· σὺν δὲ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τὰς ποιότητας ἀλλάττει, καθάπερ ὑπὸ γραφικῆς ἐπιστήμης χρώμασι διαφόροις ποικιλλόμενος.
42ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.
43ὁ μὲν δὴ προστάττει τῇ γῇ ταῦτα γεννῆσαι· ἡ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ πολλοῦ κυοφοροῦσα καὶ ὠδίνουσα τίκτει πάσας μὲν τὰς σπαρτῶν, πάσας δὲ τὰς δένδρων, ἔτι δὲ καρπῶν ἀμυθήτους ἰδέας. ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἦσαν οἱ καρποὶ τροφαὶ ζῴοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρασκευαὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων ἀεὶ γένεσιν, τὰς σπερματικὰς οὐσίας περιέχοντες, ἐν αἷς ἄδηλοι καὶ ἀφανεῖς οἱ λόγοι τῶν ὅλων εἰσί, δῆλοι καὶ φανεροὶ γινόμενοι καιρῶν περιόδοις.
44ἐβουλήθη γὰρ ὁ θεὸς δολιχεύειν τὴν φύσιν ἀπαθανατίζων τὰ γένη καὶ μεταδιδοὺς αὐτοῖς ἀιδιότητος· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἀρχὴν πρὸς τέλος ἦγε καὶ ἐπέσπευδε καὶ τέλος ἐπ’ ἀρχὴν ἀνακάμπτειν ἐποίει· ἔκ τε γὰρ φυτῶν ὁ καρπός, ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τέλος, καὶ ἐκ καρποῦ τὸ σπέρμα περιέχοντος ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάλιν τὸ φυτόν, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τέλους ἀρχή.
45Τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ τὴν γῆν τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐποίκιλλε διακοσμῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτον ἐν ὑστέρῳ γῆς ἔταττε, τῇ μὲν ἐλάττονι φύσει προνομίαν διδούς, τὴν δὲ κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν δευτερείων ἀξιῶν, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἔνδειξιν ἐναργεστάτην κράτους ἀρχῆς. προλαβὼν γὰρ περὶ τῶν οὔπω γεγονότων ἀνθρώπων, οἷοι τὰς γνώμας ἔσονται, στοχασταὶ τῶν εἰκότων καὶ πιθανῶν, ἐν οἷς πολὺ τὸ εὔλογον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς ἀληθείας, καὶ ὅτι πιστεύσουσι μᾶλλον τοῖς φαινομένοις ἢ θεῷ σοφιστείαν πρὸ σοφίας θαυμάσαντες, κατιδόντες τε αὖθις τὰς ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης περιόδους, δι’ ὧν θέρη χειμῶνες καὶ ἔαρος καὶ μετοπώρου τροπαί, τῶν ἐκ γῆς ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος φυομένων καὶ γιγνομένων ἁπάντων αἰτίας ὑπολήψονται τὰς τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων περιπολήσεις, ἵνα μηδενὶ γενητῷ τὰς πρώτας ἀνατιθέναι τινὲς τολμῶσιν ἢ διὰ θράσος ἀναίσχυντον ἢ δι’ ἀμαθίαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν, ἀναδραμέτωσαν, φησί,
46ταῖς διανοίαις ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην τῶν ὅλων γένεσιν, ὅτε πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης παντοῖα μὲν φυτά, παντοίους δὲ καρποὺς ἤνεγκεν ἡ γῆ, καὶ θεασάμενοι ταῖς διανοίαις ἐλπιζέτωσαν ὅτι καὶ αὖθις οἴσει κατὰ πρόσταξιν τοῦ πατρός, ὅταν αὐτῷ δοκῇ μὴ προσδεηθέντι τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἐκγόνων, οἷς δυνάμεις μὲν ἔδωκεν, οὐ μὴν αὐτοκρατεῖς· οἷα γὰρ ἡνίοχος ἡνιῶν ἢ κυβερνήτης οἰάκων ἐνειλημμένος ἄγει ᾗ ἂν ἐθέλῃ κατὰ νόμον καὶ δίκην ἕκαστα μηδενὸς προσδεόμενος ἄλλου· πάντα γὰρ θεῷ δυνατά.
47ἥδ’ ἐστὶν αἰτία δι’ ἣν προτέρα μὲν ἐβλάστησε καὶ ἐχλοηφόρησεν ἡ γῆ. ὁ δ’ οὐρανὸς διεκοσμεῖτο αὖθις ἐν ἀριθμῷ τελείῳ τετράδι, ἣν δεκάδος τῆς παντελείας οὐκ ἂν διαμάρτοι τις ἀφορμὴν εἶναι λέγων καὶ πηγήν· ὃ γὰρ ἐντελεχείᾳ δεκάς, τοῦτο τετράς, ὡς ἔοικε, δυνάμει· εἰ γοῦν οἱ ἀπὸ μονάδος ἄχρι τετράδος ἑξῆς συντεθεῖεν ἀριθμοί, δεκάδα γεννήσουσιν, ἥτις ὅρος τῆς ἀπειρίας τῶν ἀριθμῶν ἐστι, περὶ ὃν ὡς καμπτῆρα εἱλοῦνται καὶ ἀνακάμπτουσι.
48περιέχει δ’ ἡ τετρὰς καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν συμφωνιῶν, τῆς τε διὰ τεττάρων καὶ διὰ πέντε καὶ διὰ πασῶν καὶ προσέτι δὶς διὰ πασῶν, ἐξ ὧν σύστημα τὸ τελειότατον ἀπογεννᾶται· τῆς μὲν διὰ τεττάρων ὁ λόγος ἐπίτριτος, τῆς δὲ διὰ πέντε ἡμιόλιος, διπλάσιος δὲ τῆς διὰ πασῶν, τετραπλάσιος δὲ τῆς δὶς διὰ πασῶν· οὓς ἅπαντας ἡ τετρὰς ἔχει περιλαβοῦσα, τὸν μὲν ἐπίτριτον ἐν τῷ τέσσαρα πρὸς τρία, τὸν δ’ ἡμιόλιον ἐν τῷ τρία πρὸς δύο, τὸν δὲ διπλάσιον ἐν τῷ δύο πρὸς ἓν ἢ τέσσαρα πρὸς δύο, τὸν δὲ τετραπλάσιον ἐν τῷ τέσσαρα πρὸς
49ἕν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ δύναμις ἄλλη τετράδος λεχθῆναί τε καὶ νοηθῆναι θαυμασιωτάτη. πρώτη γὰρ αὕτη τὴν τοῦ στερεοῦ φύσιν ἔδειξε, τῶν πρὸ αὐτῆς ἀριθμῶν τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις ἀνακειμένων· κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἓν τάττεται τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ σημεῖον, κατὰ δὲ τὰ δύο γραμμή, διότι ῥύσει μὲν ἑνὸς δυάς, ῥύσει δὲ σημείου συνίσταται γραμμή· γραμμὴ δ’ ἐστὶ μῆκος ἀπλατές· πλάτους δὲ προσγενομένου γίνεται ἐπιφάνεια, ἣ τέτακται κατὰ τριάδα· ἐπιφανείᾳ δὲ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ στερεοῦ φύσιν ἑνὸς δεῖ τοῦ βάθους, ὃ προστεθὲν τριάδι γίνεται τετράς. ὅθεν καὶ μέγα χρῆμα συμβέβηκεν εἶναι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον, ὃς ἐκ τῆς ἀσωμάτου καὶ νοητῆς οὐσίας ἤγαγεν εἰς ἔννοιαν ἡμᾶς τριχῆ διαστατοῦ σώματος τοῦ φύσει πρῶτον αἰσθητοῦ.
50ὁ δὲ μὴ συνεὶς τὸ λεγόμενον ἔκ τινος παιδιᾶς εἴσεται πάνυ συνήθους. οἱ καρυατίζοντες εἰώθασι τρία ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ κάρυα προτιθέντες ἐπιφέρειν ἕν, σχῆμα πυραμοειδὲς ἀπογεννῶντες· τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ τρίγωνον ἵσταται μέχρι τριάδος, τὸ δ’ ἐπιτεθὲν τετράδα μὲν ἐν ἀριθμοῖς, ἐν δὲ σχήμασι πυραμίδα γεννᾷ, στερεὸν ἤδη σῶμα.
Sections 51–75
51πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνο ἀγνοητέον, ὅτι πρῶτος ἀριθμῶν ὁ τέτταρα τετράγωνός ἐστιν ἰσάκις ἴσος, μέτρον δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἰσότητος, καὶ ὅτι μόνος ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ συνθέσει καὶ δυνάμει πέφυκε γεννᾶσθαι, συνθέσει μὲν ἐκ δυοῖν καὶ δυοῖν, δυνάμει δὲ πάλιν ἐκ τοῦ δὶς δύο, πάγκαλόν τι συμφωνίας εἶδος ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀριθμῶν συμβέβηκεν· αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ ἓξ συντιθέμενος ἐκ δυοῖν τριάδων οὐκέτι γεννᾶται πολυπλασιασθεισῶν, ἀλλ’ ἕτερος, ὁ ἐννέα.
52πολλαῖς δὲ καὶ ἄλλαις κέχρηται δυνάμεσι τετράς, ἃς ἀκριβέστερον καὶ ἐν τῷ περὶ αὐτῆς ἰδίῳ λόγῳ προσυποδεικτέον. ἀπόχρη δὲ κἀκεῖνο προσθεῖναι, ὅτι καὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου γενέσει γέγονεν ἀρχή· τὰ γὰρ τέτταρα στοιχεῖα, ἐξ ὧν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἐδημιουργήθη, καθάπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἐρρύη τῆς ἐν ἀριθμοῖς τετράδος· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις αἱ ἐτήσιοι ὧραι τέτταρες αἱ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν αἴτιαι γενέσεως, τετραχῆ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ διανεμηθέντος εἰς χειμῶνα καὶ ἔαρ καὶ θέρος καὶ μετόπωρον.
53Τοσαύτης οὖν ἀξιωθέντος ἐν τῇ φύσει προνομίας τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ, κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ὁ ποιητὴς διεκόσμει τὸν οὐρανὸν τετράδι παγκάλῳ καὶ θεοειδεστάτῳ κόσμῳ τοῖς φωσφόροις ἄστροις· εἰδώς τε ὅτι τῶν ὄντων ἄριστον τὸ φῶς ἐστιν, ὄργανον αὐτὸ τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὁράσεως ἀπέφαινεν· ὅπερ γὰρ νοῦς ἐν ψυχῇ, τοῦτ’ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν σώματι· βλέπει γὰρ ἑκάτερος, ὁ μὲν τὰ νοητά, ὁ δὲ τὰ αἰσθητά· χρεῖος δὲ ὁ μὲν νοῦς ἐπιστήμης εἰς τὸ γνωρίσαι τὰ ἀσώματα, ὀφθαλμὸς δὲ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, ὃ πολλῶν μὲν καὶ ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον γέγονεν ἀνθρώποις, διαφερόντως δὲ τοῦ μεγίστου, φιλοσοφίας·
54ὑπὸ γὰρ φωτὸς ἄνω παραπεμφθεῖσα ἡ ὅρασις καὶ κατιδοῦσα φύσιν ἀστέρων καὶ κίνησιν αὐτῶν ἐναρμόνιον, ἀπλανῶν τε καὶ πλανήτων εὖ διατεταγμένας περιφοράς, τῶν μὲν κατὰ ταὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως περιπολούντων, τῶν δ’ ἀνομοίως τε καὶ ὑπεναντίως διτταῖς περιόδοις χρωμένων, χορείας τε πάντων ἐμμελεῖς νόμοις τοῖς μουσικῆς τελείας διακεκοσμημένας, ἄλεκτον ἐμπαρεῖχε τῇ ψυχῇ τέρψιν τε καὶ ἡδονήν· ἡ δ’ ἑστιωμένη θεαμάτων ἐπαλλήλων, ἐξ ἑτέρων γὰρ ἦν ἕτερα, πολλὴν ἀπληστίαν εἶχε τοῦ θεωρεῖν· εἶθ’, οἷα φιλεῖ, προσπεριειργάζετο, τίς ἡ τῶν ὁρατῶν δὴ τούτων οὐσία καὶ εἰ ἀγένητοι πεφύκασιν ἢ γενέσεως ἔλαβον ἀρχὴν καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τίνες αἱ αἰτίαι δι’ ὧν ἕκαστα οἰκονομεῖται· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τούτων ζητήσεως τὸ φιλοσοφίας συνέστη γένος, οὗ τελειότερον ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον.
55πρὸς δὴ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἰδέαν ἐκείνην ἀπιδών, ἣ λέλεκται κατὰ τὸν ἀσώματον κόσμον, ἐδημιούργει τοὺς αἰσθητοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀγάλματα θεῖα καὶ περικαλλέστατα, οὓς ὥσπερ ἐν ἱερῷ καθαρωτάτῳ τῆς σωματικῆς οὐσίας ἵδρυε τῷ οὐρανῷ, πολλῶν χάριν· ἑνὸς μὲν τοῦ φωσφορεῖν, ἑτέρου δὲ σημείων, εἶτα καιρῶν τῶν περὶ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἡμερῶν μηνῶν ἐνιαυτῶν, ἃ δὴ καὶ μέτρα χρόνου γέγονε καὶ τὴν ἀριθμοῦ φύσιν ἐγέννησεν.
56οἵαν δ’ ἕκαστον παρέχεται τῶν εἰρημένων χρείαν τε καὶ ὠφέλειαν, δῆλον μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἐναργείας, πρὸς δ’ ἀκριβεστέραν κατάληψιν οὐκ ἄτοπον ἴσως καὶ λόγῳ τἀληθὲς ἰχνηλατῆσαι. τοῦ δὴ σύμπαντος χρόνου διανεμηθέντος εἰς δύο τμήματα, ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτα, τῆς μὲν ἡμέρας τὸ κράτος ὁ πατὴρ ἀνεδίδου τῷ ἡλίῳ, οἷα μεγάλῳ βασιλεῖ, τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων.
57τὸ δὲ μέγεθος τῆς περὶ τὸν ἥλιον δυνάμεως καὶ ἀρχῆς ἐμφανεστάτην πίστιν ἔχει τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ἤδη· εἷς γὰρ ὢν καὶ μόνος ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθ’ αὑτὸν ἥμισυ τμῆμα τοῦ σύμπαντος χρόνου κεκλήρωται τὴν ἡμέραν, οἱ δ’ ἄλλοι πάντες μετὰ σελήνης θάτερον ὃ κέκληται νύξ· καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀνατείλαντος αἱ φαντασίαι τῶν τοσούτων ἀστέρων οὐκ ἀμαυροῦνται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφανίζονται τῇ τοῦ φέγγους ἀναχύσει, καταδύντος δὲ τὰς ἰδίας ἄρχονται διαφαίνειν ἀθρόοι ποιότητας.
58γεγόνασι δ’ ὅπερ αὐτὸς εἶπεν οὐ μόνον, ἵνα φῶς ἐκπέμπωσιν ἐπὶ γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅπως σημεῖα μελλόντων προφαίνωσιν· ἢ γὰρ ἀνατολαῖς αὐτῶν ἢ δύσεσιν ἢ ἐκλείψεσιν ἢ πάλιν ἐπιτολαῖς ἢ ἀποκρύψεσιν ἢ ταῖς ἄλλαις περὶ τὰς κινήσεις διαφοραῖς ἄνθρωποι τὰ ἀποβησόμενα στοχάζονται, καρπῶν φορὰς καὶ ἀφορίας, ζῴων τε γενέσεις καὶ φθοράς, αἰθρίας καὶ νεφώσεις, νηνεμίας καὶ βίας πνευμάτων, ποταμῶν πλημμύρας καὶ κενώσεις, θαλάττης ἠρεμίαν καὶ κλύδωνα, ὡρῶν τῶν ἐτησίων ὑπαλλαγὰς ἢ θέρους χειμαίνοντος ἢ χειμῶνος φλέγοντος ἢ ἔαρος μετοπωρίζοντος ἢ μετοπώρου ἐαρίζοντος·
59ἤδη δὲ καὶ κλόνον καὶ σεισμὸν γῆς ἐκ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν κινήσεων στοχασμῷ προεσήμηνάν τινες καὶ μυρία ἄλλα τῶν ἀηθεστέρων, ὡς ἀψευδέστατα λελέχθαι ὅτι „γεγόνασιν εἰς σημεῖα“ οἱ ἀστέρες, προσέτι μέντοι καὶ „εἰς καιρούς“ (Gen. 1,14)· καιροὺς δὲ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ὑπείληφεν εἶναι, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· ἔννοια γὰρ καιροῦ τίς ἂν εἴη πλὴν χρόνος κατορθώσεως; αἱ δ’ ὧραι πάντα τελεσφοροῦσαι κατορθοῦσι, σπορὰς καὶ φυτείας καρπῶν καὶ ζῴων γενέσεις τε καὶ αὐξήσεις.
60γεγόνασι δὲ καὶ πρὸς μέτρα χρόνων· ἡλίου γὰρ καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεταγμέναις περιόδοις ἡμέραι καὶ μῆνες καὶ ἐνιαυτοὶ συνέστησαν. εὐθύς τε τὸ χρησιμώτατον, ἡ ἀριθμοῦ φύσις, ἐδείχθη, χρόνου παραφήναντος αὐτήν· ἐκ γὰρ μιᾶς ἡμέρας τὸ ἓν καὶ ἐκ δυοῖν τὰ δύο καὶ ἐκ τριῶν τὰ τρία καὶ ἐκ μηνὸς τὰ τριάκοντα καὶ ἐξ ἐνιαυτοῦ τὸ ἰσάριθμον ταῖς ἐκ δώδεκα μηνῶν ἡμέραις πλῆθος καὶ ἐξ ἀπείρου χρόνου ὁ ἄπειρος ἀριθμός.
61εἰς τοσαύτας καὶ οὕτως ἀναγκαίας διατείνουσιν ὠφελείας αἱ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν φύσεις τε καὶ κινήσεις ἀστέρων· εἰς πόσα δ’ ἄλλα φαίην ἂν ἔγωγε τῶν ἡμῖν μὲν ἀδηλουμένων — οὐ γὰρ πάντα τῷ θνητῷ γένει γνώριμα —, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου συνεργούντων διαμονήν, ἃ θεσμοῖς καὶ νόμοις, οὓς ὥρισεν ὁ θεὸς ἀκινήτους ἐν τῷ παντί, συμβαίνει πάντῃ τε καὶ πάντως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.
62Γῆς δὲ καὶ οὐρανοῦ διακοσμηθέντων τοῖς προσήκουσι κόσμοις, τῆς μὲν τριάδι, τοῦ δ’ ὡς ἐλέχθη τετράδι, τὰ θνητὰ γένη ζῳοπλαστεῖν ἐνεχείρει, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνύδρων ποιούμενος ἡμέρᾳ πέμπτῃ, νομίσας οὐδὲν οὕτως ἕτερον ἑτέρῳ συγγενὲς ὡς ζῴοις πεντάδα. διαφέρει γὰρ ἔμψυχα ἀψύχων οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον ἢ αἰσθήσει· πενταχῆ δὲ τμητὸν αἴσθησις, εἰς ὅρασιν, εἰς ἀκοήν, εἰς γεῦσιν, εἰς ὄσφρησιν, εἰς ἁφήν· ἑκάστῃ μέντοι προσένειμεν ὁ ποιῶν καὶ ἐξαιρέτους ὕλας καὶ κριτήριον ἴδιον, ᾧ δικάσει τὰ ὑποπίπτοντα· χρώματα μὲν [ἡ] ὅρασις, φωνὰς δὲ ἀκοή, χυλοὺς δὲ γεῦσις, καὶ ὄσφρησις ἀτμούς, μαλακότητας δὲ καὶ σκληρότητας καὶ ὅσα θερμὰ ἢ ψυχρὰ λειότητάς τε καὶ τραχύτητας ἁφή.
63παντοῖα οὖν ἰχθύων γένη καὶ κητῶν κελεύει συνίστασθαι κατὰ τόπους διαφέροντα καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ ταῖς ποιότησιν· ἄλλα γὰρ ἐν ἄλλοις πελάγεσιν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ταὐτά· πλὴν οὐ πανταχοῦ πάντα διεπλάττετο, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· χαίρει γὰρ τὰ μέν τινα τεναγώδει καὶ οὐ πάνυ βαθείᾳ θαλάττῃ, τὰ δ’ ὑποδρόμοις καὶ λιμέσι μήτ’ ἐπὶ γῆν ἀνέρπειν μήτε πόρρω γῆς ἐπινήχεσθαι δυνάμενα, τὰ δὲ κατὰ μέσον καὶ βαθὺ πέλαγος διαιτώμενα τὰς προκεχυμένας ἄκρας ἢ νήσους ἢ πέτρας ἐκτρέπεται· καὶ τὰ μὲν εὐδίᾳ καὶ γαλήνῃ σφριγᾷ, τὰ δὲ κλύδωνι καὶ κυματώσει· ταῖς γὰρ συνεχέσι πληγαῖς γυμναζόμενα καὶ βίᾳ τὴν φορὰν ἀνωθοῦντα κραταιότερά τέ ἐστι καὶ πιαίνεται μᾶλλον. εὐθὺς δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν πτηνῶν ἐδημιούργει ὡς ἀδελφὰ τῶν καθ’ ὕδατος — ἑκάτερα γὰρ νηκτά — μηδεμίαν ἰδέαν τῶν ἀεροπόρων ἀτελῆ καταλιπών.
64Ἤδη δ’ ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος τὰ προσήκοντα τῶν ζῴων γένη καθάπερ τινὰ κλῆρον οἰκεῖον ἀπειληφότων, πάλιν ἐκάλει τὴν γῆν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὑπολειφθέντος μέρους γένεσιν — ὑπολέλειπτο δὲ μετὰ τὰ φυτὰ ζῴων τὰ χερσαῖα — καί φησιν· ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ κτήνη καὶ θηρία καὶ ἑρπετὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον γένος (Gen. 1,24). ἡ δὲ τὰ προσταχθέντα αὐτίκα ἀνίησι τῇ τε κατασκευῇ διαφέροντα καὶ ταῖς ῥώμαις καὶ ταῖς ἐνυπαρχούσαις βλαπτικαῖς ἢ ὠφελητικαῖς δυνάμεσιν.
65ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐποίει τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ὃν δὲ τρόπον, μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐρῶ πρότερον ἐκεῖνο δηλώσας, ὅτι παγκάλῳ τῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας εἱρμῷ κέχρηται, καθ’ ἣν ὑφηγήσατο ζῳογονίαν. ψυχῆς γὰρ ἡ μὲν ἀργοτάτη καὶ ἥκιστα τετυπωμένη τῷ γένει τῶν ἰχθύων προσκεκλήρωται, ἡ δ’ ἀκριβεστάτη καὶ κατὰ πάντα ἀρίστη τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἡ δ’ ἀμφοῖν μεθόριος τῷ τῶν χερσαίων καὶ ἀεροπόρων· αὕτη γὰρ αἰσθητικωτέρα μέν ἐστι τῆς ἐν ἰχθύσιν, ἀμυδροτέρα δὲ τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις.
66διὸ τῶν ἐμψύχων πρώτους ἐγέννησεν ἰχθύας πλέον μετέχοντας σωματικῆς ἢ ψυχικῆς οὐσίας, τρόπον τινὰ ζῷα καὶ οὐ ζῷα, κινητὰ ἄψυχα, πρὸς αὐτὸ μόνον τὴν τῶν σωμάτων διαμονὴν παρασπαρέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ ψυχοειδοῦς, καθάπερ φασὶ τοὺς ἅλας τοῖς κρέασιν, ἵνα μὴ ῥᾳδίως φθείροιντο· μετὰ δὲ τοὺς ἰχθύας τὰ πτηνὰ καὶ χερσαῖα· ἤδη γὰρ ταῦτα αἰσθητικώτερα καὶ διὰ τῆς κατασκευῆς ἐμφαίνοντα τρανοτέρας τὰς τῆς ψυχώσεως ἰδιότητας· ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ᾧ νοῦν ἐξαίρετον ἐδωρεῖτο, ψυχῆς τινα ψυχὴν καθάπερ κόρην ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην οἱ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκριβέστερον ἐρευνῶντες ὀφθαλμοῦ λέγουσιν ὀφθαλμὸν εἶναι.
67Τότε μὲν οὖν ἅμα πάντα συνίστατο. συνισταμένων δ’ ὁμοῦ πάντων, ἡ τάξις ἀναγκαίως λόγῳ ὑπεγράφετο διὰ τὴν ἐσομένην αὖθις ἐξ ἀλλήλων γένεσιν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος γινομένοις τάξις ἥδ’ ἐστίν, ἄρχεσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ φαυλοτάτου τὴν φύσιν, λήγειν δ’ εἰς τὸ πάντων ἄριστον· τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστί, δηλωτέον. τὸ σπέρμα τῶν ζῴων γενέσεως ἀρχὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε· τοῦθ’ ὡς ἔστι φαυλότατον ἐοικὸς ἀφρῷ, θεωρεῖται· ἀλλ’ ὅταν εἰς τὴν μήτραν καταβληθὲν στηρίσῃ, κίνησιν εὐθὺς λαβὸν εἰς φύσιν τρέπεται· φύσις δὲ βέλτιον σπέρματος, ἐπεὶ καὶ κίνησις ἠρεμίας ἐν γενητοῖς· ἡ δ’ οἷα τεχνίτης ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν ἀνεπίληπτος τέχνη ζῳοπλαστεῖ τὴν μὲν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν εἰς τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέλη καὶ μέρη διανέμουσα, τὴν δὲ πνευματικὴν εἰς τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις τήν τε θρεπτικὴν καὶ τὴν αἰσθητικήν· τὴν γὰρ τοῦ λογισμοῦ τανῦν ὑπερθετέον διὰ τοὺς φάσκοντας θύραθεν αὐτὸν ἐπεισιέναι θεῖον καὶ ἀίδιον ὄντα.
68οὐκοῦν ἤρξατο μὲν ἀπὸ σπέρματος εὐτελοῦς ἡ φύσις, ἔληξε δ’ εἰς τὸ τιμιώτατον, τὴν ζῴου καὶ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευήν. ταὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως συμβέβηκεν· ἡνίκα γὰρ ζῷα διαπλάττειν ἔδοξε τῷ δημιουργῷ, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τῇ τάξει φαυλότερά πως ἦν, ἰχθύες, τὰ δ’ ὕστατα ἄριστα, ἄνθρωποι, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα μέσα τῶν ἄκρων, ἀμείνω μὲν τῶν προτέρων, χείρω δὲ τῶν ἑτέρων, χερσαῖα καὶ πτηνά.
69μετὰ δὴ τἆλλα πάντα, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη, τὸν ἄνθρωπόν φησι γεγενῆσθαι κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν (Gen. 1,26)· πάνυ καλῶς, ἐμφερέστερον γὰρ οὐδὲν γηγενὲς ἀνθρώπου θεῷ. τὴν δ’ ἐμφέρειαν μηδεὶς εἰκαζέτω σώματος χαρακτῆρι· οὔτε γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος ὁ θεὸς οὔτε θεοειδὲς τὸ ἀνθρώπειον σῶμα. ἡ δὲ εἰκὼν λέλεκται κατὰ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡγεμόνα νοῦν· πρὸς γὰρ ἕνα τὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐκεῖνον ὡς ἂν ἀρχέτυπον ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀπεικονίσθη, τρόπον τινὰ θεὸς ὢν τοῦ φέροντος καὶ ἀγαλματοφοροῦντος αὐτόν· ὃν γὰρ ἔχει λόγον ὁ μέγας ἡγεμὼν ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ κόσμῳ, τοῦτον ὡς ἔοικε καὶ ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ· ἀόρατός τε γάρ ἐστιν αὐτὸς τὰ πάντα ὁρῶν καὶ ἄδηλον ἔχει τὴν οὐσίαν τὰς τῶν ἄλλων καταλαμβάνων· καὶ τέχναις καὶ ἐπιστήμαις πολυσχιδεῖς ἀνατέμνων ὁδοὺς λεωφόρους ἁπάσας διὰ γῆς ἔρχεται καὶ θαλάττης τὰ ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ φύσει διερευνώμενος·
70καὶ πάλιν πτηνὸς ἀρθεὶς καὶ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τὰ τούτου παθήματα κατασκεψάμενος ἀνωτέρω φέρεται πρὸς αἰθέρα καὶ τὰς οὐρανοῦ περιόδους, πλανήτων τε καὶ ἀπλανῶν χορείαις συμπεριποληθεὶς κατὰ τοὺς μουσικῆς τελείας νόμους, ἑπόμενος ἔρωτι σοφίας ποδηγετοῦντι, πᾶσαν τὴν αἰσθητὴν οὐσίαν ὑπερκύψας, ἐνταῦθα ἐφίεται τῆς νοητῆς·
71καὶ ὧν εἶδεν ἐνταῦθα αἰσθητῶν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τὰ παραδείγματα καὶ τὰς ἰδέας θεασάμενος, ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη, μέθῃ νηφαλίῳ κατασχεθεὶς ὥσπερ οἱ κορυβαντιῶντες ἐνθουσιᾷ, ἑτέρου γεμισθεὶς ἱμέρου καὶ πόθου βελτίονος, ὑφ’ οὗ πρὸς τὴν ἄκραν ἁψῖδα παραπεμφθεὶς τῶν νοητῶν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἰέναι δοκεῖ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα· γλιχομένου δ’ ἰδεῖν, ἀθρόου φωτὸς ἄκρατοι καὶ ἀμιγεῖς αὐγαὶ χειμάρρου τρόπον ἐκχέονται, ὡς ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὸ τῆς διανοίας ὄμμα σκοτοδινιᾶν. ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ σύμπασα εἰκὼν ἐμφερὴς ἀρχετύπῳ παραδείγματι, πολλαὶ δ’ εἰσὶν ἀνόμοιοι, προσεπεσημήνατο εἰπὼν τῷ κατ’ εἰκόνα τὸ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν εἰς ἔμφασιν ἀκριβοῦς ἐκμαγείου τρανὸν τύπον ἔχοντος.
72Ἀπορήσειε δ’ ἄν τις οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, τί δήποτε τὴν ἀνθρώπου μόνου γένεσιν οὐχ ἑνὶ δημιουργῷ καθάπερ τἆλλα ἀνέθηκεν, ἀλλ’ ὡσανεὶ πλείοσιν· εἰσάγει γὰρ τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ταυτὶ λέγοντα· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν“. μὴ γὰρ χρεῖός ἐστιν, εἴποιμ’ ἄν, οὑτινοσοῦν, ᾧ πάντα ὑπήκοα; ἢ τὸν μὲν οὐρανὸν ἡνίκα ἐποίει καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλατταν, οὐδενὸς ἐδεήθη τοῦ συνεργήσοντος, ἄνθρωπον δὲ βραχὺ ζῷον οὕτως καὶ ἐπίκηρον οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν δίχα συμπράξεως ἑτέρων αὐτὸς ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ κατασκευάσασθαι; τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀληθεστάτην αἰτίαν θεὸν ἀνάγκη μόνον εἰδέναι, τὴν δ’ εἰκότι στοχασμῷ πιθανὴν καὶ εὔλογον εἶναι δοκοῦσαν οὐκ ἀποκρυπτέον. ἔστι δὲ ἥδε.
73τῶν ὄντων τὰ μὲν οὔτ’ ἀρετῆς οὔτε κακίας μετέχει, ὥσπερ φυτὰ καὶ ζῷα ἄλογα, τὰ μὲν ὅτι ἄψυχά τέ ἐστι καὶ ἀφαντάστῳ φύσει διοικεῖται, τὰ δ’ ὅτι νοῦν καὶ λόγον ἐκτέτμηται· κακίας δὲ καὶ ἀρετῆς ὡς ἂν οἶκος νοῦς καὶ λόγος, ᾧ πεφύκασιν ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι· τὰ δ’ αὖ μόνης κεκοινώνηκεν ἀρετῆς ἀμέτοχα πάσης ὄντα κακίας, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀστέρες· οὗτοι γὰρ ζῷά τε εἶναι λέγονται καὶ ζῷα νοερά, μᾶλλον δὲ νοῦς αὐτὸς ἕκαστος, ὅλος δι’ ὅλων σπουδαῖος καὶ παντὸς ἀνεπίδεκτος κακοῦ· τὰ δὲ τῆς μικτῆς ἐστι φύσεως, ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἐπιδέχεται τἀναντία, φρόνησιν καὶ ἀφροσύνην, σωφροσύνην καὶ ἀκολασίαν, ἀνδρείαν καὶ δειλίαν, δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀδικίαν, καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά, καλὰ καὶ αἰσχρά, ἀρετὴν καὶ κακίαν.
74τῷ δὴ πάντων πατρὶ θεῷ τὰ μὲν σπουδαῖα δι’ αὑτοῦ μόνου ποιεῖν οἰκειότατον ἦν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν συγγενείας, τὰ δὲ ἀδιάφορα οὐκ ἀλλότριον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ταῦτα τῆς ἐχθρᾶς αὐτῷ κακίας ἀμοιρεῖ, τὰ δὲ μικτὰ τῇ μὲν οἰκεῖον τῇ δ’ ἀνοίκειον, οἰκεῖον μὲν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνακεκραμένης βελτίονος ἰδέας, ἀνοίκειον δὲ ἕνεκα τῆς ἐναντίας καὶ χείρονος.
75διὰ τοῦτ’ ἐπὶ μόνης τῆς ἀνθρώπου γενέσεώς φησιν ὅτι εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς „ποιήσωμεν“, ὅπερ ἐμφαίνει συμπαράληψιν ἑτέρων ὡς ἂν συνεργῶν, ἵνα ταῖς μὲν ἀνεπιλήπτοις βουλαῖς τε καὶ πράξεσιν ἀνθρώπου κατορθοῦντος ἐπιγράφηται θεὸς ὁ πάντων ἡγεμών, ταῖς δ’ ἐναντίαις ἕτεροι τῶν ὑπηκόων· ἔδει γὰρ ἀναίτιον εἶναι κακοῦ τὸν πατέρα τοῖς ἐκγόνοις· κακὸν δ’ ἡ κακία καὶ αἱ κατὰ κακίαν ἐνέργειαι.
Sections 76–100
76πάνυ δὲ καλῶς τὸ γένος ἄνθρωπον εἰπὼν διέκρινε τὰ εἴδη φήσας ἄρρεν τε καὶ θῆλυ δεδημιουργῆσθαι, μήπω τῶν ἐν μέρει μορφὴν λαβόντων, ἐπειδὴ τὰ προσεχέστατα τῶν εἰδῶν ἐνυπάρχει τῷ γένει καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν κατόπτρῳ διαφαίνεται τοῖς ὀξὺ καθορᾶν δυναμένοις.
77Ἐπιζητήσειε δ’ ἄν τις τὴν αἰτίαν, δι’ ἣν ὕστατόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως· ἐφ’ ἅπασι γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις αὐτὸν ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ πατήρ, ὥσπερ αἱ ἱεραὶ γραφαὶ μηνύουσιν, εἰργάσατο. λέγουσιν οὖν οἱ τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ πλέον ἐμβαθύναντες καὶ τὰ κατ’ αὐτοὺς ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα μετὰ πάσης ἐξετάσεως ἀκριβοῦντες, ὅτι τῆς αὑτοῦ συγγενείας μεταδοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἀνθρώπῳ τῆς λογικῆς, ἥτις ἀρίστη δωρεῶν ἦν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἐφθόνησεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἰκειοτάτῳ καὶ φιλτάτῳ ζῴῳ τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πάντα προητοιμάσατο βουληθεὶς γενόμενον αὐτὸν μηδενὸς ἀπορῆσαι τῶν πρός τε τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ εὖ ζῆν· ὧν τὸ μὲν παρασκευάζουσιν αἱ χορηγίαι καὶ ἀφθονίαι τῶν πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, τὸ δὲ ἡ θεωρία τῶν κατ’ οὐρανόν, ἀφ’ ἧς πληχθεὶς ὁ νοῦς ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἔσχε τῆς τούτων ἐπιστήμης· ὅθεν τὸ φιλοσοφίας ἀνεβλάστησε γένος, ὑφ’ οὗ καίτοι θνητὸς ὢν ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθανατίζεται.
78καθάπερ οὖν οἱ ἑστιάτορες οὐ πρότερον ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλοῦσιν ἢ τὰ πρὸς εὐωχίαν πάντα εὐτρεπίσαι καὶ οἱ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ σκηνικοὺς τιθέντες, πρὶν συναγαγεῖν τοὺς θεατὰς εἴς τε τὰ θέατρα καὶ τὰ στάδια, εὐτρεπίζουσιν ἀγωνιστῶν καὶ θεαμάτων καὶ ἀκουσμάτων πλῆθος, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμὼν οἷά τις ἀθλοθέτης καὶ ἑστιάτωρ ἄνθρωπον καλεῖν μέλλων ἐπί τε εὐωχίαν καὶ θεωρίαν τὰ εἰς ἑκάτερον εἶδος προευτρεπίσατο, ἵν’ εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσελθὼν εὐθὺς εὕρῃ καὶ συμπόσιον καὶ θέατρον ἱερώτατον, τὸ μὲν ἁπάντων πλῆρες ὅσα γῆ καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ θάλαττα καὶ ἀὴρ φέρουσιν εἰς χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν, τὸ δὲ παντοίων θεαμάτων, ἃ καταπληκτικωτάτας μὲν ἔχει τὰς οὐσίας, καταπληκτικωτάτας δὲ τὰς ποιότητας, θαυμασιωτάτας δὲ τὰς κινήσεις καὶ χορείας ἐν τάξεσιν ἡρμοσμέναις καὶ ἀριθμῶν ἀναλογίαις καὶ περιόδων συμφωνίαις· ἐν αἷς ἁπάσαις τὴν ἀρχέτυπον καὶ ἀληθῆ καὶ παραδειγματικὴν μουσικὴν οὐκ ἂν ἁμαρτάνοι τις εἶναι λέγων, ἀφ’ ἧς οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα ἄνθρωποι γραψάμενοι ἐν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς τὰς εἰκόνας ἀναγκαιοτάτην καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτην τέχνην τῷ βίῳ παρέδοσαν.
79ἥδε μὲν αἰτία πρώτη, δι’ ἣν ἄνθρωπος ἐφ’ ἅπασι γεγενῆσθαι δοκεῖ· δευτέραν δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ λεκτέον. ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τὰς εἰς τὸ ζῆν παρασκευὰς ἁπάσας εὗρεν ἄνθρωπος, εἰς διδασκαλίαν τῶν ἔπειτα, μόνον οὐκ ἄντικρυς βοώσης τῆς φύσεως, ὅτι μιμούμενοι τὸν ἀρχηγέτην τοῦ γένους ἀπόνως καὶ ἀταλαιπώρως ἐν ἀφθονωτάτῃ τῶν ἀναγκαίων εὐπορίᾳ διάξουσιν. τουτὶ δὲ συμβήσεται, ἐὰν μήτε αἱ ἄλογοι ἡδοναὶ ψυχῆς δυναστεύσωσι γαστριμαργίαν καὶ λαγνείαν ἐπιτειχίσασαι μήτε αἱ δόξης ἢ χρημάτων ἢ ἀρχῆς ἐπιθυμίαι τὸ τοῦ βίου κράτος ἀνάψωνται μήτε στείλωσι καὶ κάμψωσι διάνοιαν αἱ λῦπαι μήθ’ ὁ κακὸς σύμβουλος φόβος τὰς ἐπὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα τῶν ἔργων ὁρμὰς ἀναχαιτίσῃ μήτ’ ἀφροσύνη καὶ δειλία καὶ ἀδικία καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν ἀμήχανον πλῆθος ἐπιθῆται.
80νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ πάντων ὅσα λέλεκται παρευημερησάντων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνέδην ἐκκεχυμένων εἴς τε τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς ἀκράτορας καὶ ὑπαιτίους ἃς οὐδ’ εἰπεῖν θέμις ὀρέξεις, ἀπαντᾶται δίκη προσήκουσα τιμωρὸς ἀσεβῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων· ἔστι δ’ ἡ δίκη τὸ τῶν ἀναγκαίων δυσπόριστον· μόλις γὰρ ἀνατέμνοντες τὴν πεδιάδα καὶ πηγῶν ῥεῖθρα καὶ ποταμῶν ἐποχετεύοντες σπείροντές τε καὶ φυτεύοντες καὶ τὸν γεωπόνων κάματον μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἀτρύτως ἐκδεχόμενοι δι’ ἔτους συγκομίζουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ ταῦτ’ ἔστιν ὅτε λυπρὰ καὶ οὐ πάνυ διαρκῆ διὰ πολλὰς βλαβέντα αἰτίας· ἢ γὰρ ὄμβρων ἐπαλλήλων φοραὶ κατέσυραν ἢ χαλάζης βάρος ἐπενεχθείσης ἀθρόως κατέκλασεν ἢ χιὼν περιέψυξεν ἢ βία πνευμάτων ῥίζαις αὐταῖς ἀνέτρεψε·
81πολλὰ γὰρ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ εἰς ἀγονίαν καρπῶν νεωτερίζουσιν. εἰ δὲ σωφροσύνῃ μὲν ἐξευμαρισθεῖεν αἱ ἄμετροι τῶν παθῶν ὁρμαί, δικαιοσύνῃ δὲ αἱ περὶ τἀδικεῖν σπουδαί τε καὶ φιλοτιμίαι καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ ταῖς κατ’ ἀρετὰς ἐνεργείαις αἱ κακίαι καὶ αἱ κατ’ αὐτὰς ἀνήνυτοι πράξεις, ἀνῃρημένου μὲν τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ κατὰ ψυχήν, ὃς ἀψευδῶς ἐστι πολέμων ἀργαλεώτατος καὶ βαρύτατος, εἰρήνης δ’ ἐπισχούσης καὶ ταῖς ἐν ἡμῖν δυνάμεσιν εὐνομίαν παρασκευαζούσης ἡσυχῇ τε καὶ πρᾴως, ἐλπὶς ἂν ἦν τὸν θεὸν ἅτε φιλάρετον καὶ φιλόκαλον καὶ προσέτι φιλάνθρωπον τἀγαθὰ αὐτόματα παρασχεῖν ἐξ ἑτοίμου τῷ γένει· δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εὐμαρέστερον τοῦ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν τὸ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων φορὰν ἄνευ τέχνης γεωργικῆς ἐπιδαψιλεύσασθαι.
82δευτέρα μὲν αἰτία ἥδε λελέχθω, τρίτη δ’ ἐστὶ τοιάδε. ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος τῶν γεγονότων ὁ θεὸς ἁρμόσασθαι διανοηθεὶς ὡς ἀναγκαῖα καὶ φίλτατα ἀρχὴν μὲν οὐρανὸν ἐποίει, τέλος δὲ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν μὲν τῶν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀφθάρτων τελειότατον, τὸν δὲ τῶν γηγενῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν ἄριστον, βραχύν, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, οὐρανὸν πολλὰς ἐν αὑτῷ φύσεις ἀστεροειδεῖς ἀγαλματοφοροῦντα τέχναις καὶ ἐπιστήμαις καὶ τοῖς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἀρετὴν ἀοιδίμοις θεωρήμασιν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐναντία φύσει τό τε φθαρτὸν καὶ τὸ ἄφθαρτον, εἴδους ἑκατέρου τὸ κάλλιστον ἀρχῇ καὶ τέλει προσένειμεν, ἀρχῇ μὲν οὐρανόν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τέλει δὲ ἄνθρωπον.
83ἐπὶ πᾶσι μέντοι κἀκεῖνο λέγεται πρὸς ἀπόδοσιν αἰτίας ἀναγκαίας. ἔδει πάντων γεγονότων ὕστατον φῦναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα τελευταῖος ἐξαπιναίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις ἐπιφανεὶς ἐμποιήσῃ κατάπληξιν· ἔμελλε γὰρ ἰδόντα πρῶτον τεθηπέναι καὶ προσκυνεῖν ὡς ἂν ἡγεμόνα φύσει καὶ δεσπότην· διὸ καὶ θεασάμενα πάντα διὰ πάντων ἡμερώθη καὶ ὅσα τὰς φύσεις ἀγριώτατα κατὰ τὴν πρώτην εὐθὺς πρόσοψιν ἐγίνετο χειροηθέστατα, τὰς μὲν ἀτιθάσους λύττας ἐπιδεικνύμενα κατ’ ἀλλήλων, εἰς δὲ μόνον τὸν ἄνθρωπον τιθασευόμενα.
84παρ’ ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ γεννήσας αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγεμονικὸν φύσει ζῷον οὐκ ἔργῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διὰ λόγου χειροτονίᾳ καθίστη τῶν ὑπὸ σελήνην ἁπάντων βασιλέα χερσαίων καὶ ἐνύδρων καὶ ἀεροπόρων· ὅσα γὰρ θνητὰ ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ στοιχείοις γῇ ὕδατι ἀέρι πάντα ὑπέταττεν αὐτῷ, τὰ κατ’ οὐρανὸν ὑπεξελόμενος ἅτε θειοτέρας μοίρας ἐπιλαχόντα. πίστις δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐναργεστάτη τὰ φαινόμενα· θρεμμάτων ἔστιν ὅτε πλήθη μυρία πρὸς ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς ἄγεται τοῦ τυχόντος οὔθ’ ὁπλοφοροῦντος οὔτε σίδηρον οὔτε τι τῶν ἀμυντηρίων ἐπιφερομένου, διφθέραν δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ἔχοντος σκεπαστήριον καὶ βακτηρίαν ἕνεκα τοῦ διασημῆναί τε καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις εἰ κάμοι στηρίσασθαι·
85τὰς γοῦν πολυζῴους ἀγέλας προβάτων αἰγῶν βοῶν ἄγει ποιμὴν αἰπόλος βουκόλος, ἄνθρωποι μηδὲ τοῖς σώμασιν ἐρρωμένοι καὶ σφριγῶντες, ὡς ἕνεκα γοῦν εὐεξίας ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς ἰδοῦσι κατάπληξιν· καὶ αἱ τοσαῦται τῶν τοσούτων ἀλκαί τε καὶ δυνάμεις εὐοπλούντων—ἔχουσι γὰρ τὰς ἐκ φύσεως παρασκευὰς αἷς ἀμύνονται—καθάπερ δοῦλοι δεσπότην κατεπτήχασι καὶ τὰ προσταττόμενα δρῶσι· ταῦροι μὲν καταζεύγνυνται πρὸς ἄροτον γῆς καὶ βαθείας αὔλακας ἀνατέμνοντες δι’ ἡμέρας, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ νυκτός, μακρὸν δόλιχον ἀποτείνουσι γεωπόνου τινὸς ἐφεστῶτος· κριοὶ δὲ βρίθοντες βαθέσι μαλλοῖς ὑπόποκοι κατὰ τὴν ἔαρος ὥραν ὑπὸ ποιμένος κελευσθέντες ἵστανται μετ’ ἠρεμίας ἢ καὶ ἡσυχῇ κατακλινέντες ἐμπαρέχουσιν ἀποκείρασθαι τὸ ἔριον ἐθιζόμενοι καθάπερ αἱ πόλεις τὸν ἐτήσιον ἀποδιδόναι δασμὸν τῷ φύσει βασιλεῖ·
86καὶ μὴν τό γε θυμικώτατον ζῷον ἵππος ῥᾳδίως [ἄγεται] χαλιναγωγηθείς, ἵνα μὴ σκιρτῶν ἀφηνιάζῃ, καὶ τὰ νῶτα κοιλάνας εὖ μάλα πρὸς τὸ εὔεδρον δέχεται τὸν ἔποχον καὶ μετέωρον ἀναβαστάσας ὀξύτατα θεῖ σπουδάζων, εἰς οὓς ἂν ἐπείγηται γίνεσθαι τόπους ἐκεῖνος, ἀφικνεῖσθαι καὶ διακομίζειν· ὁ δ’ ἐφιδρυμένος ἄνευ καμάτων κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἑτέρου σώματι καὶ
87ποσὶν ἀνύτει τὸν δρόμον. πολλὰ δ’ ἂν ἔχοι τις λέγειν ἕτερα βουλόμενος ἀπομηκύνειν εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπελευθεριάζειν ὑπεξῃρημένον τῆς ἀνθρώπου ἡγεμονίας· δείγματος δ’ ἕνεκα καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα ἀρκεῖ. χρὴ μέντοι μηδ’ ἐκεῖνο ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι οὐ παρ’ ὅσον ὕστατον γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὴν τάξιν ἠλάττωται.
88μάρτυρες δ’ ἡνίοχοι καὶ κυβερνῆται· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑστερίζοντες τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ κατόπιν αὐτῶν ἐξεταζόμενοι ᾗ ἂν ἐθέλωσιν αὐτὰ ἄγουσι τῶν ἡνιῶν ἐνειλημμένοι καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐφιέντες πρὸς ὀξὺν δρόμον τοτὲ δ’ ἀναχαιτίζοντες, εἰ φορᾷ τοῦ δέοντος πλείονι θέοι· οἱ δ’ αὖ κυβερνῆται πρὸς τὸ τῆς νεὼς ἔσχατον χωρίον πρύμναν παρελθόντες πάντων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν εἰσιν ἄριστοι τῶν ἐμπλεόντων, ἅτε τῆς νεὼς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐν χερσὶ ταῖς αὑτῶν ἔχοντες. ἡνίοχον δή τινα καὶ κυβερνήτην ἐφ’ ἅπασιν ὁ ποιητὴς ἐδημιούργει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα ἡνιοχῇ καὶ κυβερνᾷ τὰ περίγεια ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν λαβὼν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν οἷά τις ὕπαρχος τοῦ πρώτου καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως.
89Ἐπεὶ δ’ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ἐτελειώθη κατὰ τὴν ἑξάδος ἀριθμοῦ τελείου φύσιν, τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἑβδόμην ἐσέμνυνεν ὁ πατὴρ ἐπαινέσας καὶ ἁγίαν προσειπών· ἑορτὴ γὰρ οὐ μιᾶς πόλεως ἢ χώρας ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ τοῦ παντός, ἣν κυρίως ἄξιον καὶ μόνην πάνδημον ὀνομάζειν καὶ τοῦ κόσμου γενέθλιον.
90τὴν δ’ ἑβδομάδος φύσιν οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴ τις ἱκανῶς ἂν ὑμνῆσαι δύναιτο παντὸς οὖσαν λόγου κρείττονα· οὐ μὴν ὅτι θαυμασιωτέρα τῶν περὶ αὐτῆς λεγομένων ἐστί, διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡσυχαστέον, ἀλλ’ ἐπιτολμητέον, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα μηδὲ τὰ κυριώτατα οἷόν τε, τὰ γοῦν ταῖς ἡμετέραις διανοίαις ἐφικτὰ δηλῶσαι.
91διχῶς ἑβδομὰς λέγεται, ἡ μὲν ἐντὸς δεκάδος, ἥτις ἑπτάκις μονάδι μόνῃ μετρεῖται συνεστῶσα ἐκ μονάδων ἑπτά, ἡ δ’ ἐκτὸς δεκάδος, ἀριθμὸς οὗ πάντως ἀρχὴ μονὰς κατὰ τοὺς διπλασίους ἢ τριπλασίους ἢ συνόλως ἀναλογοῦντας ἀριθμούς, ὡς ἔχει ὁ ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα καὶ ὁ ἑπτακόσια εἰκοσιεννέα, ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὸν ἀπὸ μονάδος διπλάσιον παραυξηθείς, ὁ δ’ αὖ κατὰ τὸν τριπλάσιον.
92ἑκάτερον δὲ εἶδος οὐ παρέργως ἐπισκεπτέον. τὸ μὲν δὴ δεύτερον ἐμφανεστάτην ἔχει προνομίαν· αἰεὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπὸ μονάδος συντιθέμενος ἐν διπλασίοις ἢ τριπλασίοις ἢ συνόλως ἀναλογοῦσιν ἕβδομος ἀριθμὸς κύβος τε καὶ τετράγωνός ἐστιν, ἀμφότερα τὰ εἴδη περιέχων τῆς τε ἀσωμάτου καὶ σωματικῆς οὐσίας, τῆς μὲν ἀσωμάτου κατὰ τὴν ἐπίπεδον ἣν ἀποτελοῦσι τετράγωνοι, τῆς δὲ σωματικῆς κατὰ τὴν στερεὰν ἣν ἀποτελοῦσι κύβοι. σαφεστάτη δ’ οἱ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοὶ πίστις·
93αὐτίκα ὁ ἀπὸ μονάδος ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ παραυξηθεὶς ἕβδομος, ὁ τέσσαρα καὶ ἑξήκοντα, τετράγωνος μέν ἐστιν ὀκτάκις ὀκτὼ πολυπλασιασθέντων, κύβος δὲ τεσσάρων ἐπὶ τέσσαρα τετράκις· καὶ πάλιν ὁ ἐν τριπλασίονι λόγῳ παραυξηθεὶς ἀπὸ μονάδος ἕβδομος, ὁ ἑπτακόσια εἰκοσιεννέα, τετράγωνος μὲν πολυπλασιασθέντος ἐφ’ αὑτὸν τοῦ ἑπτὰ καὶ εἴκοσι, κύβος δὲ τοῦ ἐννέα ἐφ’ αὑτὸν ἐννάκις.
94καὶ ἀεὶ τὸν ἕβδομον ποιούμενός τις ἀντὶ μονάδος ἀρχὴν καὶ παραύξων κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναλογίαν ἄχρις ἑβδομάδος εὑρήσει πάντως τὸν παραυξηθέντα κύβον τε καὶ τετράγωνον· ἀπὸ γοῦν τοῦ ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα ὁ συντεθεὶς ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ γεννήσει ἕβδομον τὸν τετρακισχίλια καὶ ἐνενηκονταέξ, τετράγωνον ὁμοῦ καὶ κύβον, τετράγωνον μὲν αὐτὸν πλευρὰν ἔχοντα τὸν ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα, κύβον δὲ τὸν ἑκκαίδεκα.
95μεταβατέον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ θάτερον ἑβδομάδος εἶδος τὸ περιεχόμενον ἐν δεκάδι, θαυμαστὴν ἐπιδεικνύμενον καὶ οὐκ ἐλάττονα τοῦ προτέρου φύσιν. αὐτίκα συνέστηκε τὰ ἑπτὰ ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ δυοῖν καὶ τεττάρων ἐχόντων δύο λόγους ἁρμονικωτάτους, τόν τε διπλάσιον καὶ τετραπλάσιον, τὸν μὲν τὴν διὰ πασῶν συμφωνίαν, τὸν δὲ τετραπλάσιον τὴν δὶς διὰ πασῶν ἀποτελοῦντα. περιέχει δὲ καὶ διαιρέσεις ἄλλας ζυγάδην τρόπον τινὰ συνεστώσας ἑβδομάς· διαιρεῖται γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν εἰς μονάδα καὶ ἑξάδα, ἔπειτα εἰς δυάδα καὶ πεντάδα, καὶ τελευταῖον εἰς τριάδα καὶ τετράδα.
96μουσικωτάτη δὲ καὶ ἡ τούτων ἀναλογία τῶν ἀριθμῶν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἓξ πρὸς ἓν ἔχει λόγον ἑξαπλάσιον, ὁ δ’ ἑξαπλάσιος λόγος τὸ μέγιστον ἐν τοῖς οὖσι ποιεῖ διάστημα, ᾧ διέστηκε τὸ ὀξύτατον ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρυτάτου, καθάπερ ἀποδείξομεν, ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀριθμῶν μετέλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐν ἁρμονίαις λόγον· τὰ δὲ πέντε πρὸς δύο πλείστην ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ δύναμιν ἐπιδείκνυται σχεδὸν ἐνάμιλλον τῇ διὰ πασῶν, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ κανονικῇ θεωρίᾳ σαφέστατα παρίσταται· τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα πρὸς τρία τὴν πρώτην ἁρμονίαν ἀποτελεῖ τὴν ἐπίτριτον, ἥτις ἐστὶ διὰ τεσσάρων.
97ἐπιδείκνυται δὲ καὶ ἕτερον κάλλος αὑτῆς ἑβδομὰς ἱερώτατον νοηθῆναι. συνεστῶσα γὰρ ἐκ τριάδος καὶ τετράδος τὸ ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀκλινὲς καὶ ὀρθὸν φύσει παρέχεται· ὃν δὲ τρόπον, δηλωτέον. τὸ ὀρθογώνιον τρίγωνον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ ποιοτήτων, ἐξ ἀριθμῶν συνέστηκε τοῦ τρία καὶ τέσσαρα καὶ πέντε· τὰ δὲ τρία καὶ τέσσαρα, ἅπερ ἐστὶν ἑβδομάδος οὐσία, τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν ἀποτελεῖ· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἀμβλεῖα καὶ ὀξεῖα τὸ ἀνώμαλον καὶ ἄτακτον καὶ ἄνισον ἐμφαίνουσιν· ἀμβλυτέρα γὰρ καὶ ὀξυτέρα γίνεται ἑτέρα ἑτέρας· ὀρθὴ δ’ οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται σύγκρισιν οὐδ’ ὀρθοτέρα γίνεται παρ’ ἑτέραν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μένει τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν οὔποτ’ ἀλλάττουσα. εἰ δὴ τὸ μὲν ὀρθογώνιον τρίγωνον σχημάτων καὶ ποιοτήτων ἐστὶν ἀρχή, τούτου δὲ τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον, τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν, ἡ οὐσία τῆς ἑβδομάδος παρέχεται, τριὰς ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράς, νομίζοιτ’ ἂν εἰκότως ἥδε πηγὴ παντὸς σχήματος καὶ πάσης ποιότητος.
98πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις κἀκεῖνο λέγοιτ’ ἂν δεόντως, ὅτι τὰ μὲν τρία ἐπιπέδου σχήματός ἐστιν ἀριθμός — ἐπειδὴ σημεῖον μὲν κατὰ μονάδα, γραμμὴ δὲ κατὰ δυάδα, ἐπίπεδον δὲ κατὰ τριάδα τέτακται —, τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα στερεοῦ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς πρόσθεσιν, βάθους ἐπιπέδῳ προστεθέντος· ἐξ οὗ δῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι ἡ τῆς ἑβδομάδος οὐσία γεωμετρίας καὶ στερεομετρίας ἀρχὴ καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ἀσωμάτων ὁμοῦ καὶ σωμάτων.
99Τοσοῦτο δ’ ἐν ἑβδομάδι πέφυκεν εἶναι τὸ ἱεροπρεπές, ὥστ’ ἐξαίρετον ἔχει λόγον παρὰ τοὺς ἐν δεκάδι πάντας ἀριθμούς· ἐκείνων γὰρ οἱ μὲν γεννῶσιν οὐ γεννώμενοι, οἱ δὲ γεννῶνται μέν, οὐ γεννῶσι δέ, οἱ δὲ ἀμφότερα καὶ γεννῶσι καὶ γεννῶνται· μόνη δ’ ἑβδομὰς ἐν οὐδενὶ μέρει θεωρεῖται. τὴν δ’ ὑπόσχεσιν ἀποδείξει βεβαιωτέον. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἓν γεννᾷ τοὺς ἑξῆς ἅπαντας ἀριθμοὺς ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς γεννώμενον τὸ παράπαν· τὰ δ’ ὀκτὼ γεννᾶται μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ δὶς τέσσαρα, γεννᾷ δ’ οὐδένα τῶν ἐν δεκάδι· ὁ δ’ αὖ τέσσαρα τὴν ἀμφοῖν καὶ γονέων καὶ ἐκγόνων ἔχει τάξιν· γεννᾷ μὲν γὰρ τὸν ὀκτὼ δὶς γενόμενος, γεννᾶται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ δὶς δύο.
100μόνος δ’ ὡς ἔφην ὁ ἑπτὰ οὔτε γεννᾶν πέφυκεν οὔτε γεννᾶσθαι. δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φιλόσοφοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον ἐξομοιοῦσι τῇ ἀμήτορι Νίκῃ καὶ Παρθένῳ, ἣν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλῆς ἀναφανῆναι λόγος ἔχει, οἱ δὲ Πυθαγόρειοι τῷ ἡγεμόνι τῶν συμπάντων· τὸ γὰρ μήτε γεννῶν μήτε γεννώμενον ἀκίνητον μένει· ἐν κινήσει γὰρ ἡ γένεσις, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ γεννῶν καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον οὐκ ἄνευ κινήσεως, τὸ μὲν ἵνα γεννήσῃ, τὸ δὲ ἵνα γεννηθῇ· μόνον δ’ οὔτε κινοῦν οὔτε κινούμενον ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἄρχων καὶ ἡγεμών, οὗ λέγοιτ’ ἂν προσηκόντως εἰκὼν ἑβδομάς. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ καὶ Φιλόλαος ἐν τούτοις· „Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἄρχων ἁπάντων θεὸς εἷς ἀεὶ ὤν, μόνιμος, ἀκίνητος, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὅμοιος, ἕτερος τῶν ἄλλων.“
Sections 101–125
101ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς νοητοῖς τὸ ἀκίνητον καὶ ἀπαθὲς ἐπιδείκνυται ἑβδομάς, ἐν δὲ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς μεγάλην καὶ συνεκτικωτάτην δύναμιν, * * * οἷς τὰ ἐπίγεια πάντα πέφυκε βελτιοῦσθαι, σελήνης τε περιόδοις. ὃν δὲ τρόπον, ἐπισκεπτέον. ἀπὸ μονάδος συντεθεὶς ἑξῆς ὁ ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸς γεννᾷ τὸν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι τέλειον καὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ μέρεσιν ἰσούμενον· ὁ δὲ γεννηθεὶς ἀριθμὸς ἀποκαταστατικός ἐστι σελήνης, ἀφ’ οὗ ἤρξατο σχήματος λαμβάνειν αὔξησιν αἰσθητῶς, εἰς ἐκεῖνο κατὰ μείωσιν ἀνακαμπτούσης· αὔξεται μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης μηνοειδοῦς ἐπιλάμψεως ἄχρι διχοτόμου ἡμέραις ἑπτά, εἶθ’ ἑτέραις τοσαύταις πλησιφαὴς γίνεται καὶ πάλιν ὑποστρέφει διαυλοδρομοῦσα τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς πλησιφαοῦς ἐπὶ τὴν διχότομον ἑπτὰ πάλιν ἡμέραις, εἶτ’ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἐπὶ τὴν μηνοειδῆ ταῖς ἴσαις· ἐξ ὧν ὁ λεχθεὶς ἀριθμὸς συμπεπλήρωται.
102Καλεῖται δ’ ἡ ἑβδομὰς ὑπὸ τῶν κυρίως τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εἰωθότων χρῆσθαι καὶ τελεσφόρος, ἐπειδὴ ταύτῃ τελεσφορεῖται τὰ σύμπαντα. τεκμηριώσαιτο δ’ ἄν τις ἐκ τοῦ πᾶν σῶμα ὀργανικὸν τρισὶ μὲν κεχρῆσθαι διαστάσεσι, μήκει πλάτει καὶ βάθει, τέτταρσι δὲ πέρασι, σημείῳ καὶ γραμμῇ καὶ ἐπιφανείᾳ καὶ στερεῷ, δι’ ὧν συντεθέντων ἀποτελεῖται ἑβδομάς. ἀμήχανον δ’ ἦν τὰ σώματα ἑβδομάδι μετρεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ διαστάσεων τριῶν καὶ περάτων τεττάρων σύνθεσιν, εἰ μὴ συνέβαινε τὰς τῶν πρώτων ἀριθμῶν ἰδέας ἑνὸς καὶ δυοῖν καὶ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων, οἷς θεμελιοῦται δεκάς, ἑβδομάδος φύσιν περιέχειν· οἱ γὰρ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοὶ τέσσαρας μὲν ἔχουσιν ὅρους, τὸν πρῶτον, τὸν δεύτερον, τὸν τρίτον, τὸν τέταρτον, διαστάσεις δὲ τρεῖς· πρώτη μὲν διάστασις ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐπὶ τὰ δύο, δευτέρα δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν δυοῖν ἐπὶ τὰ τρία, τρίτη δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἐπὶ τὰ τέσσαρα.
103δίχα δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐναργέστατα παριστᾶσι τὴν τελεσφόρον δύναμιν ἑβδομάδος καὶ αἱ ἐκ βρέφους ἄχρι γήρως ἀνθρώπων ἡλικίαι μετρούμεναι ταύτῃ· κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν πρώτην ἑπταετίαν ἔκφυσις ὀδόντων ἐστί· κατὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν καιρὸς τοῦ δύνασθαι προΐεσθαι σπέρμα γόνιμον· τρίτῃ δὲ γενείων αὔξησις καὶ τετάρτῃ πρὸς ἰσχὺν ἐπίδοσις· πέμπτῃ δ’ αὖ γάμων ὥρα· ἕκτῃ δὲ συνέσεως ἀκμή· τῇ δὲ ἑβδόμῃ βελτίωσις ἀμφοῖν καὶ συναύξησις νοῦ καὶ λόγου· ὀγδόῃ δὲ ἡ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τελείωσις· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐνάτην ἐπιείκεια καὶ πρᾳότης τῶν παθῶν ἐπὶ πλέον ἡμερωθέντων· κατὰ δὲ τὴν δεκάτην τοῦ βίου τὸ εὐκταῖον τέλος, ἔτι τῶν ὀργανικῶν μελῶν συνεστηκότων· φιλεῖ γὰρ τὸ μακρὸν γῆρας ἕκαστον ὑποσκελίζειν καὶ παραιρεῖσθαι.
104τὰς ἡλικίας ταύτας ἀνέγραψε καὶ Σόλων ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων νομοθέτης ἐλεγεῖα ποιήσας τάδε· Παῖς μὲν ἄνηβος ἐὼν ἔτι νήπιος ἕρκος ὀδόντων φύσας ἐκβάλλει πρῶτον ἐν ἕπτ’ ἔτεσιν· τοὺς δ’ ἑτέρους ὅτε δὴ τελέσῃ θεὸς ἕπτ’ ἐνιαυτούς, ἥβης ἐκφαίνει σήματα γιγνομένης· τῇ τριτάτῃ δὲ γένειον ἀεξομένων ἔτι γυίων λαχνοῦται, χροιῆς ἄνθος ἀμειβομένης· τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ πᾶς τις ἐν ἑβδομάδ’ ἐστὶν ἄριστος ἰσχύν, ἥν τ’ ἄνδρες σήματ’ ἔχους’ ἀρετῆς· πέμπτῃ δ’ ὥριον ἄνδρα γάμου μεμνημένον εἶναι καὶ παίδων ζητεῖν ἐξοπίσω γενεήν· τῇ δ’ ἕκτῃ περὶ πάντα καταρτύεται νόος ἀνδρός, οὐδ’ ἕρδειν ἔθ’ ὁμῶς ἔργ’ ἀπάλαμνα θέλει· ἑπτὰ δὲ νοῦν καὶ γλῶσσαν ἐν ἑβδομάσιν μέγ’ ἄριστος ὀκτώ τ’, ἀμφοτέρων τέσσαρα καὶ δέκ’ ἔτη· τῇ δ’ ἐνάτῃ ἔτι μὴν δύναται, μαλακώτερα δ’ αὐτοῦ πρὸς μεγάλην ἀρετὴν γλῶσσά τε καὶ σοφίη· τὴν δεκάτην δ’ εἴ τις τελέσας κατὰ μέτρον ἵκοιτο, οὐκ ἂν ἄωρος ἐὼν μοῖραν ἔχοι θανάτου.
105Ὁ μὲν οὖν Σόλων ἑβδομάσι δέκα ταῖς εἰρημέναις καταριθμεῖ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον. ὁ δ’ ἰατρὸς Ἱπποκράτης ἡλικίας ἑπτὰ εἶναί φησι, παιδίου, παιδός, μειρακίου, νεανίσκου, ἀνδρός, πρεσβύτου, γέροντος, ταύτας δὲ μετρεῖσθαι μὲν ἑβδομάσιν, οὐ μὴν ταῖς κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς. λέγει δ’ οὕτως· „Ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει ἑπτά εἰσιν ὧραι, ἃς ἡλικίας καλέουσι, παιδίον, παῖς, μειράκιον, νεανίσκος, ἀνήρ, πρεσβύτης, γέρων· καὶ παιδίον μέν ἐστιν ἄχρις ἑπτὰ ἐτέων ὀδόντων ἐκβολῆς· παῖς δ’ ἄχρι γονῆς ἐκφύσιος, ἐς τὰ δὶς ἑπτά· μειράκιον δ’ ἄχρι γενείου λαχνώσιος, ἐς τὰ τρὶς ἑπτά· νεανίσκος δ’ ἄχρις αὐξήσιος ὅλου τοῦ σώματος, ἐς τὰ τετράκις ἑπτά· ἀνὴρ δ’ ἄχρις ἑνὸς δέοντος ἐτέων πεντήκοντα, ἐς τὰ ἑπτάκις ἑπτά· πρεσβύτης δ’ ἄχρι πεντήκοντα ἕξ, ἐς τὰ ἑπτάκις ὀκτώ· τὸ δ’ ἐντεῦθεν γέρων.“ λέγεται δὲ κἀκεῖνο πρὸς διασύστασιν ἑβδομάδος ὡς θαυμαστὴν ἐχούσης ἐν τῇ φύσει τάξιν, ἐπεὶ συνέστηκεν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων· τὸν μὲν τρίτον ἀπὸ μονάδος, εἰ διπλασιάζοι τις, εὑρήσει τετράγωνον, τὸν δὲ τέταρτον κύβον, τὸν δ’ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἕβδομον κύβον ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράγωνον·
106ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ μονάδος τρίτος ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ, τέτταρα, τετράγωνός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ τέταρτος, ὀκτώ, κύβος, ὁ δὲ ἕβδομος, τέσσαρα πρὸς τοῖς ἑξήκοντα, κύβος ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράγωνος· ὡς εἶναι τελεσφόρον ὄντως τὸν ἕβδομον ἀριθμόν, ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἰσότητας καταγγέλλοντα τήν τ’ ἐπίπεδον διὰ τετραγώνου κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τριάδα συγγένειαν καὶ τὴν στερεὰν διὰ κύβου κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τετράδα οἰκειότητα· ἐκ τριάδος δὲ καὶ τετράδος ἑβδομάς.
107Ἔστι δὲ οὐ τελεσφόρος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἁρμονικωτάτη καὶ τρόπον τινὰ πηγὴ τοῦ καλλίστου διαγράμματος, ὃ πάσας μὲν τὰς ἁρμονίας, τὴν διὰ τεττάρων, τὴν διὰ πέντε, τὴν διὰ πασῶν, πάσας δὲ τὰς ἀναλογίας, τὴν ἀριθμητικήν, τὴν γεωμετρικήν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν ἁρμονικὴν περιέχει. τὸ δὲ πλινθίον συνέστηκεν ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν ἀριθμῶν, ἓξ ὀκτὼ ἐννέα δώδεκα· ὁ μὲν ὀκτὼ πρὸς ἓξ ἐν ἐπιτρίτῳ λόγῳ, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ τεττάρων ἁρμονία ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ ἐννέα πρὸς ἓξ ἐν ἡμιολίῳ, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ πέντε· ὁ δὲ δώδεκα πρὸς ἓξ ἐν διπλασίονι, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ πασῶν.
108ἔχει δὲ ὡς ἔλεγον καὶ τὰς ἀναλογίας πάσας· ἀριθμητικὴν μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἓξ καὶ ἐννέα καὶ δώδεκα· οἷς γὰρ ὑπερέχει ὁ μέσος τοῦ πρώτου τρισίν, τούτοις ὑπερέχεται ὑπὸ τοῦ τελευταίου· γεωμετρικὴν δὲ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων· ὃν γὰρ λόγον ἔχει τὰ ὀκτὼ πρὸς ἕξ, τοῦτον τὰ δώδεκα πρὸς ἐννέα· ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐπίτριτος· ἁρμονικὴν δὲ ἐκ τριῶν, τοῦ ἓξ καὶ ὀκτὼ καὶ δώδεκα.
109ἁρμονικῆς δ’ ἀναλογίας διττὴ κρίσις· μία μέν, ὅταν ὃν λόγον ἔχει ὁ ἔσχατος πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον τοῦτον ἔχῃ ἡ ὑπεροχὴ ᾗ ὑπερέχει ὁ ἔσχατος τοῦ μέσου πρὸς τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ᾗ ὑπερέχεται ὑπὸ τοῦ μέσου ὁ πρῶτος. ἐναργεστάτην δὲ πίστιν λάβοι τις ἂν ἐκ τῶν προκειμένων ἀριθμῶν, τοῦ ἓξ καὶ ὀκτὼ καὶ δώδεκα· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τελευταῖος τοῦ πρώτου διπλάσιος, ἡ δ’ ὑπεροχὴ πάλιν διπλασία· τὰ μὲν γὰρ δώδεκα τῶν ὀκτὼ τέτταρσιν ὑπερέχει, τὰ δὲ ὀκτὼ τῶν ἓξ δυσί· τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα τῶν δυοῖν διπλάσια. ἑτέρα δὲ βάσανος τῆς ἁρμονικῆς
110ἀναλογίας, ὅταν ὁ μέσος τῶν ἄκρων ἴσῳ μορίῳ καὶ ὑπερέχῃ καὶ ὑπερέχηται· ὁ γὰρ ὄγδοος μέσος ὢν ὑπερέχει μὲν τοῦ πρώτου τρίτῳ μορίῳ· ὑφαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν ἕξ, τὰ λοιπὰ δύο τρίτον ἐστὶ τοῦ πρώτου· ὑπερέχεται δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ τελευταίου τῷ ἴσῳ· εἰ γὰρ ὑφαιρεθείη τῶν δώδεκα τὰ ὀκτώ, τὰ λοιπὰ τέσσαρα γίνεται τοῦ τελευταίου τρίτον.
111Ταῦτα μὲν ἀναγκαίως περὶ σεμνότητος, ἣν ἔχει τὸ διάγραμμα ἢ πλινθίον ἢ ὅ τι χρὴ καλεῖν, προειρήσθω· τοσαύτας ἰδέας καὶ ἔτι πλείους ἑβδομὰς ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοητοῖς ἐπιδείκνυται. διατείνει δ’ αὐτῆς ἡ φύσις καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ὁρατὴν ἅπασαν οὐσίαν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, τὰ πέρατα τοῦ παντός, φθάσασα. τί γὰρ οὐ φιλέβδομον τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ μέρος, ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ δαμασθὲν ἑβδομάδος;
112αὐτίκα τὸν οὐρανόν φασιν ἑπτὰ διεζῶσθαι κύκλοις, ὧν ὀνόματα εἶναι τάδε· ἀρκτικόν, ἀνταρκτικόν, θερινὸν τροπικόν, χειμερινὸν τροπικόν, ἰσημερινόν, ζῳδιακόν, καὶ προσέτι γαλαξίαν· ὁ γὰρ ὁρίζων πάθος ἐστὶν ἡμέτερον, ὡς ἂν ὀξυωπίας ἔχῃ τις ἢ τοὐναντίον, ἀποτεμνομένης τῆς αἰσθήσεως τοτὲ μὲν ἐλάττω τοτὲ δὲ μείζω περιγραφήν.
113οἵ γε μὴν πλάνητες, ἡ ἀντίρροπος στρατιὰ τῇ τῶν ἀπλανῶν, ἑπτὰ διακοσμοῦνται τάξεσι, πλείστην ἐπιδεικνύμενοι συμπάθειαν πρὸς ἀέρα καὶ γῆν· τὸν μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὰς ἐτησίους ἐπικαλουμένας ὥρας τρέπουσι καὶ μεταβάλλουσι καθ’ ἑκάστην μυρίας ὅσας ἐμποιοῦντες μεταβολὰς νηνεμίαις, αἰθρίαις, νεφώσεσι, βίαις ἐξαισίοις πνευμάτων· πάλιν τε ποταμοὺς πλημμυροῦσι καὶ μειοῦσι καὶ πεδία λιμνάζουσι καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀφαυαίνουσι· καὶ πελαγῶν ἐργάζονται τροπὰς ἐξαναχωρούντων ἢ παλιρροίαις χρωμένων· εὐρεῖς γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε κόλποι θαλάττης ὑποσυρείσης ἀμπώτεσι βαθὺς ἐξαίφνης αἰγιαλός εἰσι καὶ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀναχυθείσης πελάγη βαθύτατα οὐ βραχείαις ὁλκάσιν ἀλλὰ μυριοφόροις ναυσὶν ἐμπλεόμενα· καὶ μὲν δὴ τὰ ἐπίγεια πάντα, ζῷά τε αὖ καὶ φυτὰ καρποὺς γεννῶντα, αὔξουσι καὶ τελεσφοροῦσι τὴν ἐν ἑκάστοις φύσιν δολιχεύειν παρασκευάζοντες, ὡς νέα παλαιοῖς ἐπανθεῖν καὶ ἐπακμάζειν
114πρὸς χορηγίας ἀφθόνους τῶν δεομένων. ἄρκτος γε μήν, ἥν φασι πλωτήρων εἶναι προπομπόν, ἐξ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων συνέστηκεν· εἰς ἣν ἀφορῶντες κυβερνῆται τὰς ἐν θαλάττῃ μυρίας ὁδοὺς ἀνέτεμον ἀπίστῳ πράγματι καὶ μείζονι ἢ κατὰ φύσιν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπιθέμενοι· στοχασμῷ γὰρ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀστέρων τὰς πρὶν ἀδηλουμένας χώρας ἀνεῦρον, νήσους μὲν οἱ τὴν ἤπειρον οἰκοῦντες, νησιῶται δὲ ἠπείρους· ἔδει γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου τῆς οὐσίας οὐρανοῦ ζῴῳ τῷ θεοφιλεστάτῳ γῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ θαλάττης ἀναδειχθῆναι τοὺς μυχοὺς ἀνθρώπων γένει.
115πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ὁ τῶν πλειάδων χορὸς ἀστέρων ἑβδομάδι συμπεπλήρωται, ὧν αἱ ἐπιτολαὶ καὶ ἀποκρύψεις μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιαι γίνονται πᾶσι· δυομένων μὲν γὰρ αὔλακες ἀνατέμνονται πρὸς σπόρον· ἡνίκα δ’ ἂν μέλλωσιν ἐπιτέλλειν, ἄμητον εὐαγγελίζονται, καὶ ἐπιτείλασαι χαίροντας γεωπόνους πρὸς συγκομιδὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐγείρουσιν· οἱ δ’ ἄσμενοι τὰς τροφὰς ἀποτίθενται πρὸς τὴν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν χρῆσιν.
116ὅ τε μέγας ἡγεμὼν ἡμέρας ἥλιος διττὰς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ἀποτελῶν ἰσημερίας, ἔαρι καὶ μετοπώρῳ, τὴν μὲν ἐαρινὴν ἐν κριῷ, τὴν δὲ μετοπωρινὴν ἐν ζυγῷ, ἐναργεστάτην παρέχεται πίστιν τοῦ περὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην θεοπρεποῦς· ἑκατέρα γὰρ τῶν ἰσημεριῶν ἑβδόμῳ γίνεται μηνί, καθ’ ἃς καὶ ἑορτάζειν διείρηται νόμῳ τὰς μεγίστας καὶ δημοτελεστάτας ἑορτάς, ἐπειδήπερ ἀμφοτέραις τὰ ὅσα ἐκ γῆς τελειογονεῖται, ἔαρι μὲν ὁ τοῦ σίτου καρπὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα σπαρτά, μετοπώρῳ δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλείστων ἀκροδρύων.
117Ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανίων τὰ ἐπίγεια ἤρτηται κατά τινα φυσικὴν συμπάθειαν, ὁ τῆς ἑβδομάδος λόγος ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενος κατέβη καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοῖς θνητοῖς γένεσιν ἐπιφοιτήσας. αὐτίκα τῆς ἡμετέρας ψυχῆς τὸ δίχα τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ μέρος ἑπταχῆ σχίζεται, εἰς πέντε αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὸ γόνιμον· ἃ δὴ πάντα καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς θαύμασιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ νευροσπαστούμενα τοτὲ μὲν ἠρεμεῖ τοτὲ δὲ κινεῖται τὰς ἁρμοττούσας σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἕκαστον.
118ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος εἴ τις ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειρήσειε τά τ’ ἐκτὸς καὶ ἐντὸς μέρη, καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἑπτὰ εὑρήσει· τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐν φανερῷ ταῦτ’ ἐστί· κεφαλή, στέρνα, γαστήρ, διτταὶ χεῖρες, διτταὶ βάσεις· τὰ δ’ ἐντὸς λεγόμενα σπλάγχνα στόμαχος, καρδία, πνεύμων, σπλήν, ἧπαρ, νεφροὶ δύο.
119πάλιν δ’ αὖ τὸ ἡγεμονικώτατον ἐν ζῴῳ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις ἑπτὰ χρῆται, δυσὶν ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀκοαῖς ἴσαις, αὐλοῖς μυκτῆρος δυσίν, ἑβδόμῳ στόματι, δι’ οὗ γίνεται θνητῶν μέν, ὡς ἔφη Πλάτων, εἴσοδος, ἔξοδος δ’ ἀφθάρτων· ἐπεισέρχεται μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ σιτία καὶ ποτά, φθαρτοῦ σώματος φθαρταὶ τροφαί, λόγοι δ’ ἐξίασιν ἀθανάτου ψυχῆς ἀθάνατοι
120νόμοι, δι’ ὧν ὁ λογικὸς βίος κυβερνᾶται. τὰ δὲ διὰ τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄψεως κρινόμενα μετέχει τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ κατὰ γένος· ἑπτὰ γάρ ἐστι τὰ ὁρώμενα, σῶμα, διάστασις, σχῆμα, μέγεθος, χρῶμα, κίνησις, στάσις, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα οὐδὲν ἕτερον.
121συμβέβηκε μέντοι καὶ τὰς τῆς φωνῆς μεταβολὰς ἁπάσας ἑπτὰ εἶναι, τὴν ὀξεῖαν, τὴν βαρεῖαν, τὴν περισπωμένην, καὶ τέταρτον δασὺν φθόγγον καὶ ψιλὸν πέμπτον καὶ μακρὸν ἕκτον καὶ βραχὺν ἕβδομον.
122ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ κινήσεις ἑπτὰ εἶναι συμβέβηκε, τὴν ἄνω, τὴν κάτω, τὴν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα, τὴν πρόσω, τὴν κατόπιν, τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ, ἃς ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τρανοῦσιν οἱ τὴν ὄρχησιν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι.
123φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἐκκρίσεις ὑπεστάλθαι τῷ λεχθέντι ἀριθμῷ· διὰ μὲν γὰρ ὀφθαλμῶν δάκρυα προχεῖται, διὰ δὲ μυκτήρων αἱ ἐκ κεφαλῆς καθάρσεις, διὰ δὲ στόματος ὁ ἀποπτυόμενος σίελος· εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διτταὶ δεξαμεναὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν περιττωμάτων ἀποχετεύσεις, ἡ μὲν ἔμπροσθεν, ἡ δὲ κατόπιν· ἕκτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ δι’ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος ἐν ἱδρῶτι πρόχυσις, καὶ ἑβδόμη ἡ φυσικωτάτη σπέρματος πρόεσις διὰ τῶν γεννητικῶν.
124φησὶ δὲ καὶ Ἱπποκράτης ὁ τῆς φύσεως ἐπιγνώμων ἐν ἑβδομάδι κρατύνεσθαι καὶ τὴν πῆξιν τῆς γονῆς καὶ τὴν ἀνάπλασιν τῆς σαρκός. πάλιν δ’ αὖ γυναιξὶν ἡ φορὰ τῶν καταμηνίων εἰς ἑπτὰ τὰς πλείστας ἡμέρας χορηγεῖται. καὶ τὰ κατὰ γαστρὸς βρέφη μησὶν ἑπτὰ τελειογονεῖσθαι πέφυκεν, ὡς παραδοξότατόν τι συμβαίνειν· γίνεται γὰρ τὰ ἑπτάμηνα γόνιμα, τῶν ὀκτωμηνιαίων ὡς ἐπίπαν ζῳογονεῖσθαι μὴ δυναμένων.
125αἵ τε βαρεῖαι νόσοι σωμάτων, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅταν ἐκ δυσκρασίας τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν δυνάμεων πυρετοὶ συνεχεῖς ἐπισκήψωσιν, ἑβδόμῃ μάλιστά πως ἡμέρᾳ διακρίνονται· δικάζει γὰρ ἀγῶνα τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς, τοῖς μὲν σωτηρίαν ψηφιζομένη, τοῖς δὲ θάνατον.
Sections 126–150
126ἡ δὲ δύναμις αὐτῆς οὐ μόνον τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ἀρίσταις τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἐπιπεφοίτηκε, γραμματικῇ τε καὶ μουσικῇ. λύρα μὲν γὰρ ἡ ἑπτάχορδος ἀναλογοῦσα τῇ τῶν πλανήτων χορείᾳ τὰς ἐλλογίμους ἁρμονίας ἀποτελεῖ, σχεδόν τι τῆς κατὰ μουσικὴν ὀργανοποιίας ἁπάσης ἡγεμονὶς οὖσα. στοιχείων τε τῶν ἐν γραμματικῇ τὰ λεγόμενα φωνήεντα ἐτύμως ἑπτά ἐστιν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἔοικε φωνεῖσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συνταττόμενα φωνὰς ἐνάρθρους ἀποτελεῖν· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡμιφώνων ἀναπληροῖ τὸ ἐνδέον ὁλοκλήρους κατασκευάζοντα τοὺς φθόγγους, τῶν δ’ ἀφώνων τρέπει καὶ μεταβάλλει τὰς φύσεις ἐμπνέοντα τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, ἵνα γένηται τὰ ἄρρητα ῥητά.
127διό μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τὰ ὀνόματα τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιφημίσαντες ἅτε σοφοὶ καλέσαι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτὸν σεβασμοῦ καὶ τῆς προσούσης σεμνότητος· Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ καὶ προστιθέντες τὸ ἐλλειφθὲν ὑφ’ Ἑλλήνων στοιχεῖον τὸ Σ τρανοῦσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν ἔμφασιν, ἐτυμώτερον σέπτεμ προσαγορεύοντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σεμνοῦ, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη, καὶ σεβασμοῦ.
128Ταῦτα καὶ ἔτι πλείω λέγεται καὶ φιλοσοφεῖται περὶ ἑβδομάδος, ὧν ἕνεκα τιμὰς μὲν ἔλαχεν ἐν τῇ φύσει τὰς ἀνωτάτω, τιμᾶται δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς δοκιμωτάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων, οἳ τὴν μαθηματικὴν ἐπιστήμην διαπονοῦσιν, ἐκτετίμηται δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ φιλαρέτου Μωυσέως, ὃς τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ἀνέγραψεν ἐν ταῖς ἱερωτάταις τοῦ νόμου στήλαις, ταῖς δὲ διανοίαις τῶν ὑφ’ αὑτὸν ἁπάντων ἐνεχάραξε, δι’ ἓξ ἡμερῶν κελεύσας ἄγειν ἱερὰν ἑβδόμην ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνέχοντας ἔργων ὅσα κατὰ ζήτησιν βίου καὶ πορισμόν, ἑνὶ μόνῳ σχολάζοντας τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν εἰς βελτίωσιν ἠθῶν καὶ τὸν τοῦ συνειδότος ἔλεγχον, ὃς ἐνιδρυμένος τῇ ψυχῇ καθάπερ δικαστὴς ἐπιπλήττων οὐ δυσωπεῖται, τὰ μὲν σφοδροτέραις ἀπειλαῖς τὰ δὲ καὶ μετριωτέραις νουθεσίαις χρώμενος, περὶ μὲν ὧν ἔδοξεν ἐκ προνοίας ἀδικεῖν ἀπειλαῖς, περὶ δ’ ὧν ἀκούσια διὰ τὸ ἀπροοράτως ἔχειν νουθεσίαις ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως ὀλισθεῖν.
129Ἐπιλογιζόμενος δὲ τὴν κοσμοποιίαν κεφαλαιώδει τύπῳ φησίν· „Αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὅτε ἐγένετο, ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ πᾶν χλωρὸν ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντα χόρτον ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ ἀνατεῖλαι“ (Gen. 2, 4. 5). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐμφανῶς τὰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ νοητὰς ἰδέας παρίστησιν, ἃς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων σφραγῖδας εἶναι συμβέβηκε; πρὶν γὰρ χλοῆσαι τὴν γῆν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν πραγμάτων χλόη, φησίν, ἦν, καὶ πρὶν ἀνατεῖλαι χόρτον ἐν ἀγρῷ, χόρτος ἦν οὐχ
130ὁρατός. ὑπονοητέον δ’ ὅτι καὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἄλλων ἃ δικάζουσιν αἰσθήσεις τὰ πρεσβύτερα εἴδη καὶ μέτρα, οἷς εἰδοποιεῖται καὶ μετρεῖται τὰ γινόμενα, προϋπῆρχε· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ κατὰ μέρος ἀλλ’ ἀθρόα πάντα διεξελήλυθε φροντίζων εἰ καί τις ἄλλος βραχυλογίας, οὐδὲν ἧττον τὰ ῥηθέντα ὀλίγα δείγματα τῆς τῶν συμπάντων ἐστὶ φύσεως, ἥτις ἄνευ ἀσωμάτου παραδείγματος οὐδὲν τελεσιουργεῖ τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει.
131Τῆς δ’ ἀκολουθίας ἐχόμενος καὶ τὸν εἱρμὸν τῶν ἑπομένων πρὸς τὰ ἡγούμενα διατηρῶν ἑξῆς λέγει· "πηγὴ δ’ ἀνέβαινεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπότιζε πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 2, 6). οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φιλόσοφοι τὸ σύμπαν ὕδωρ ἓν στοιχεῖον εἶναί φασι τῶν τεττάρων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ἐδημιουργήθη. Μωυσῆς δ’ ὀξυωπεστέροις ὄμμασι καὶ τὰ μακρὰν εἰωθὼς εὖ μάλα θεωρεῖν καὶ καταλαμβάνειν στοιχεῖον μὲν οἴεται εἶναι τὴν μεγάλην θάλατταν, μοῖραν τετάρτην τῶν συμπάντων, ἣν οἱ μετ’ αὐτὸν Ὠκεανὸν προσαγορεύοντες τὰ παρ’ ἡμῖν πλωτὰ πελάγη λιμένων ἔχειν μεγέθη νομίζουσι, τὸ δὲ γλυκὺ καὶ πότιμον ὕδωρ διέκρινεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θαλαττίου προσκατατάξας αὐτὸ τῇ γῇ καὶ μέρος ταύτης ὑπολαβών, οὐκ ἐκείνου, διὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν αἰτίαν πρότερον, ἵν’ ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ δεσμοῦ συνέχηται γλυκείᾳ ποιότητι κόλλης τρόπον ἑνούσης· ξηρὰ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεῖσα, μὴ παραδυομένης νοτίδος διὰ τῶν ἀραιωμάτων πολυσχιδῶς ἐπιφοιτώσης, κἂν διελέλυτο· συνέχεται δὲ καὶ διαμένει τὰ μὲν πνεύματος ἑνωτικοῦ δυνάμει, τὰ δὲ τῆς νοτίδος οὐκ ἐώσης ἀφαυαινομένην κατὰ τρύφη μικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα θρύπτεσθαι.
132μία μὲν αἰτία ἥδε, λεκτέον δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν στοχαζομένην ὥσπερ σκοποῦ τῆς ἀληθείας· οὐδὲν τῶν γηγενῶν ἄνευ ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας συνίστασθαι πέφυκε· μηνύουσι δ’ αἱ καταβολαὶ τῶν σπερμάτων, ἅπερ ἢ ὑγρά ἐστιν, ὡς τὰ τῶν ζῴων, ἢ οὐκ ἄνευ ὑγρότητος βλαστάνει, τοιαῦτα δὲ τὰ τῶν φυτῶν ἐστιν· ἐξ οὗ δῆλον ὅτι ἀνάγκη τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν μέρος εἶναι γῆς τῆς πάντα τικτούσης, καθάπερ ταῖς γυναιξὶ τὴν φορὰν τῶν καταμηνίων· λέγεται γὰρ οὖν καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς ἀνδρῶν φυσικῶν οὐσία σωματικὴ βρεφῶν εἶναι.
133τῶν δ’ εἰρημένων οὐκ ἀπᾴδει καὶ τὸ μέλλον λέγεσθαι· πάσῃ μητρὶ καθάπερ ἀναγκαιότατον μέρος ἡ φύσις πηγάζοντας ἀνέδωκε μαστοὺς προευτρεπισαμένη τροφὰς τῷ γεννησομένῳ· μήτηρ δ’ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ ἡ γῆ, παρὸ καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις ἔδοξεν αὐτὴν Δήμητραν καλέσαι τὸ μητρὸς καὶ γῆς ὄνομα συνθεῖσιν· οὐ γὰρ γῆ γυναῖκα, ὡς εἶπε Πλάτων, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ γῆν μεμίμηται, ἣν ἐτύμως τὸ ποιητικὸν γένος παμμήτορα καὶ καρποφόρον καὶ πανδώραν εἴωθεν ὀνομάζειν, ἐπειδὴ πάντων αἰτία γενέσεως καὶ διαμονῆς ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτῶν ἐστιν. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ γῇ τῇ πρεσβυτάτῃ καὶ γονιμωτάτῃ μητέρων ἀνέδωκεν ἡ φύσις οἷα μαστοὺς ποταμῶν ῥεῖθρα καὶ πηγῶν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ φυτὰ ἄρδοιτο καὶ ποτὸν ἄφθονον ἔχοι πάντα τὰ ζῷα.
134Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησιν ὅτι "ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν λαβὼν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς" (Gen. 2, 7). ἐναργέστατα καὶ διὰ τούτου παρίστησιν ὅτι διαφορὰ παμμεγέθης ἐστὶ τοῦ τε νῦν πλασθέντος ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονότος πρότερον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ διαπλασθεὶς αἰσθητὸς ἤδη μετέχων ποιότητος, ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστώς, ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνή, φύσει θνητός· ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα ἰδέα τις ἢ γένος ἢ σφραγίς, νοητός, ἀσώματος, οὔτ’ ἄρρεν οὔτε θῆλυ, ἄφθαρτος φύσει.
135τοῦ δ’ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ μέρους ἀνθρώπου τὴν κατασκευὴν σύνθετον εἶναί φησιν ἔκ τε γεώδους οὐσίας καὶ πνεύματος θείου· γεγενῆσθαι γὰρ τὸ μὲν σῶμα χοῦν τοῦ τεχνίτου λαβόντος καὶ μορφὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ διαπλάσαντος, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς γενητοῦ τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἡγεμόνος τῶν πάντων· ὃ γὰρ ἐνεφύσησεν, οὐδὲν ἦν ἕτερον ἢ πνεῦμα θεῖον ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας καὶ εὐδαίμονος φύσεως ἐκείνης ἀποικίαν τὴν ἐνθάδε στειλάμενον ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, ἵν’ εἰ καὶ θνητόν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν ὁρατὴν μερίδα, κατὰ γοῦν τὴν ἀόρατον ἀθανατίζηται. διὸ καὶ κυρίως ἄν τις εἴποι τὸν ἄνθρωπον θνητῆς καὶ ἀθανάτου φύσεως εἶναι μεθόριον ἑκατέρας ὅσον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μετέχοντα καὶ γεγενῆσθαι θνητὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀθάνατον, θνητὸν μὲν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀθάνατον.
136ἐκεῖνος δ’ ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ὁ γηγενής, ὁ παντὸς τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἀρχηγέτης, ἑκάτερον ἄριστος ψυχήν τε καὶ σῶμα γεγενῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ μακρῷ τινι τοὺς ἔπειτα διενεγκεῖν κατὰ τὰς ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ὑπερβολάς· ὁ γὰρ ἀληθείᾳ καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς οὗτος ὄντως ἦν. τεκμηριώσαιτο δ’ ἄν τις τὴν μὲν τοῦ σώματος εὐμορφίαν ἐκ τριῶν, ὧν ἐστι πρῶτον τόδε· ἄρτι τῆς γῆς νεοκτίστου φανείσης κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πολλοῦ ὕδατος διάκρισιν, ὃ προσερρήθη θάλαττα, τὴν ὕλην συνέβαινε τῶν γινομένων ἀμιγῆ καὶ ἄδολον καὶ καθαρὰν ἔτι δ’ ὁλκὸν καὶ εὐεργὸν εἶναι, ἐξ ἧς τὰ ἀποτελούμενα εἰκότως ἦν ἀνυπαίτια.
137δεύτερον δέ, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ τυχόντος μέρους τῆς γῆς ἔοικεν ὁ θεὸς χοῦν λαβὼν τὸν ἀνθρωποειδῆ τοῦτον ἀνδριάντα πλάττειν ἐθελῆσαι μετὰ τῆς ἀνωτάτω σπουδῆς, ἀλλὰ διακρίνας ἐξ ἁπάσης τὸ βέλτιστον, ἐκ καθαρᾶς ὕλης τὸ καθαρώτατον καὶ διηθημένον ἄκρως, ὃ πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν μάλιστα ἥρμοζεν· οἶκος γάρ τις ἢ νεὼς ἱερὸς ἐτεκταίνετο ψυχῆς λογικῆς, ἣν ἔμελλεν ἀγαλματοφορήσειν ἀγαλμάτων τὸ θεοειδέστατον.
138τρίτον δέ, ὃ μηδὲ σύγκρισιν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ λεχθέντα, ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀγαθὸς ἦν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν τοῦ σώματος μερῶν καὶ ἰδίᾳ καθ’ αὑτὸ τοὺς ἐπιβάλλοντας ἔχειν ἀριθμοὺς καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου κοινωνίαν εὐαρμόστως ἀπηκριβῶσθαι· μετὰ δὲ τῆς συμμετρίας καὶ εὐσαρκίαν προσανέπλαττε καὶ εὔχροιαν ἠνθογράφει βουλόμενος, ὡς ἔνι
139μάλιστα, κάλλιστον ὀφθῆναι τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον. ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἄριστος ἦν, φανερόν· οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ παραδείγματι τῶν ἐν γενέσει πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῆς ἔοικε χρήσασθαι, μόνῳ δ’ ὡς εἶπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ. διό φησιν ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα γεγενῆσθαι τούτου τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐμπνευσθέντα εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον, ἔνθα τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὁ τόπος, αἷς τὸ μὲν σῶμα ἐψύχωσεν ὁ δημιουργός, τὸν δὲ βασιλέα λογισμὸν ἐνιδρυσάμενος τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παρέδωκε δορυφορεῖσθαι πρὸς τὰς χρωμάτων καὶ φωνῶν χυλῶν τε αὖ καὶ ἀτμῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων ἀντιλήψεις, ἃς ἄνευ αἰσθήσεως δι’ αὑτοῦ μόνου καταλαβεῖν οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν. ἀνάγκη δὲ παγκάλου παραδείγματος πάγκαλον εἶναι τὸ μίμημα. θεοῦ δὲ λόγος καὶ αὐτοῦ κάλλους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ φύσει κάλλος, ἀμείνων, οὐ κοσμούμενος κάλλει, κόσμος δ’ αὐτός, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, εὐπρεπέστατος ἐκείνου.
140Τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν γεγενῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, τούς τε νῦν ὄντας καὶ τοὺς πρὸ ἡμῶν διενεγκὼν ἅπαντας· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρα γένεσις ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, τὸν δὲ θεὸς ἐδημιούργησεν· ἐφ’ ὅσον δὲ κρείττων ὁ ποιῶν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ γινόμενον ἄμεινον· ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἀκμάζον αἰεὶ τοῦ παρηβηκότος βέλτιόν ἐστιν, εἴτε ζῷον εἴτε φυτὸν εἴτε καρπὸς εἴτ’ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει τυγχάνοι, οὕτως ἔοικεν ὁ μὲν πρῶτος διαπλασθεὶς ἄνθρωπος ἀκμὴ τοῦ ἡμετέρου παντὸς ὑπάρξαι γένους, οἱ δ’ ἔπειτα μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἐπακμάσαι, τῶν κατὰ γενεὰν ἀμαυροτέρας ἀεὶ τάς τε μορφὰς καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις λαμβανόντων·
141ὅπερ ἐπί τε πλαστικῆς καὶ ζῳγραφίας γινόμενον εἶδον· ἀποδεῖ γὰρ τὰ μιμήματα τῶν ἀρχετύπων, τὰ δ’ ἀπὸ τῶν μιμημάτων γραφόμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα πολὺ μᾶλλον, ἅτε μακρὰν ἀφεστῶτα τῆς ἀρχῆς· παραπλήσιον δὲ πάθος καὶ ἡ μαγνῆτις λίθος ἐπιδείκνυται· τῶν γὰρ σιδηρῶν δακτυλίων ὁ μὲν αὐτῆς ψαύσας βιαιότατα κρατεῖται, ὁ δὲ τοῦ ψαύσαντος ἧττον, ἐκκρέμαται δὲ καὶ τρίτος δευτέρου καὶ τέταρτος τρίτου καὶ πέμπτος τετάρτου καὶ ἑτέρων ἕτεροι κατὰ μακρὸν στοῖχον ὑπὸ μιᾶς ὁλκοῦ δυνάμεως συνεχόμενοι, πλὴν οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον· ἀεὶ γὰρ οἱ πόρρω τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπηρτημένοι χαλῶνται διὰ τὸ τὴν ὁλκὴν ἀνίεσθαι μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως σφίγγειν δυναμένην. ὅμοιον δή τι πεπονθέναι καὶ τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαίνεται καθ’ ἑκάστην γενεὰν ἀμυδροτέρας λαμβανόντων τάς τε τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις καὶ ποιότητας.
142τὸν δ’ ἀρχηγέτην ἐκεῖνον οὐ μόνον πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον ἀλλὰ καὶ μόνον κοσμοπολίτην λέγοντες ἀψευδέστατα ἐροῦμεν· ἦν γὰρ οἶκος αὐτῷ καὶ πόλις ὁ κόσμος, μηδεμιᾶς χειροποιήτου κατασκευῆς δεδημιουργημένης ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων ὕλης, ᾧ καθάπερ ἐν πατρίδι μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας ἐνδιῃτᾶτο φόβου μὲν ἐκτὸς ὤν, ἅτε τῆς τῶν περιγείων ἡγεμονίας ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ πάντων ὅσα θνητὰ κατεπτηχότων καὶ ὑπακούειν ὡς δεσπότῃ δεδιδαγμένων ἢ βιασθέντων, ἐν εὐπαθείαις
143δὲ ταῖς ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἀπολέμῳ ζῶν ἀνεπιλήπτως. ἐπεὶ δὲ πᾶσα πόλις εὔνομος ἔχει πολιτείαν, ἀναγκαίως συνέβαινε τῷ κοσμοπολίτῃ χρῆσθαι πολιτείᾳ ᾗ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος· αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς φύσεως ὀρθὸς λόγος, ὃς κυριωτέρᾳ κλήσει προσονομάζεται θεσμός, νόμος θεῖος ὤν, καθ’ ὃν τὰ προσήκοντα καὶ ἐπιβάλλοντα ἑκάστοις ἀπενεμήθη. ταύτης τῆς πόλεως καὶ πολιτείας ἔδει τινὰς εἶναι πρὸ ἀνθρώπου πολίτας, οἳ λέγοιντ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως μεγαλοπολῖται τὸν μέγιστον περίβολον οἰκεῖν λαχόντες καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ καὶ τελειοτάτῳ πολιτεύματι ἐγγραφέντες.
144οὗτοι δὲ τίνες ἂν εἶεν ὅτι μὴ λογικαὶ καὶ θεῖαι φύσεις, αἱ μὲν ἀσώματοι καὶ νοηταί, αἱ δὲ οὐκ ἄνευ σωμάτων, ὁποίους συμβέβηκεν εἶναι τοὺς ἀστέρας; οἷς προσομιλῶν καὶ συνδιαιτώμενος εἰκότως ἐν ἀκράτῳ διέτριβεν εὐδαιμονίᾳ· συγγενής τε καὶ ἀγχίσπορος ὢν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἅτε δὴ πολλοῦ ῥυέντος εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ θείου πνεύματος, πάντα καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ἐσπούδαζεν εἰς ἀρέσκειαν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ βασιλέως, ἑπόμενος κατ’ ἴχνος αὐτῷ ταῖς ὁδοῖς, ἃς λεωφόρους ἀνατέμνουσιν ἀρεταί, διότι μόναις ψυχαῖς θέμις προσέρχεσθαι τέλος ἡγουμέναις τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεννήσαντα θεὸν ἐξομοίωσιν.
145Τοῦ μὲν οὖν πρώτου φύντος ἀνθρώπου τὸ καθ’ ἑκάτερον ψυχήν τε καὶ σῶμα κάλλος, εἰ καὶ πολλῷ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔλαττον, ἀλλ’ οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν δύναμιν ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν εἴρηται. τοὺς δ’ ἀπογόνους τῆς ἐκείνου μετέχοντας ἰδέας ἀναγκαῖον εἰ καὶ ἀμυδροὺς ἀλλ’ οὖν ἔτι σῴζειν τοὺς τύπους τῆς πρὸς τὸν προπάτορα συγγενείας.
146ἡ δὲ συγγένεια τίς; πᾶς ἄνθρωπος κατὰ μὲν τὴν διάνοιαν ᾠκείωται λόγῳ θείῳ, τῆς μακαρίας φύσεως ἐκμαγεῖον ἢ ἀπόσπασμα ἢ ἀπαύγασμα γεγονώς, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κατασκευὴν ἅπαντι τῷ κόσμῳ· συγκέκραται γὰρ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν, γῆς καὶ ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος καὶ πυρός, ἑκάστου τῶν στοιχείων εἰσενεγκόντος τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν αὐταρκεστάτης ὕλης, ἣν ἔδει λαβεῖν τὸν δημιουργόν, ἵνα τεχνιτεύσῃ τὴν ὁρατὴν ταύτην εἰκόνα·
147καὶ προσέτι πᾶσι τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ὡς οἰκειοτάτοις καὶ συγγενεστάτοις χωρίοις ἐνδιαιτᾶται τόπους ἀμείβων καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλοις ἐπιφοιτῶν, ὡς κυριώτατα φάναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον πάντα εἶναι, χερσαῖον ἔνυδρον πτηνὸν οὐράνιον· ᾗ μὲν γὰρ οἰκεῖ καὶ βέβηκεν ἐπὶ γῆς, χερσαῖον ζῷόν ἐστιν, ᾗ δὲ δύεται καὶ νήχεται καὶ πλεῖ πολλάκις, ἔνυδρον— ἔμποροι καὶ ναύκληροι καὶ πορφυρεῖς καὶ ὅσοι τὴν ἐπ’ ὀστρέοις καὶ ἰχθύσιν ἄγραν μετίασι τοῦ λεχθέντος εἰσὶ σαφεστάτη πίστις —, ᾗ δὲ μετέωρον ἀπὸ γῆς ἀνώφοιτον ἐξῆρται τὸ σῶμα, λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως ἀεροπόρον εἶναι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ οὐράνιον, διὰ τῆς ἡγεμονικωτάτης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄψεως ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν συνεγγίζων.
148Παγκάλως δὲ καὶ τὴν θέσιν τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀνῆψε τῷ πρώτῳ (Gen. 2,19)· σοφίας γὰρ καὶ βασιλείας τὸ ἔργον, σοφὸς δ’ ἐκεῖνος αὐτομαθὴς καὶ αὐτοδίδακτος, χερσὶ θείαις γενόμενος, καὶ προσέτι βασιλεύς· ἐμπρεπὲς δ’ ἡγεμόνι προσαγορεύειν ἕκαστον τῶν ὑπηκόων. ὑπερβάλλουσα δ’ ὡς εἰκὸς δύναμις ἀρχῆς ἦν περὶ τὸν πρῶτον ἐκεῖνον ἄνθρωπον, ὃν σπουδῇ διαπλάσας ὁ θεὸς ἠξίου δευτερείων, ὕπαρχον μὲν αὑτοῦ, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἡγεμόνα τιθείς, ὁπότε καὶ οἱ τοσαύταις γενεαῖς ὕστερον φύντες, ἤδη τοῦ γένους διὰ μακρὰς χρόνων περιόδους ἐξιτήλου ὄντος, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἔτι δεσπόζουσι τῶν ἀλόγων καθάπερ λαμπάδιον ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου διαδοθὲν φυλάττοντες.
149φησὶν οὖν ὅτι πάντα τὰ ζῷα ἤγαγεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ, ἰδεῖν βουλόμενος τίνας θήσεται προσρήσεις ἑκάστοις, οὐχ ὅτι ἐνεδοίαζεν — ἄγνωστον γὰρ οὐδὲν θεῷ —, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ᾔδει τὴν λογικὴν ἐν θνητῷ φύσιν κατεσκευακὼς αὐτοκίνητον, ὅπως ἀμέτοχος αὐτὸς ᾖ κακίας. ἀπεπειρᾶτο δ’ ὡς ὑφηγητὴς γνωρίμου τὴν ἐνδιάθετον ἕξιν ἀνακινῶν καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τῶν οἰκείων ἀνακαλῶν ἔργων, ἵν’ ἀπαυτοματίσῃ τὰς θέσεις μήτ’ ἀνοικείους μήτ’ ἀναρμόστους ἀλλ’ ἐμφαινούσας εὖ μάλα τὰς τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἰδιότητας.
150ἀκράτου γὰρ ἔτι τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως ὑπαρχούσης ἐν ψυχῇ καὶ μηδενὸς ἀρρωστήματος ἢ νοσήματος ἢ πάθους παρεισεληλυθότος, τὰς φαντασίας τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πραγμάτων ἀκραιφνεστάτας λαμβάνων εὐθυβόλους ἐποιεῖτο τὰς κλήσεις, εὖ μάλα στοχαζόμενος τῶν δηλουμένων, ὡς ἅμα λεχθῆναί τε καὶ νοηθῆναι τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν. οὕτως μὲν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς καλοῖς διέφερεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸ τὸ πέρας φθάνων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐδαιμονίας.
Sections 151–172
151Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν γενέσει βέβαιον, τροπὰς δὲ καὶ μεταβολὰς ἀναγκαίως τὰ θνητὰ δέχεται, ἐχρῆν καὶ τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον ἀπολαῦσαί τινος κακοπραγίας. ἀρχὴ δὲ τῆς ὑπαιτίου ζωῆς αὐτῷ γίνεται γυνή· μέχρι μὲν γὰρ εἷς ἦν, ὡμοιοῦτο κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν κόσμῳ καὶ θεῷ καὶ τῆς ἑκατέρου φύσεως ἐναπεμάττετο τῇ ψυχῇ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας, οὐ πάντας ἀλλ’ ὅσους χωρῆσαι δυνατὸν θνητὴν σύστασιν· ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐπλάσθη καὶ γυνή, θεασάμενος ἀδελφὸν εἶδος καὶ συγγενῆ μορφὴν ἠσμένισε τῇ θέᾳ καὶ προσιὼν ἠσπάζετο.
152ἡ δ’ οὐδὲν ἐκείνου προσβλέπουσα ζῷον ἐμφερέστερον ἑαυτῇ γάνυταί τε καὶ ἀντιπροσφθέγγεται μετ’ αἰδοῦς· ἔρως δ’ ἐπιγενόμενος καθάπερ ἑνὸς ζῴου διττὰ τμήματα διεστηκότα συναγαγὼν εἰς ταὐτὸν ἁρμόττεται, πόθον ἐνιδρυσάμενος ἑκατέρῳ τῆς πρὸς θάτερον κοινωνίας εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου γένεσιν· ὁ δὲ πόθος οὗτος καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἡδονὴν ἐγέννησεν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ παρανομημάτων ἀρχή, δι’ ἣν ὑπαλλάττονται τὸν θνητὸν καὶ κακοδαίμονα βίον ἀντ’ ἀθανάτου καὶ εὐδαίμονος.
153ἔτι δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μονήρη βίον ζῶντος, μήπω διαπλασθείσης τῆς γυναικός, φυτευθῆναι λόγος ἔχει παράδεισον ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοῖς παρ’ ἡμῖν οὐδὲν προσεοικότα (Gen. 2, 8 s.)· τῶν μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἄψυχος ἡ ὕλη, παντοίων δένδρων κατάπλεως, τῶν μὲν ἀειθαλῶν πρὸς τὴν ὄψεως ἀδιάστατον ἡδονήν, τῶν δὲ ταῖς ἐαριναῖς ὥραις ἡβώντων καὶ βλαστανόντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἥμερον καρπὸν ἀνθρώποις φερόντων, οὐ πρὸς ἀναγκαίαν μόνον χρῆσιν τροφῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς περιττὴν ἀπόλαυσιν ἁβροδιαίτου βίου, τῶν δ’ οὐχ ὅμοιον, ὃς ἀναγκαίως θηρίοις ἀπενεμήθη· κατὰ δὲ τὸν θεῖον παράδεισον ἔμψυχα καὶ λογικὰ φυτὰ πάντ’ εἶναι συμβέβηκε, καρπὸν φέροντα τὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ προσέτι τὴν ἀδιάφθορον σύνεσιν καὶ ἀγχίνοιαν, ᾗ γνωρίζεται τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρά, ζωήν τ’ ἄνοσον καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ πᾶν εἴ τι τούτοις ὁμοιότροπον.
154ταῦτα δέ μοι δοκεῖ συμβολικῶς μᾶλλον ἢ κυρίως φιλοσοφεῖσθαι· δένδρα γὰρ ἐπὶ γῆς οὔτε πέφηνέ πω πρότερον οὔτ’ αὖθις εἰκὸς φανεῖσθαι ζωῆς ἢ συνέσεως· ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικεν αἰνίττεται διὰ μὲν τοῦ παραδείσου τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡγεμονικόν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κατάπλεων οἷα φυτῶν μυρίων ὅσων δοξῶν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ δένδρου τῆς ζωῆς τὴν μεγίστην τῶν ἀρετῶν θεοσέβειαν, δι’ ἧς ἀθανατίζεται ἡ ψυχή, διὰ δὲ τοῦ καλῶν καὶ πονηρῶν γνωριστικοῦ φρόνησιν τὴν μέσην, ᾗ διακρίνεται τἀναντία φύσει.
155θέμενος δὲ τούτους τοὺς ὅρους ἐν ψυχῇ καθάπερ δικαστὴς ἐσκόπει, πρὸς πότερον ἐπικλινῶς ἕξει. ὡς δὲ εἶδε ῥέπουσαν μὲν ἐπὶ πανουργίαν, εὐσεβείας δὲ καὶ ὁσιότητος ὀλιγωροῦσαν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ ἀθάνατος ζωὴ περιγίνεται, προὐβάλετο κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς καὶ ἐφυγάδευσεν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου, μηδ’ ἐλπίδα τῆς εἰσαῦθις ἐπανόδου δυσίατα καὶ ἀθεράπευτα πλημμελούσῃ ψυχῇ παρασχών, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀπάτης πρόφασις ἐπίληπτος ἦν οὐ μετρίως, ἣν οὐκ ἄξιον παρασιωπῆσαι.
156λέγεται τὸ παλαιὸν τὸ ἰοβόλον καὶ γηγενὲς ἑρπετὸν [ὄφις] ἀνθρώπου φωνὴν προΐεσθαι καί ποτε προσελθὸν τῇ τοῦ πρώτου φύντος ἀνδρὸς γυναικὶ τῆς βραδυτῆτος καὶ τῆς ἄγαν εὐλαβείας ὀνειδίσαι, διότι μέλλει καὶ ὑπερτίθεται πάγκαλον ὀφθῆναι καὶ ἥδιστον ἀπολαυσθῆναι καρπὸν δρέπεσθαι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον, ᾧ δυνήσεται γνωρίζειν ἀγαθά τε αὖ καὶ κακά· τὴν δὲ ἀνεξετάστως ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀβεβαίου καὶ ἀνιδρύτου συναινέσασαν ἐμφαγεῖν τοῦ καρποῦ καὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ μεταδοῦναι — καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐξαπιναίως ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἀκακίας καὶ ἁπλότητος ἠθῶν εἰς πανουργίαν μετέβαλεν —· ἐφ’ ᾧ τὸν πατέρα χαλεπήναντα — ἡ γὰρ πρᾶξις ὀργῆς ἀξία, ἐπεὶ παρελθόντες τὸ ζωῆς ἀθανάτου φυτόν, τὴν ἀρετῆς παντέλειαν, ὑφ’ ἧς μακραίωνα καὶ εὐδαίμονα βίον ἐδύναντο καρποῦσθαι, τὸν ἐφήμερον καὶ θνητὸν οὐ βίον ἀλλὰ χρόνον κακοδαιμονίας μεστὸν εἵλοντο — κολάσεις ὁρίσαι κατ’ αὐτῶν τὰς προσηκούσας.
157Ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα οὐ μύθου πλάσματα, οἷς τὸ ποιητικὸν καὶ σοφιστικὸν χαίρει γένος, ἀλλὰ δείγματα τύπων ἐπ’ ἀλληγορίαν παρακαλοῦντα κατὰ τὰς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀποδόσεις. ἑπόμενος δέ τις εἰκότι στοχασμῷ φήσει προσηκόντως τὸν εἰρημένον ὄφιν ἡδονῆς εἶναι σύμβολον, ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν ζῷον ἄπουν ἐστὶ καὶ πρηνὲς πεπτωκὸς ἐπὶ γαστέρα, δεύτερον δ’ ὅτι γῆς βώλοις σιτίῳ χρῆται, τρίτον δ’ ὅτι τὸν ἰὸν ἐπιφέρεται τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν, ᾧ τοὺς δηχθέντας ἀναιρεῖν πέφυκεν.
158οὐδενὸς δὲ τῶν λεχθέντων ὁ φιλήδονος ἀμοιρεῖ· μόλις τε γὰρ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπαίρει βαρυνόμενος καὶ καθελκόμενος, ἐκτραχηλιζούσης καὶ ὑποσκελιζούσης τῆς ἀκρασίας· σιτεῖταί τε οὐκ οὐράνιον τροφήν, ἣν ὀρέγει τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι διὰ λόγων καὶ δογμάτων σοφία, τὴν δ’ ἀναδιδομένην ἐκ γῆς κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, ἐξ ἧς οἰνοφλυγίαι καὶ ὀψοφαγίαι καὶ λαιμαργίαι, αἳ τὰς γαστρὸς ἐπιθυμίας προσαναρρηγνῦσαι καὶ ἀναρριπίζουσαι [καὶ ἀνδραποδίζουσαι] πρὸς γαστριμαργίαν συναύξουσι καὶ ἀναρρηγνύουσι καὶ τοὺς ὑπογαστρίους οἴστρους· σιτοπόνων τε γὰρ καὶ ὀψαρτυτῶν κάματον ἐπιλιχνεύει καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἡδυσμάτων κνίσσης ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν κεφαλὴν περιάγων μεταλαμβάνειν [τῆς εἰδεχθείας] ὀρέγεται, καὶ ὁπότε πολυτελῆ τράπεζαν θεάσαιτο, καταβαλὼν αὑτὸν ὅλον ἐπὶ τὰ εὐτρεπισθέντα ἐκχεῖται, πάντων ἀθρόων σπουδάζων ἐμφορεῖσθαι, τέλος οὐ κόρον ἀλλὰ τὸ μηδὲν ὑπολείπεσθαι τῶν εὐτρεπισθέντων ποιούμενος.
159ὅθεν οὐχ ἧττον ὄφεως ἐν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν ἐπιφέρεται τὸν ἰόν· οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν ἀπληστίας ὑπηρέται καὶ ὑπουργοί, πάνθ’ ὅσα πρὸς ἐδωδὴν τέμνοντές τε καὶ λεαίνοντες καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον γλώττῃ παραδιδόντες τῇ χυλοὺς δικαζούσῃ πρὸς ἐπίκρισιν, ἔπειτα δὲ φάρυγγι· σιτίων δὲ ἀμετρία θανατῶδες φύσει καὶ ἰοβόλον, ἅτε πέψιν οὐκ ἐνδεχομένων διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐπεισιόντων φοράν, ἣ γίνεται πρὶν ἐξικμασθῆναι τὰ πρότερα.
160φωνὴν δ’ ἀνθρώπειον ὄφις λέγεται προΐεσθαι, διότι μυρίοις ὑπερμάχοις καὶ προαγωνισταῖς ἡδονὴ χρῆται τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν αὐτῆς ἀνειληφόσιν, οἳ τολμῶσιν ἀναδιδάσκειν ὅτι πάντων τὸ κράτος ἀνῆπται μικρῶν
161τε καὶ μεγάλων οὐδενὸς ὑπεξῃρημένου τὸ παράπαν. ἀλλ’ αἵ τε πρῶται τοῦ ἄρρενος πρὸς τὸ θῆλυ σύνοδοι ξεναγὸν ἔχουσιν ἡδονήν, αἵ τε σποραὶ καὶ γενέσεις διὰ ταύτης συνίστανται, τά τε γεννώμενα οὐδενὶ πρῶτον οἰκειοῦσθαι πέφυκεν ἢ ταύτῃ, χαίροντα μὲν ἡδονῇ, τὴν δ’ ἐναντίαν ἀλγηδόνα δυσχεραίνοντα· παρὸ καὶ ἀνακλαίεται τὸ βρέφος ἀποκυηθέν, ἀλγῆσαν ὡς εἰκὸς τῇ περιψύξει· ἐκ γὰρ θερμοτάτου καὶ πυρωδεστάτου χωρίου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν μήτραν, ᾧ πολὺν χρόνον ἐνδιῃτήθη, προελθὸν ἐξαπιναίως εἰς ἀέρα, ψυχρὸν καὶ ἀσυνήθη τόπον, ἐπλήχθη καὶ τῆς ὀδύνης καὶ τοῦ δυσχεραίνειν ἀλγηδόνι τὰ κλαύματα δεῖγμα παρέσχεν ἐναργέστατον.
162σπεύδει τε, φασί, πᾶν ζῷον ὡς ἐπ’ ἀναγκαιότατον καὶ συνεκτικώτατον τέλος ἡδονὴν καὶ μάλιστα ἄνθρωπος· τὰ μὲν γὰρ διὰ γεύσεως μόνον καὶ τῶν γεννητικῶν ἐφίεται ταύτης, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος καὶ διὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων, ὅσα θεάματα ἢ ἀκούσματα τέρψιν δύναται παρασχεῖν ὠσὶ καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς μεταδιώκων.
163λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἄλλα παμπληθῆ πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ πάθους καὶ ὡς ἔστιν οἰκειότατον καὶ συγγενέστατον ζῴοις· ἀπόχρη δὲ δείγματος ἕνεκα καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα, ὧν χάριν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνὴν ἔδοξεν ὁ ὄφις προΐεσθαι. διό μοι δοκεῖ κἀν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος νόμοις, οὗ περὶ ζῴων ἔγραψεν ἅ τε χρὴ προσφέρεσθαι καὶ τοὐναντίον, ἐπαινέσαι μάλιστα τὸν ὀφιομάχην ἐπικαλούμενον (Lev. 11,22)—ἑρπετὸν δ’ ἐστὶν ἔχον ἀνωτέρω σκέλη τῶν ποδῶν, οἷς ἀπὸ γῆς πέφυκε πηδᾶν καὶ μετέωρον αἴρεσθαι καθάπερ τὸ τῶν ἀκρίδων γένος —·
164ὁ γὰρ ὀφιομάχης οὐδὲν ἄλλ’ ἢ συμβολικῶς ἐγκράτεια εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, μάχην ἀκαθαίρετον καὶ πόλεμον ἄσπονδον ἐκφέρουσα πρὸς ἀκρασίαν καὶ ἡδονήν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ εὐτέλειαν καὶ ὀλιγοδεΐαν καὶ ὅσον ἀναγκαῖον φιλαυστήρῳ καὶ σεμνῷ βίῳ διαφερόντως ἀσπάζεται, ἡ δὲ περιεργίαν καὶ πολυτέλειαν, ἃ χλιδῆς καὶ θρύψεως αἴτια γίνεται ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι, δι’ ὧν τὴν ὑπαίτιον καὶ θανάτου χαλεπωτέραν ζωὴν παρὰ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι συμβέβηκε γίνεσθαι.
165Τὰς δὲ γοητείας καὶ ἀπάτας αὑτῆς ἡδονὴ τῷ μὲν ἀνδρὶ οὐ τολμᾷ προσφέρειν, τῇ δὲ γυναικὶ καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐκείνῳ, πάνυ προσφυῶς καὶ εὐθυβόλως· ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μὲν ἔχει λόγον ὁ νοῦς, γυναικὸς δ’ αἴσθησις· ἡδονὴ δὲ προτέραις ἐντυγχάνει καὶ ἐνομιλεῖ ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι, δι’ ὧν καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν φενακίζει· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἑκάστη τῶν αἰσθήσεων τοῖς φίλτροις αὐτῆς ὑπαχθῇ, χαίρουσαι τοῖς προτεινομένοις, ἐπὶ χρωμάτων μὲν καὶ σχημάτων ποικιλίαις ὄψις, ἐπὶ δὲ φωνῶν ἐμμελείαις ἀκοή, ἐν δὲ χυλῶν ἡδύτησι γεῦσις, κἀν ταῖς τῶν ἀναθυμιωμένων ἀτμῶν εὐωδίαις ὄσφρησις, δεξάμεναι τὰ δῶρα θεραπαινίδων τρόπον προσφέρουσιν οἷα δεσπότῃ τῷ λογισμῷ, παράκλητον ἐπαγόμεναι πειθὼ περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπώσασθαι τὸ παράπαν· ὁ δ’ αὐτίκα δελεασθεὶς ὑπήκοος ἀνθ’ ἡγεμόνος καὶ δοῦλος ἀντὶ δεσπότου καὶ ἀντὶ πολίτου φυγὰς καὶ θνητὸς ἀντ’ ἀθανάτου γίνεται.
166συνόλως γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνοητέον ὅτι οἷα ἑταιρὶς καὶ μαχλὰς οὖσα ἡδονὴ γλίχεται τυχεῖν ἐραστοῦ καὶ μαστροποὺς ἀναζητεῖ, δι’ ὧν τοῦτον ἀγκιστρεύσεται· μαστροπεύουσι δ’ αὐτῇ καὶ προξενοῦσι τὸν ἐρῶντα αἰσθήσεις, ἃς δελεάσασα ῥᾳδίως ὑπηγάγετο τὸν νοῦν, ᾧ τὰ φανέντα ἐκτὸς εἴσω κομίζουσαι διαγγέλλουσι καὶ ἐπιδείκνυνται, τοὺς τύπους ἑκάστων ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι καὶ τὸ ὅμοιον ἐνεργαζόμεναι πάθος· κηρῷ γὰρ ἐοικὼς δέχεται τὰς διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων φαντασίας, αἷς τὰ σώματα καταλαμβάνει δι’ αὑτοῦ μὴ δυνάμενος, καθάπερ εἶπον ἤδη.
167Τὰ δ’ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἡδονῆς εὐθὺς εὕραντο οἱ πρῶτοι γενόμενοι δοῦλοι χαλεποῦ καὶ δυσιάτου πάθους· ἡ μὲν γυνὴ σφοδρὰς ἀνίας ἐνδεξαμένη τὰς ἐν ὠδῖσι καὶ τὰς παρὰ τὸν ἄλλον βίον λύπας ἐπαλλήλους καὶ μάλιστα τὰς ἐπὶ τέκνοις γεννωμένοις καὶ τρεφομένοις καὶ νοσοῦσι καὶ ὑγιαίνουσι καὶ εὐτυχοῦσι καὶ ἀτυχοῦσιν, εἶτ’ ἀφαίρεσιν ἐλευθερίας καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνόντος ἀνδρὸς δεσποτείαν, οὗ τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι πειθαρχεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· ὁ δ’ ἀνὴρ ἐν μέρει πόνους καὶ ταλαιπωρίας καὶ συνεχεῖς ἱδρῶτας ἕνεκα πορισμοῦ τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ στέρησιν μὲν τῶν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν, ἅπερ ἐδιδάχθη φέρειν ἡ γῆ δίχα γεωργικῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἀτρύτων δὲ μετουσίαν καμάτων εἰς ζήτησιν βίου καὶ τροφῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λιμῷ παραπολέσθαι·
168οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ὥσπερ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην ἀεὶ φωσφορεῖν ἅπαξ κελευσθέντας ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τοῦ παντὸς καὶ τὸ θεῖον πρόσταγμα διατηρεῖν οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου χάριν ἢ ὅτι τῶν ὅρων οὐρανοῦ μακρὰν κακία πεφυγάδευται, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τῆς γῆς τὴν βαθεῖαν καὶ καρποφόρον ἄνευ τέχνης καὶ συμπράξεως γεωπόνων ἀνδρῶν φέρειν ἂν πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας· νυνὶ δὲ αἱ ἀέναοι πηγαὶ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίτων ἐπεσχέθησαν, ὅτε ἤρξατο κακία τὰς ἀρετὰς παρευημερεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὡς ἀναξίοις χορηγῶσιν.
169ἔδει μὲν οὖν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, εἰ τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ἔμελλε δίκην ὑπομένειν, ἠφανίσθαι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα θεὸν ἀχαριστίαν· ὁ δ’ ἅτε τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως οἶκτον λαβὼν ἐμετρίασε τὴν τιμωρίαν, τὸ μὲν γένος ἐάσας διαμένειν, τὰς δὲ τροφὰς οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἐξ ἑτοίμου παρασχών, ἵνα μὴ δυσὶ κακοῖς ἀργίᾳ καὶ κόρῳ χρώμενοι πλημμελῶσι καὶ ὑβρίζωσι.
170Τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ βίος τῶν ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν ἀκακίᾳ καὶ ἁπλότητι χρωμένων, αὖθις δὲ κακίαν ἀντ’ ἀρετῆς προτιμώντων [ὧν ἄξιον ἀπέχεσθαι]. διὰ δὲ τῆς λεχθείσης κοσμοποιίας πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκει, πέντε δὲ τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ πάντων ἄριστα· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἔστι τὸ θεῖον καὶ ὑπάρχει, διὰ τοὺς ἀθέους, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐνεδοίασαν ἐπαμφοτερίσαντες περὶ τῆς ὑπάρξεως αὐτοῦ, οἱ δὲ τολμηρότεροι καὶ κατεθρασύναντο φάμενοι μηδ’ ὅλως εἶναι, λέγεσθαι δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον πρὸς ἀνθρώπων πλάσμασι μυθικοῖς ἐπισκιασάντων τὴν ἀλήθειαν·
171δεύτερον δ’ ὅτι θεὸς εἷς ἐστι, διὰ τοὺς εἰσηγητὰς τῆς πολυθέου δόξης, οἳ οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσι τὴν φαυλοτάτην τῶν κακοπολιτειῶν ὀχλοκρατίαν ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν μετοικίζοντες· τρίτον δ’ ὡς ἤδη λέλεκται ὅτι γενητὸς ὁ κόσμος, διὰ τοὺς οἰομένους αὐτὸν ἀγένητον καὶ ἀίδιον εἶναι, οἳ πλέον οὐδὲν ἀπονέμουσι θεῷ· τέταρτον δ’ ὅτι καὶ εἷς ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ εἷς ὁ δημιουργὸς ὁ ἐξομοιώσας αὑτῷ κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν τὸ ἔργον, ὃς ἁπάσῃ κατεχρήσατο τῇ ὕλῃ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου γένεσιν· ὅλον γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἦν, εἰ μὴ ἐξ ὅλων ἐπάγη καὶ συνέστη τῶν μερῶν· εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ πλείους ὑπολαμβάνοντες εἶναι κόσμους, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπείρους, ἄπειροι καὶ ἀνεπιστήμονες αὐτοὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντες ὧν καλὸν ἐπιστήμην ἔχειν· πέμπτον δ’ ὅτι καὶ προνοεῖ τοῦ κόσμου ὁ θεός· ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γὰρ ἀεὶ τὸ πεποιηκὸς τοῦ γενομένου φύσεως νόμοις καὶ θεσμοῖς ἀναγκαῖον, καθ’ οὓς καὶ γονεῖς τέκνων προμηθοῦνται.
172ὁ δὴ ταῦτα μὴ ἀκοῇ μᾶλλον ἢ διανοίᾳ προμαθὼν καὶ ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ ψυχῇ σφραγισάμενος θαυμάσια καὶ περιμάχητα εἴδη, καὶ ὅτι ἔστι καὶ ὑπάρχει θεὸς καὶ ὅτι εἷς ὁ ὢν ὄντως ἐστὶ καὶ ὅτι πεποίηκε τὸν κόσμον καὶ πεποίηκεν ἕνα, ὡς ἐλέχθη, κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν ἐξομοιώσας ἑαυτῷ καὶ ὅτι ἀεὶ προνοεῖ τοῦ γεγονότος, μακαρίαν καὶ εὐδαίμονα ζωὴν βιώσεται δόγμασιν εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος χαραχθείς.
Sections 1–25
1Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.
2Μωυσῆς δ’ ἑκάτερον ὑπερβάς, τὸ μὲν ὡς ἄσκεπτον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον καὶ ἀφιλόσοφον, τὸ δ’ ὡς κατεψευσμένον καὶ μεστὸν γοητείας, παγκάλην καὶ σεμνοτάτην ἀρχὴν ἐποιήσατο τῶν νόμων, μήτ’ εὐθὺς ἃ χρὴ πράττειν ἢ τοὐναντίον ὑπειπὼν μήτ’, ἐπειδὴ προτυπῶσαι τὰς διανοίας τῶν χρησομένων τοῖς νόμοις ἀναγκαῖον ἦν, μύθους πλασάμενος ἢ συναινέσας τοῖς ὑφ’ ἑτέρων συντεθεῖσιν.
3ἡ δ’ ἀρχή, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐστὶ θαυμασιωτάτη κοσμοποιίαν περιέχουσα, ὡς καὶ τοῦ κόσμου τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῦ νόμου τῷ κόσμῳ συνᾴδοντος καὶ τοῦ νομίμου ἀνδρὸς εὐθὺς ὄντος κοσμοπολίτου πρὸς τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσεως τὰς πράξεις ἀπευθύνοντος, καθ’ ἣν καὶ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος διοικεῖται.
4τὸ μὲν οὖν κάλλος τῶν νοημάτων τῆς κοσμοποιίας οὐδεὶς οὔτε ποιητὴς οὔτε λογογράφος ἀξίως ἂν ὑμνῆσαι δύναιτο· καὶ γὰρ λόγον καὶ ἀκοὴν ὑπερβάλλει μείζω καὶ σεμνότερα ὄντα ἢ ὡς θνητοῦ τινος ὀργάνοις ἐναρμοσθῆναι.
5οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡσυχαστέον, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐπιτολμητέον λέγειν, οἴκοθεν μὲν οὐδέν, ὀλίγα δ’ ἀντὶ πολλῶν, ἐφ’ ἃ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην διάνοιαν φθάνειν εἰκὸς ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ σοφίας κατεσχημένην.
6ὡς γὰρ τῶν κολοσσιαίων μεγεθῶν τὰς ἐμφάσεις καὶ ἡ βραχυτάτη σφραγὶς τυπωθεῖσα δέχεται, οὕτως τάχα που καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀναγραφείσης ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κοσμοποιίας ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη καὶ ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ψυχὰς ἐπισκιάζοντα βραχυτέροις παραδηλωθήσεται χαρακτῆρσιν, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖνο μηνυθῇ πρότερον, ὅπερ οὐκ ἄξιον ἀποσιωπῆσαι.
7Τινὲς γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν θαυμάσαντες τὸν μὲν ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀίδιον ἀπεφήναντο, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ πολλὴν ἀπραξίαν ἀνάγνως κατεψεύσαντο, δέον ἔμπαλιν τοῦ μὲν τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ποιητοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καταπλαγῆναι, τὸν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἀποσεμνῦναι τοῦ μετρίου.
8Μωυσῆς δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐπ’ αὐτὴν φθάσας ἀκρότητα καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνεκτικώτατα τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἔγνω δή, ὅτι ἀναγκαιότατόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ μὲν εἶναι δραστήριον αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ παθητόν, καὶ ὅτι τὸ μὲν δραστήριον ὁ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς ἐστιν εἱλικρινέστατος καὶ ἀκραιφνέστατος, κρείττων ἢ ἀρετὴ καὶ κρείττων ἢ ἐπιστήμη καὶ κρείττων ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ καλόν,
9τὸ δὲ παθητὸν ἄψυχον καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, κινηθὲν δὲ καὶ σχηματισθὲν καὶ ψυχωθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ μετέβαλεν εἰς τὸ τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· ὃν οἱ φάσκοντες ὡς ἔστιν ἀγένητος λελήθασι τὸ ὠφελιμώτατον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν ὑποτεμνόμενοι τὴν πρόνοιαν.
10τοῦ μὲν γὰρ γεγονότος ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν αἱρεῖ λόγος· καὶ γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκγόνων καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν δημιουργηθέντων στοχάζεται τῆς διαμονῆς καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐπιζήμια καὶ βλαβερὰ μηχανῇ πάσῃ διωθεῖται, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ὠφέλιμα καὶ λυσιτελῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐκπορίζειν ἐπιποθεῖ·
11πρὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ γεγονὸς οἰκείωσις οὐδεμία τῷ μὴ πεποιηκότι. ἀπεριμάχητον δὲ δόγμα καὶ ἀνωφελὲς ἀναρχίαν ὡς ἐν πόλει κατασκευάζον τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ τὸν ἔφορον ἢ βραβευτὴν ἢ δικαστὴν οὐκ ἔχοντι, ὑφ’ οὗ πάντ’ οἰκονομεῖσθαι καὶ πρυτανεύεσθαι θέμις.
12ἀλλ’ ὅ γε μέγας Μωυσῆς ἀλλοτριώτατον τοῦ ὁρατοῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὸ ἀγένητον — πᾶν γὰρ τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἐν γενέσει καὶ μεταβολαῖς οὐδέποτε κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὄν — τῷ μὲν ἀοράτῳ καὶ νοητῷ προσένειμεν ὡς ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγγενὲς ἀιδιότητα, τῷ δ’ αἰσθητῷ γένεσιν οἰκεῖον ὄνομα ἐπεφήμισεν. ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁρατός τε καὶ αἰσθητὸς ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ἀναγκαίως ἂν εἴη καὶ γενητός· ὅθεν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν ἀνέγραψεν αὐτοῦ μάλα σεμνῶς θεολογήσας.
13Ἓξ δὲ ἡμέραις δημιουργηθῆναί φησι τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ προσεδεῖτο χρόνων μήκους ὁ ποιῶν — ἅμα γὰρ πάντα δρᾶν εἰκὸς θεόν, οὐ προστάττοντα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ διανοούμενον —, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς γινομένοις ἔδει τάξεως. τάξει δὲ ἀριθμὸς οἰκεῖον, ἀριθμῶν δὲ φύσεως νόμοις γεννητικώτατος ὁ ἕξ· τῶν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ μονάδος πρῶτος τέλειός ἐστιν ἰσούμενος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ συμπληρούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἡμίσους μὲν τριάδος, τρίτου δὲ δυάδος, ἕκτου δὲ μονάδος, καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἄρρην τε καὶ θῆλυς εἶναι πέφυκε κἀκ τῆς ἑκατέρου δυνάμεως ἥρμοσται· ἄρρεν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ περιττόν, τὸ δ’ ἄρτιον θῆλυ· περιττῶν μὲν οὖν ἀριθμῶν ἀρχὴ τριάς, δυὰς δ’ ἀρτίων, ἡ δ’ ἀμφοῖν δύναμις ἑξάς.
14ἔδει γὰρ τὸν κόσμον τελειότατον μὲν ὄντα τῶν γεγονότων κατ’ ἀριθμὸν τέλειον παγῆναι τὸν ἕξ, ἐν ἑαυτῷ δ’ ἔχειν μέλλοντα τὰς ἐκ συνδυασμοῦ γενέσεις πρὸς μικτὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν πρῶτον ἀρτιοπέριττον τυπωθῆναι, περιέξοντα καὶ τὴν τοῦ σπείροντος ἄρρενος καὶ τὴν τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὰς γονὰς θήλεος ἰδέαν.
15ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπένειμεν ἔνια τῶν τοῦ παντὸς τμημάτων τὴν πρώτην ὑπεξελόμενος, ἣν αὐτὸς οὐδὲ πρώτην, ἵνα μὴ ταῖς ἄλλαις συγκαταριθμῆται, καλεῖ, μίαν δ’ ὀνομάσας ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ προσαγορεύει, τὴν μονάδος φύσιν καὶ πρόσρησιν ἐνιδών τε καὶ ἐπιφημίσας αὐτῇ. λεκτέον δὲ ὅσα οἷόν τέ ἐστι τῶν ἐμπεριεχομένων, ἐπειδὴ πάντα ἀμήχανον· περιέχει γὰρ τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον ἐξαίρετον, ὡς ὁ περὶ αὐτῆς λόγος μηνύει.
16προλαβὼν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἅτε θεὸς ὅτι μίμημα καλὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο δίχα καλοῦ παραδείγματος οὐδέ τι τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀνυπαίτιον, ὃ μὴ πρὸς ἀρχέτυπον καὶ νοητὴν ἰδέαν ἀπεικονίσθη, βουληθεὶς τὸν ὁρατὸν κόσμον τουτονὶ δημιουργῆσαι προεξετύπου τὸν νοητόν, ἵνα χρώμενος ἀσωμάτῳ καὶ θεοειδεστάτῳ παραδείγματι τὸν σωματικὸν ἀπεργάσηται, πρεσβυτέρου νεώτερον ἀπεικόνισμα, τοσαῦτα περιέξοντα αἰσθητὰ γένη ὅσαπερ ἐν ἐκείνῳ νοητά.
17Τὸν δ’ ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν συνεστῶτα κόσμον ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ λέγειν ἢ ὑπονοεῖν οὐ θεμιτόν· ᾗ δὲ συνέστηκεν, εἰσόμεθα παρακολουθήσαντες εἰκόνι τινὶ τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν. ἐπειδὰν πόλις κτίζηται κατὰ πολλὴν φιλοτιμίαν βασιλέως ἤ τινος ἡγεμόνος αὐτοκρατοῦς ἐξουσίας μεταποιουμένου καὶ ἅμα τὸ φρόνημα λαμπροῦ τὴν εὐτυχίαν συνεπικοσμοῦντος, παρελθὼν ἔστιν ὅτε τις τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας ἀνὴρ ἀρχιτεκτονικὸς καὶ τὴν εὐκρασίαν καὶ εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ τόπου θεασάμενος διαγράφει πρῶτον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποτελεῖσθαι πόλεως μέρη σχεδὸν ἅπαντα, ἱερὰ γυμνάσια πρυτανεῖα ἀγορὰς λιμένας νεωσοίκους στενωπούς, τειχῶν κατασκευάς, ἱδρύσεις οἰκιῶν καὶ δημοσίων ἄλλων οἰκοδομημάτων·
18εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν κηρῷ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ τοὺς ἑκάστων δεξάμενος τύπους ἀγαλματοφορεῖ νοητὴν πόλιν, ἧς ἀνακινήσας τὰ εἴδωλα μνήμῃ τῇ συμφύτῳ καὶ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνσφραγισάμενος, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθός, ἀποβλέπων εἰς τὸ παράδειγμα τὴν ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων ἄρχεται κατασκευάζειν, ἑκάστῃ τῶν ἀσωμάτων ἰδεῶν τὰς σωματικὰς ἐξομοιῶν οὐσίας.
19τὰ παραπλήσια δὴ καὶ περὶ θεοῦ δοξαστέον, ὡς ἄρα τὴν μεγαλόπολιν κτίζειν διανοηθεὶς ἐνενόησε πρότερον τοὺς τύπους αὐτῆς, ἐξ ὧν κόσμον νοητὸν συστησάμενος ἀπετέλει καὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν παραδείγματι χρώμενος ἐκείνῳ.
20καθάπερ οὖν ἡ ἐν τῷ ἀρχιτεκτονικῷ προδιατυπωθεῖσα πόλις χώραν ἐκτὸς οὐκ εἶχεν, ἀλλ’ ἐνεσφράγιστο τῇ τοῦ τεχνίτου ψυχῇ, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐδ’ ὁ ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν κόσμος ἄλλον ἂν ἔχοι τόπον ἢ τὸν θεῖον λόγον τὸν ταῦτα διακοσμήσαντα· ἐπεὶ τίς ἂν εἴη τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ τόπος ἕτερος, ὃς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἱκανὸς οὐ λέγω πάσας ἀλλὰ μίαν ἄκρατον ἡντινοῦν δέξασθαί τε καὶ χωρῆσαι;
21δύναμις δὲ καὶ ἡ κοσμοποιητικὴ πηγὴν ἔχουσα τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθόν. εἰ γάρ τις ἐθελήσειε τὴν αἰτίαν ἧς ἕνεκα τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἐδημιουργεῖτο διερευνᾶσθαι, δοκεῖ μοι μὴ διαμαρτεῖν σκοποῦ φάμενος, ὅπερ καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἶπέ τις, ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητήν· οὗ χάριν τῆς ἀρίστης αὑτοῦ φύσεως οὐκ ἐφθόνησεν οὐσίᾳ μηδὲν ἐξ αὑτῆς ἐχούσῃ καλόν, δυναμένῃ δὲ πάντα γίνεσθαι.
22ἦν μὲν γὰρ ἐξ αὑτῆς ἄτακτος ἄποιος ἄψυχος ἀνόμοιος, ἑτεροιότητος ἀναρμοστίας ἀσυμφωνίας μεστή· τροπὴν δὲ καὶ μεταβολὴν ἐδέχετο τὴν εἰς τἀναντία καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα, τάξιν ποιότητα ἐμψυχίαν ὁμοιότητα ταυτότητα, τὸ εὐάρμοστον, τὸ σύμφωνον, πᾶν ὅσον τῆς κρείττονος ἰδέας.
23οὐδενὶ δὲ παρακλήτῳ — τίς γὰρ ἦν ἕτερος; — μόνῳ δὲ αὑτῷ χρησάμενος ὁ θεὸς ἔγνω δεῖν εὐεργετεῖν ἀταμιεύτοις καὶ πλουσίαις χάρισι τὴν ἄνευ δωρεᾶς θείας φύσιν οὐδενὸς ἀγαθοῦ δυναμένην ἐπιλαχεῖν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς. ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος εὐεργετεῖ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ χαρίτων — ἀπερίγραφοι γὰρ αὗταί γε καὶ ἀτελεύτητοι —, πρὸς δὲ τὰς τῶν εὐεργετουμένων δυνάμεις· οὐ γὰρ ὡς πέφυκεν ὁ θεὸς εὖ ποιεῖν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ γινόμενον εὖ πάσχειν, ἐπεὶ τοῦ μὲν αἱ δυνάμεις ὑπερβάλλουσι, τὸ δ’ ἀσθενέστερον ὂν ἢ ὥστε δέξασθαι τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν ἀπεῖπεν ἄν, εἰ μὴ διεμετρήσατο σταθμησάμενος εὐαρμόστως ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον.
24εἰ δέ τις ἐθελήσειε γυμνοτέροις χρήσασθαι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἕτερον εἴποι τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἢ θεοῦ λόγον ἤδη κοσμοποιοῦντος· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ νοητὴ πόλις ἕτερόν τί ἐστιν ἢ ὁ τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος λογισμὸς ἤδη [νοητὴν]ν [[νοητὴν]ητὴν]. πόλιν κτίζειν διανοουμένου.
25τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοῦτο Μωυσέως ἐστίν, οὐκ ἐμόν· τὴν γοῦν ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν ἀναγράφων ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἄρα κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ διετυπώθη (Gen. 1,27). εἰ δὲ τὸ μέρος εἰκὼν εἰκόνος [δῆλον ὅτι] καὶ τὸ ὅλον εἶδος, σύμπας οὗτος ὁ αἰσθητὸς κόσμος, εἰ μείζων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστίν, μίμημα θείας εἰκόνος, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἡ ἀρχέτυπος σφραγίς, ὅν φαμεν νοητὸν εἶναι κόσμον, αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη [τὸ παράδειγμα, ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα τῶν ἰδεῶν] ὁ θεοῦ λόγος.
Sections 1–25
1Of other lawgivers, some have set forth what they considered to be just and reasonable, in a naked and unadorned manner, while others, investing their ideas with an abundance of amplification, have sought to bewilder the people, by burying the truth under a heap of fabulous inventions.
2But Moses, rejecting both of these methods, the one as inconsiderate, careless, and unphilosophical, and the other as mendacious and full of trickery, made the beginning of his laws entirely beautiful, and in all respects admirable, neither at once declaring what ought to be done or the contrary, nor (since it was necessary to mould beforehand the dispositions of those who were to use his laws) inventing fables himself or adopting those which had been invented by others.
3And his exordium, as I have already said, is most admirable; embracing the creation of the world, under the idea that the law corresponds to the world and the world to the law, and that a man who is obedient to the law, being, by so doing, a citizen of the world, arranges his actions with reference to the intention of nature, in harmony with which the whole universal world is regulated.
4Accordingly no one, whether poet or historian, could ever give expression in an adequate manner to the beauty of his ideas respecting the creation of the world; for they surpass all the power of language, and amaze our hearing, being too great and venerable to be adapted to the senses of any created being.
5That, however, is not a reason for our yielding to indolence on the subject, but rather from our affection for the Deity we ought to endeavour to exert ourselves even beyond our powers in describing them: not as having much, or indeed anything to say of our own, but instead of much, just a little, such as it may be probable that human intellect may attain to, when wholly occupied with a love of and desire for wisdom.
6For as the smallest seal receives imitations of things of colossal magnitude when engraved upon it, so perchance in some instances the exceeding beauty of the description of the creation of the world as recorded in the Law, overshadowing with its brilliancy the souls of those who happen to meet with it, will be delivered to a more concise record after these facts have been first premised which it would be improper to pass over in silence.
7For some men, admiring the world itself rather than the Creator of the world, have represented it as existing without any maker, and eternal; and as impiously as falsely have represented God as existing in a state of complete inactivity, while it would have been right on the other hand to marvel at the might of God as the creator and father of all, and to admire the world in a degree not exceeding the bounds of moderation.
8But Moses, who had early reached the very summits of philosophy, and who had learnt from the oracles of God the most numerous and important of the principles of nature, was well aware that it is indispensable that in all existing things there must be an active cause, and a passive subject; and that the active cause is the intellect of the universe, thoroughly unadulterated and thoroughly unmixed, superior to virtue and superior to science, superior even to abstract good or abstract beauty;
9while the passive subject is something inanimate and incapable of motion by any intrinsic power of its own, but having been set in motion, and fashioned, and endowed with life by the intellect, became transformed into that most perfect work, this world. And those who describe it as being uncreated, do, without being aware of it, cut off the most useful and necessary of all the qualities which tend to produce piety, namely, providence:
10for reason proves that the father and creator has a care for that which has been created; for a father is anxious for the life of his children, and a workman aims at the duration of his works, and employs every device imaginable to ward off everything that is pernicious or injurious, and is desirous by every means in his power to provide everything which is useful or profitable for them. But with regard to that which has not been created, there is no feeling of interest as if it were his own in the breast of him who has not created it.
11It is then a pernicious doctrine, and one for which no one should contend, to establish a system in this world, such as anarchy is in a city, so that it should have no superintendant, or regulator, or judge, by whom everything must be managed and governed.
12But the great Moses, thinking that a thing which has not been uncreated is as alien as possible from that which is visible before our eyes (for everything which is the subject of our ^ senses exists in birth and in changes, and is not always in the same condition), has attributed eternity to that which is invisible and discerned only by our intellect as a kinsman and a brother, while of that which is the object of our external senses he had predicated generation as an appropriate description. Since, then, this world is visible and the object of our external senses, it follows of necessity that it must have been created; on which account it was not without a wise purpose that he recorded its creation, giving a very venerable account of God.
13And he says that the world was made in six days, not because the Creator stood in need of a length of time (for it is natural that God should do everything at once, not merely by uttering a command, but by even thinking of it); but because the things created required arrangement; and number is akin to arrangement; and, of all numbers, six is, by the laws of nature, the most productive: for of all the numbers, from the unit upwards, it is the first perfect one, being made equal to its parts, and being made complete by them; the number three being half of it, and the number two a third of it, and the unit a sixth of it, and, so to say, it is formed so as to be both male and female, and is made up of the power of both natures; for in existing things the odd number is the male, and the even number is the female; accordingly, of odd numbers the first is the number three, and of even numbers the first is two, and the two numbers multiplied together make six.
14It was fitting therefore, that the world, being the most perfect of created things, should be made according to the perfect number, namely, six: and, as it was to have in it the causes of both, which arise from combination, that it should be formed according to a mixed number, the first combination of odd and even numbers, since it was to embrace the character both of the male who sows the seed, and of the female who receives it.
15And he allotted each of the six days to one of the portions of the whole, taking out the first day, which he does not even call the first day, that it may not be numbered with the others, but entitling it one, he names it rightly, perceiving in it, and ascribing to it the nature and appellation of the limit. We must mention as much as we can of the matters contained in his account, since to enumerate them all is impossible; for he embraces that beautiful world which is perceptible only by the intellect, as the account of the first day will show:
16for God, as apprehending beforehand, as a God must do, that there could not exist a good imitation without a good model, and that of the things perceptible to the external senses nothing could be faultless which was not fashioned with reference to some archetypal idea conceived by the intellect, when he had determined to create this visible world, previously formed that one which is perceptible only by the intellect, in order that so using an incorporeal model formed as far as possible on the image of God, he might then make this corporeal world, a younger likeness of the elder creation, which should embrace as many different genera perceptible to the external senses, as the other world contains of those which are visible only to the intellect.
17But that world which consists of ideas, it were impious in any degree to attempt to describe or even to imagine: but how it was created, we shall know if we take for our guide a certain image of the things which exist among us. When any city is founded through the exceeding ambition of some king or leader who lays claim to absolute authority, and is at the same time a man of brilliant imagination, eager to display his good fortune, then it happens at times that some man coming up who, from his education, is skilful in architecture, and he, seeing the advantageous character and beauty of the situation, first of all sketches out in his own mind nearly all the parts of the city which is about to be completed—the temples, the gymnasia, the prytanea, the markets, the harbour, the docks, the streets, the arrangement of the walls, the situations of the dwelling houses, and of the public and other buildings.
18Then, having received in his own mind, as on a waxen tablet, the form of each building, he carries in his heart the image of a city, perceptible as yet only by the intellect, the images of which he stirs up in memory which is innate in him, and, still further, engraving them in his mind like a good workman, keeping his eyes fixed on his model, he begins to raise the city of stones and wood, making the corporeal substances to resemble each of the incorporeal ideas.
19Now we must form a somewhat similar opinion of God, who, having determined to found a mighty state, first of all conceived its form in his mind, according to which form he made a world perceptible only by the intellect, and then completed one visible to the external senses, using the first one as a model.
20As therefore the city, when previously shadowed out in the mind of the man of architectural skill had no external place, but was stamped solely in the mind of the workman, so in the same manner neither can the world which existed in ideas have had any other local position except the divine reason which made them; for what other place could there be for his powers which should be able to receive and contain, I do not say all, but even any single one of them whatever, in its simple form?
21And the power and faculty which could be capable of creating the world, has for its origin that good which is founded on truth; for if any one were desirous to investigate the cause on account of which this universe was created, I think that he would come to no erroneous conclusion if he were to say as one of the ancients did say: That the Father and Creator was good; on which account he did not grudge the substance a share of his own excellent nature, since it had nothing good of itself, but was able to become everything.
22For the substance was of itself destitute of arrangement, of quality, of animation, of distinctive character, and full of all disorder and confusion; and it received a change and transformation to what is opposite to this condition, and most excellent, being invested with order, quality, animation, resemblance, identity, arrangement, harmony, and everything which belongs to the more excellent idea.
23And God, not being urged on by any prompter (for who else could there have been to prompt him?) but guided by his own sole will, decided that it was fitting to benefit with unlimited and abundant favours a nature which, without the divine gift, was unable to itself to partake of any good thing; but he benefits it, not according to the greatness of his own graces, for they are illimitable and eternal, but according to the power of that which is benefited to receive his graces. For the capacity of that which is created to receive benefits does not correspond to the natural power of God to confer them; since his powers are infinitely greater, and the thing created being not sufficiently powerful to receive all their greatness would have sunk under it, if he had not measured his bounty, allotting to each, in due proportion, that which was poured upon it.
24And if any one were to desire to use more undisguised terms, he would not call the world, which is perceptible only to the intellect, any thing else but the reason of God, already occupied in the creation of the world; for neither is a city, while only perceptible to the intellect, anything else but the reason of the architect, who is already designing to build one perceptible to the external senses, on the model of that which is so only to the intellect—
25this is the doctrine of Moses, not mine. Accordingly he, when recording the creation of man, in words which follow, asserts expressly, that he was made in the image of God—and if the image be a part of the image, then manifestly so is the entire form, namely, the whole of this world perceptible by the external senses, which is a greater imitation of the divine image than the human form is. It is manifest also, that the archetypal seal, which we call that world which is perceptible only to the intellect, must itself be the archetypal model, the idea of ideas, the Reason of God.
Sections 26–50
26Φησὶ δ’ ὡς „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν", τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαμβάνων | οὐχ ὡς οἴονταί τινες τὴν κατὰ χρόνον· χρόνος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν πρὸ κόσμου, ἀλλ’ ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ γέγονεν ἢ μετ’ αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεώς ἐστιν ὁ χρόνος, προτέρα δὲ τοῦ κινουμένου κίνησις οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, ἀλλ’ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὴν ἢ ὕστερον ἢ ἅμα συνίστασθαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἢ ἰσήλικα κόσμου γεγονέναι ἢ νεώτερον ἐκείνου· πρεσβύτερον δ’ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τολμᾶν ἀφιλόσοφον.
27εἰ δ’ ἀρχὴ μὴ παραλαμβάνεται τανῦν ἡ κατὰ χρόνον, εἰκὸς ἂν εἴη μηνύεσθαι τὴν κατ’ ἀριθμόν, ὡς τὸ „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν" ἴσον εἶναι τῷ πρῶτον ἐποίησε τὸν οὐρανόν· καὶ γὰρ εὔλογον τῷ ὄντι πρῶτον αὐτὸν εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθεῖν, ἄριστόν τε ὄντα τῶν γεγονότων κἀκ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου τῆς οὐσίας παγέντα, διότι θεῶν ἐμφανῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἔμελλεν οἶκος ἔσεσθαι ἱερώτατος.
28καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάνθ’ ἅμα ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίει, τάξιν οὐδὲν ἧττον εἶχε τὰ καλῶς γινόμενα· καλὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν ἀταξίᾳ. τάξις δ’ ἀκολουθία καὶ εἱρμός ἐστι προηγουμένων τινῶν καὶ ἑπομένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἀποτελέσμασιν, ἀλλά τοι ταῖς τῶν τεκταινομένων ἐπινοίαις· οὕτως γὰρ ἔμελλον ἠκριβῶσθαί τε καὶ ἀπλανεῖς εἶναι καὶ ἀσύγχυτοι.
29πρῶτον οὖν ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίησεν οὐρανὸν ἀσώματον καὶ γῆν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀέρος ἰδέαν καὶ κενοῦ· ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐπεφήμισε σκότος, ἐπειδὴ μέλας ὁ ἀὴρ τῇ φύσει, τὴν δ’ ἄβυσσον, πολύβυθον γὰρ τό γε κενὸν καὶ ἀχανές· εἶθ’ ὕδατος ἀσώματον οὐσίαν καὶ πνεύματος καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἑβδόμου φωτός, ὃ πάλιν ἀσώματον ἦν καὶ νοητὸν ἡλίου παράδειγμα καὶ πάντων ὅσα φωσφόρα ἄστρα κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλε συνίστασθαι.
30Προνομίας δὲ τό τε πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ φῶς ἠξιοῦτο· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὠνόμασε θεοῦ, διότι ζωτικώτατον τὸ πνεῦμα, ζωῆς δὲ θεὸς αἴτιος, τὸ δὲ φῶς φησιν ὅτι ὑπερβαλλόντως καλόν (Gen. 1,4)· τοσούτῳ γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν τοῦ ὁρατοῦ λαμπρότερόν τε καὶ αὐγοειδέστερον ὅσῳπερ ἥλιος, οἶμαι, σκότους καὶ ἡμέρα νυκτὸς καὶ [τὰ κριτήρια] νοῦς, ὁ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς ἡγεμών, ὀφθαλμῶν σώματος.
31τὸ δὲ ἀόρατον καὶ νοητὸν φῶς ἐκεῖνο θείου λόγου γέγονεν εἰκὼν τοῦ διερμηνεύσαντος τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔστιν ὑπερουράνιος ἀστήρ, πηγὴ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀστέρων, ἣν οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ σκοποῦ καλέσειεν ἄν τις παναύγειαν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πλάνητές τε καὶ ἀπλανεῖς ἀρύτονται, καθ’ ὅσον ἑκάστῳ δύναμις, τὰ πρέποντα φέγγη, τῆς ἀμιγοῦς καὶ καθαρᾶς αὐγῆς ἐκείνης ἀμαυρουμένης, ὅταν ἄρξηται τρέπεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ νοητοῦ πρὸς αἰσθητὸν μεταβολήν·
32εἱλικρινὲς γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει. εὖ μέντοι καὶ τὸ φάναι ὅτι "σκότος ἦν ἐπάνω τῆς ἀβύσσου“ (Gen. 1,2). τρόπον γάρ τινα ὁ ἀὴρ ὑπὲρ τὸ κενόν ἐστιν, ἐπειδὴ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀχανῆ καὶ ἐρήμην καὶ κενὴν χώραν ἐπιβὰς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν, ὅση πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ σελήνην καθήκει.
33μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἀνάλαμψιν, ὃ πρὸ ἡλίου γέγονεν, ὑπεχώρει τὸ ἀντίπαλον σκότος, διατειχίζοντος ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων αὐτὰ καὶ διιστάντος θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς ἐναντιότητας εὖ εἰδότος καὶ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως αὐτῶν διαμάχην. ἵν’ οὖν μὴ αἰεὶ συμφερόμεναι στασιάζωσι καὶ πόλεμος ἀντ’ εἰρήνης ἐπικρατῇ τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐν κόσμῳ τιθείς, οὐ μόνον ἐχώρισε φῶς καὶ σκότος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅρους ἐν μέσοις ἔθετο διαστήμασιν, οἷς ἀνεῖρξε τῶν ἄκρων ἑκάτερον· ἔμελλε γὰρ γειτνιῶντα σύγχυσιν ἀπεργάζεσθαι τῷ περὶ δυναστείας ἀγῶνι κατὰ πολλὴν καὶ ἄπαυστον φιλονεικίαν ἐπαποδυόμενα, εἰ μὴ μέσοι παγέντες ὅροι διέζευξαν καὶ διέλυσαν τὴν ἀντεπίθεσιν.
34οὗτοι δ’ εἰσὶν ἑσπέρα τε καὶ πρωΐα, ὧν ἡ μὲν προευαγγελίζεται μέλλοντα ἥλιον ἀνίσχειν ἠρέμα τὸ σκότος ἀνείργουσα, ἡ δ’ ἑσπέρα καταδύντι ἐπιγίνεται ἡλίῳ τὴν ἀθρόαν τοῦ σκότους φορὰν πρᾴως ἐκδεχομένη. καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι, πρωΐαν λέγω καὶ ἑσπέραν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ νοητῶν θετέον· ὅλως γὰρ οὐδὲν αἰσθητὸν ἐν τούτοις, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἰδέαι καὶ μέτρα καὶ τύποι καὶ σφραγῖδες, εἰς γένεσιν ἄλλων ἀσώματα σωμάτων.
35ἐπεὶ δὲ φῶς μὲν ἐγένετο, σκότος δ’ ὑπεξέστη καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν, ὅροι δ’ ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ διαστήμασιν ἐπάγησαν ἑσπέρα καὶ πρωΐα, κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον τοῦ χρόνου μέτρον ἀπετελεῖτο εὐθύς, ὃ καὶ ἡμέραν ὁ ποιῶν ἐκάλεσε, καὶ ἡμέραν οὐχὶ πρώτην, ἀλλὰ μίαν, ἣ λέλεκται διὰ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου μόνωσιν μοναδικὴν ἔχοντος φύσιν.
36Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀσώματος κόσμος ἤδη πέρας εἶχεν ἱδρυθεὶς ἐν τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ, ὁ δ’ αἰσθητὸς πρὸς παράδειγμα τούτου ἐτελειογονεῖτο. καὶ πρῶτον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν, ὃ δὴ καὶ πάντων ἄριστον, ἐποίει τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ δημιουργός, ὃν ἐτύμως στερέωμα προσηγόρευσεν ἅτε σωματικὸν ὄντα· τὸ γὰρ σῶμα φύσει στερεόν, ὅτιπερ καὶ τριχῆ διαστατόν· στερεοῦ δὲ καὶ σώματος ἔννοια τίς ἑτέρα πλὴν τὸ πάντῃ διεστηκός; εἰκότως οὖν ἀντιθεὶς τῷ νοητῷ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ σωματοειδῆ τοῦτον στερέωμα ἐκάλεσεν.
37εἶτ’ εὐθέως οὐρανὸν προσεῖπεν αὐτὸν εὐθυβόλως καὶ πάνυ κυρίως, ἤτοι διότι πάντων ὅρος ἢ διότι πρῶτος τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐγένετο. ὀνομάζει δὲ καὶ ἡμέραν μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ δευτέραν, ὅλον ἡμέρας διάστημα καὶ μέτρον ἀνατιθεὶς οὐρανῷ διὰ τὴν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀξίωσίν τε καὶ τιμήν.
38Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸ σύμπαν ὕδωρ εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν ἀνεκέχυτο καὶ διὰ πάντων αὐτῆς ἐπεφοιτήκει τῶν μερῶν, οἷα σπογγιᾶς ἀναπεπωκυίας ἰκμάδα, ὡς εἶναι τέλματα καὶ βαθὺν πηλόν, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν στοιχείων ἀναδεδευμένων καὶ συγκεχυμένων τρόπον φυράματος εἰς μίαν ἀδιάκριτον καὶ ἄμορφον φύσιν, προστάττει ὁ θεὸς τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ὅσον ἁλμυρὸν καὶ ἀγονίας αἴτιον ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι σπαρτοῖς καὶ δένδρεσιν ἐπισυναχθῆναι συρρυὲν ἐκ τῶν τῆς ἁπάσης γῆς ἀραιωμάτων, τὴν δὲ ξηρὰν ἀναφανῆναι, τῆς τοῦ γλυκέος νοτίδος ἐναπολειφθείσης εἰς διαμονὴν — κόλλα γάρ τίς ἐστιν ἡ μεμετρημένη γλυκεῖα νοτὶς τῶν διεστηκότων — καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀφαυανθεῖσαν αὐτὴν ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν γενέσθαι καὶ ὅπως οἷα μήτηρ μὴ μόνον θάτερον εἶδος τροφῆς βρῶσιν ἀλλ’ ἑκάτερον ὡς ἂν ἐκγόνοις βρῶσίν τε καὶ πόσιν παρέχῃ· διὸ φλέβας μαστοῖς ἐοικυίας ἐπλημμύρει, αἳ στομωθεῖσαι ποταμοὺς καὶ πηγὰς ἔμελλον ἀναχεῖν.
39οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ τὰς ἀφανεῖς ἐνίκμους διαφύσεις εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν ἀρετῶσαν καὶ βαθύγειον ἀπέτεινε πρὸς εὐφορίαν ἀφθονωτάτην καρπῶν. ταῦτα διαταξάμενος ὀνόματ’ αὐτοῖς ἐτίθετο, τὴν μὲν ξηρὰν καλῶν γῆν,
40τὸ δ’ ἀποκριθὲν ὕδωρ θάλασσαν. εἶτα διακοσμεῖν ἄρχεται τὴν γῆν· κελεύει γὰρ αὐτὴν χλοηφορεῖν καὶ σταχυηφορεῖν παντοίας βοτάνας ἀνιεῖσαν καὶ πεδία εὔχορτα καὶ πάνθ’ ὅσα χιλὸς μὲν κτήνεσιν, ἀνθρώποις δ’ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι τροφή. προσέτι μέντοι καὶ τὰς δένδρων ἰδέας ἁπάσας ἀνέφυεν, οὐδὲν οὔτε τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας οὔτε τῶν τῆς ἡμέρου λεγομένης ὕλης παρείς. ἐβεβρίθει δὲ πάντα καρποῖς εὐθὺς ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει κατὰ τὸν ἐναντίον τρόπον ἢ τὸν νυνὶ καθεστῶτα.
41νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐν μέρει γίγνεται τὰ γιγνόμενα χρόνοις διαφέρουσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀθρόα καιρῷ ἑνί· τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι πρῶτον μέν ἐστι σπορὰ καὶ φυτεία, δεύτερον δὲ τῶν σπαρέντων καὶ φυτευθέντων αὔξησις, ἡ μὲν εἰς τὸ κάτω ῥίζας ἀποτείνουσα οἱονεὶ θεμελίους, ἡ δ’ εἰς τὸ ἄνω πρὸς ὕψος αἰρομένων καὶ στελεχουμένων; ἔπειτα βλαστοὶ καὶ πετάλων ἐκφύσεις, εἶτ’ ἐπὶ πᾶσι καρποῦ φορά· καὶ πάλιν καρπὸς οὐ τέλειος, ἀλλ’ ἔχων παντοίας μεταβολὰς κατά τε τὴν ἐν μεγέθει ποσότητα καὶ τὰς ἐν πολυμόρφοις ἰδέαις ποιότητας· ἀποτίκτεται μὲν γὰρ ὁ καρπὸς ἐοικὼς ἀμερέσι ψήγμασιν ὑπὸ βραχύτητος μόλις ὁρατοῖς, ἅπερ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ φαίη τις ἂν εἶναι πρῶτα αἰσθητά· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἔκ τε τῆς ἐποχετευομένης τροφῆς, ἣ ἄρδει τὸ δένδρον, κἀκ τῆς εὐκρασίας τῶν πνευμάτων, ἃ ψυχραῖς ἅμα καὶ μαλακωτέραις αὔραις ζωπυρεῖται καὶ τιθηνεῖται, συναύξεται πρὸς ὄγκον ἐπιδιδοὺς τελειότατον· σὺν δὲ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τὰς ποιότητας ἀλλάττει, καθάπερ ὑπὸ γραφικῆς ἐπιστήμης χρώμασι διαφόροις ποικιλλόμενος.
42ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.
43ὁ μὲν δὴ προστάττει τῇ γῇ ταῦτα γεννῆσαι· ἡ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ πολλοῦ κυοφοροῦσα καὶ ὠδίνουσα τίκτει πάσας μὲν τὰς σπαρτῶν, πάσας δὲ τὰς δένδρων, ἔτι δὲ καρπῶν ἀμυθήτους ἰδέας. ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἦσαν οἱ καρποὶ τροφαὶ ζῴοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρασκευαὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοίων ἀεὶ γένεσιν, τὰς σπερματικὰς οὐσίας περιέχοντες, ἐν αἷς ἄδηλοι καὶ ἀφανεῖς οἱ λόγοι τῶν ὅλων εἰσί, δῆλοι καὶ φανεροὶ γινόμενοι καιρῶν περιόδοις.
44ἐβουλήθη γὰρ ὁ θεὸς δολιχεύειν τὴν φύσιν ἀπαθανατίζων τὰ γένη καὶ μεταδιδοὺς αὐτοῖς ἀιδιότητος· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἀρχὴν πρὸς τέλος ἦγε καὶ ἐπέσπευδε καὶ τέλος ἐπ’ ἀρχὴν ἀνακάμπτειν ἐποίει· ἔκ τε γὰρ φυτῶν ὁ καρπός, ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τέλος, καὶ ἐκ καρποῦ τὸ σπέρμα περιέχοντος ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάλιν τὸ φυτόν, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τέλους ἀρχή.
45Τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ τὴν γῆν τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐποίκιλλε διακοσμῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτον ἐν ὑστέρῳ γῆς ἔταττε, τῇ μὲν ἐλάττονι φύσει προνομίαν διδούς, τὴν δὲ κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν δευτερείων ἀξιῶν, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἔνδειξιν ἐναργεστάτην κράτους ἀρχῆς. προλαβὼν γὰρ περὶ τῶν οὔπω γεγονότων ἀνθρώπων, οἷοι τὰς γνώμας ἔσονται, στοχασταὶ τῶν εἰκότων καὶ πιθανῶν, ἐν οἷς πολὺ τὸ εὔλογον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς ἀληθείας, καὶ ὅτι πιστεύσουσι μᾶλλον τοῖς φαινομένοις ἢ θεῷ σοφιστείαν πρὸ σοφίας θαυμάσαντες, κατιδόντες τε αὖθις τὰς ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης περιόδους, δι’ ὧν θέρη χειμῶνες καὶ ἔαρος καὶ μετοπώρου τροπαί, τῶν ἐκ γῆς ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος φυομένων καὶ γιγνομένων ἁπάντων αἰτίας ὑπολήψονται τὰς τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων περιπολήσεις, ἵνα μηδενὶ γενητῷ τὰς πρώτας ἀνατιθέναι τινὲς τολμῶσιν ἢ διὰ θράσος ἀναίσχυντον ἢ δι’ ἀμαθίαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν, ἀναδραμέτωσαν, φησί,
46ταῖς διανοίαις ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην τῶν ὅλων γένεσιν, ὅτε πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης παντοῖα μὲν φυτά, παντοίους δὲ καρποὺς ἤνεγκεν ἡ γῆ, καὶ θεασάμενοι ταῖς διανοίαις ἐλπιζέτωσαν ὅτι καὶ αὖθις οἴσει κατὰ πρόσταξιν τοῦ πατρός, ὅταν αὐτῷ δοκῇ μὴ προσδεηθέντι τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἐκγόνων, οἷς δυνάμεις μὲν ἔδωκεν, οὐ μὴν αὐτοκρατεῖς· οἷα γὰρ ἡνίοχος ἡνιῶν ἢ κυβερνήτης οἰάκων ἐνειλημμένος ἄγει ᾗ ἂν ἐθέλῃ κατὰ νόμον καὶ δίκην ἕκαστα μηδενὸς προσδεόμενος ἄλλου· πάντα γὰρ θεῷ δυνατά.
47ἥδ’ ἐστὶν αἰτία δι’ ἣν προτέρα μὲν ἐβλάστησε καὶ ἐχλοηφόρησεν ἡ γῆ. ὁ δ’ οὐρανὸς διεκοσμεῖτο αὖθις ἐν ἀριθμῷ τελείῳ τετράδι, ἣν δεκάδος τῆς παντελείας οὐκ ἂν διαμάρτοι τις ἀφορμὴν εἶναι λέγων καὶ πηγήν· ὃ γὰρ ἐντελεχείᾳ δεκάς, τοῦτο τετράς, ὡς ἔοικε, δυνάμει· εἰ γοῦν οἱ ἀπὸ μονάδος ἄχρι τετράδος ἑξῆς συντεθεῖεν ἀριθμοί, δεκάδα γεννήσουσιν, ἥτις ὅρος τῆς ἀπειρίας τῶν ἀριθμῶν ἐστι, περὶ ὃν ὡς καμπτῆρα εἱλοῦνται καὶ ἀνακάμπτουσι.
48περιέχει δ’ ἡ τετρὰς καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν συμφωνιῶν, τῆς τε διὰ τεττάρων καὶ διὰ πέντε καὶ διὰ πασῶν καὶ προσέτι δὶς διὰ πασῶν, ἐξ ὧν σύστημα τὸ τελειότατον ἀπογεννᾶται· τῆς μὲν διὰ τεττάρων ὁ λόγος ἐπίτριτος, τῆς δὲ διὰ πέντε ἡμιόλιος, διπλάσιος δὲ τῆς διὰ πασῶν, τετραπλάσιος δὲ τῆς δὶς διὰ πασῶν· οὓς ἅπαντας ἡ τετρὰς ἔχει περιλαβοῦσα, τὸν μὲν ἐπίτριτον ἐν τῷ τέσσαρα πρὸς τρία, τὸν δ’ ἡμιόλιον ἐν τῷ τρία πρὸς δύο, τὸν δὲ διπλάσιον ἐν τῷ δύο πρὸς ἓν ἢ τέσσαρα πρὸς δύο, τὸν δὲ τετραπλάσιον ἐν τῷ τέσσαρα πρὸς
49ἕν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ δύναμις ἄλλη τετράδος λεχθῆναί τε καὶ νοηθῆναι θαυμασιωτάτη. πρώτη γὰρ αὕτη τὴν τοῦ στερεοῦ φύσιν ἔδειξε, τῶν πρὸ αὐτῆς ἀριθμῶν τοῖς ἀσωμάτοις ἀνακειμένων· κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἓν τάττεται τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ σημεῖον, κατὰ δὲ τὰ δύο γραμμή, διότι ῥύσει μὲν ἑνὸς δυάς, ῥύσει δὲ σημείου συνίσταται γραμμή· γραμμὴ δ’ ἐστὶ μῆκος ἀπλατές· πλάτους δὲ προσγενομένου γίνεται ἐπιφάνεια, ἣ τέτακται κατὰ τριάδα· ἐπιφανείᾳ δὲ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ στερεοῦ φύσιν ἑνὸς δεῖ τοῦ βάθους, ὃ προστεθὲν τριάδι γίνεται τετράς. ὅθεν καὶ μέγα χρῆμα συμβέβηκεν εἶναι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον, ὃς ἐκ τῆς ἀσωμάτου καὶ νοητῆς οὐσίας ἤγαγεν εἰς ἔννοιαν ἡμᾶς τριχῆ διαστατοῦ σώματος τοῦ φύσει πρῶτον αἰσθητοῦ.
50ὁ δὲ μὴ συνεὶς τὸ λεγόμενον ἔκ τινος παιδιᾶς εἴσεται πάνυ συνήθους. οἱ καρυατίζοντες εἰώθασι τρία ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ κάρυα προτιθέντες ἐπιφέρειν ἕν, σχῆμα πυραμοειδὲς ἀπογεννῶντες· τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ τρίγωνον ἵσταται μέχρι τριάδος, τὸ δ’ ἐπιτεθὲν τετράδα μὲν ἐν ἀριθμοῖς, ἐν δὲ σχήμασι πυραμίδα γεννᾷ, στερεὸν ἤδη σῶμα.
Sections 26–50
26Moses says also; In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth: taking the beginning to be, not as some men think, that which is according to time; for before the world time had no existence, but was created either simultaneously with it, or after it; for since time is the interval of the motion of the heavens, there could not have been any such thing as motion before there was anything which could be moved; but it follows of necessity that it received existence subsequently or simultaneously. It therefore follows also of necessity, that time was created either at the same moment with the world, or later than it—and to venture to assert that it is older than the world is absolutely inconsistent with philosophy.
27But if the beginning spoken of by Moses is not to be looked upon as spoken of according to time, then it may be natural to suppose that it is the beginning according to number that is indicated; so that, In the beginning he created, is equivalent to first of all he created the heaven; for it is natural in reality that that should have been the first object created, being both the best of all created things, and being also made of the purest substance, because it was destined to be the most holy abode of the visible Gods who are perceptible by the external senses;
28for if the Creator had made everything at the same moment, still those things which were created in beauty would no less have had a regular arrangement, for there is no such thing as beauty in disorder. But order is a due consequence and connection of things precedent and subsequent, if not in the completion of a work, at all events in the intention of the maker; for it is owing to order that they become accurately defined and stationary, and free from confusion.
29In the first place therefore, from the model of the world, perceptible only by intellect, the Creator made an incorporeal heaven, and an invisible earth, and the form of air and of empty space: the former of which he called darkness, because the air is black by nature; and the other he called the abyss, for empty space is very deep and yawning with immense width. Then he created the incorporeal substance of water and of air, and above all he spread light, being the seventh thing made; and this again was incorporeal, and a model of the sun, perceptible only to intellect, and of all the light-giving stars, which are destined to stand together in heaven.
30And air and light he considered worthy of the pre-eminence. For the one he called the breath of God, because it is air, which is the most life-giving of things, and of life the causer is God; and the other he called light, because it is surpassingly beautiful: for that which is perceptible only by intellect is as far more brilliant and splendid than that which is seen, as I conceive, the sun is than darkness, or day than night, or the intellect than any other of the outward senses by which men judge (inasmuch as it is the guide of the entire soul), or the eyes than any other part of the body.
31And the invisible divine reason, perceptible only by intellect, he calls the image of God. And the image of this image is that light, perceptible only by the intellect, which is the image of the divine reason, which has explained its generation. And it is a star above the heavens, the source of those stars which are perceptible by the external senses, and if any one were to call it universal light he would not be very wrong; since it is from that the sun and the moon, and all the other planets and fixed stars derive their due light, in proportion as each has power given to it; that unmingled and pure light being obscured when it begins to change, according to the change from that which is perceptible only by the intellect, to that which is perceptible by the external senses; for none of those things which are perceptible to the external senses is pure.
32Moses is right also when he says, that darkness was over the face of the abyss. For the air is in a manner spread above the empty space, since having mounted up it entirely fills all that open, and desolate, and empty place, which reaches down to us from the regions below the moon.
33And after the shining forth of that light, perceptible only to the intellect, which existed before the sun, then its adversary darkness yielded, as God put a wall between them and separated them, well knowing their opposite characters, and the enmity existing between their natures. In order, therefore, that they might not war against one another from being continually brought in contact, so that war would prevail instead of peace, God, turning want of order into order, did not only separate light and darkness, but did also place boundaries in the middle of the space between the two, by which he separated the extremities of each. For if they had approximated they must have produced confusion, preparing for the contest, for the supremacy, with great and unextinguishable rivalry, if boundaries established between them had not separated them and prevented them from clashing together,
34and these boundaries are evening and morning; the one of which heralds in the good tidings that the sun is about to rise, gently dissipating the darkness: and evening comes on as the sun sets, receiving gently the collective approach of darkness. And these, I mean morning and evening, must be placed in the class of incorporeal things, perceptible only by the intellect; for there is absolutely nothing in them which is perceptible by the external senses, but they are entirely ideas, and measures, and forms, and seals, incorporeal as far as regards the generation of other bodies.
35But when light came, and darkness retreated and yielded to it, and boundaries were set in the space between the two, namely, evening and morning, then of necessity the measure of time was immediately perfected, which also the Creator called day. and He called it not the first day, but one day; and it is spoken of thus, on account of the single nature of the world perceptible only by the intellect, which has a single nature.
36The incorporeal world then was already completed, having its seat in the Divine Reason; and the world, perceptible by the external senses, was made on the model of it; and the first portion of it, being also the most excellent of all made by the Creator, was the heaven, which he truly called the firmament, as being corporeal; for the body is by nature firm, inasmuch as it is divisible into three parts; and what other idea of solidity and of body can there be, except that it is something which may be measured in every direction? therefore he, very naturally contrasting that which was perceptible to the external senses, and corporeal with that which was perceptible only by the intellect and incorporeal, called this the firmament.
37Immediately afterwards he, with great propriety and entire correctness, called it the heaven, either because it was already the boundary of everything, or because it was the first of all visible things which was created; and after its second rising he called the time day, referring the entire space and measure of a day to the heaven, on account of its dignity and honour among the things perceptible to the external senses.
38And after this, as the whole body of water in existence was spread over all the earth, and had penetrated through all its parts, as if it were a sponge which had imbibed moisture, so that the earth was only swampy land and deep mud, both the elements of earth and water being mixed up and combined together, like one confused mass into one undistinguishable and shapeless nature, God ordained that all the water which was salt, and destined to be a cause of barrenness to seeds and trees should be gathered together, flowing forth out of all the holes of the entire earth; and he commanded dry land to appear, that liquid which had any sweetness in it being left in it to secure its durability. For this sweet liquid, in due proportions, is as a sort of glue for the different substances, preventing the earth from being utterly dried up, and so becoming unproductive and barren, and causing it, like a mother, to furnish not only one kind of nourishment, namely meat, but both sorts at once, so as to supply its offspring with both meat and drink; wherefore he filled it with veins, resembling breasts, which, being provided with openings, were destined to pour forth springs and rivers.
39And in the same way he extended the invisible irrigations of dew pervading every portion of arable and deep-soiled land, to contribute to the most liberal and plenteous supply of fruits. Having arranged these things, he gave them names, calling the dry, land, and the water which was separated from it he called sea.
40After this he began to adorn the land, for he bade it bring forth grass, and bear corn, producing every kind of herb, and plains clothed with verdure, and everything which was calculated to be fodder for cattle, or food for men. Moreover he commanded every kind of tree to spring up, omitting no kind, either of those which are wild or of those which are called cultivated. And simultaneously with their first production he loaded them all with fruit, in a manner different from that which exists at present;
41for now the different fruits are produced in turn, at different seasons, and not all together at one time; for who is there who does not know that first of all comes the sowing and the planting; and, in the second place, the growth of what has been sown and planted, in some cases the plants extending their roots downwards like foundations, and in others raising themselves upwards to a height and displaying long stalks? After that come the buds, and the putting forth of leaves, and then after everything else comes the production of fruit. And again, the fruit when first produced is not perfect, but it contains in itself all kinds of change, with reference both to its quantity in regard of magnitude, and to its qualities in its multiform appearance: for the fruit is produced at first like indivisible grains, which are hardly visible from their diminutive size, and which one might correctly enough pronounce to be the first things perceptible by the external senses; and afterwards by little and little, from the nourishment conveyed in channels, which waters the tree, and from the wholesome effect of the breezes, which blow air at the same time cold and gentle, the fruit is gradually vivified, and nursed up, and increased, advancing onward to its perfect size; and with its change of magnitude it changes also its qualities, as if it were diversified with varying colours by pictorial science.
42But in the first creation of the universe, as I have said already, God produced the whole race of trees out of the earth in full perfection, having their fruit not incomplete but in a state of entire ripeness, to be ready for the immediate and undelayed use and enjoyment of the animals which were about immediately to be born.
43Accordingly he commanded the earth to produce these things. And the earth, as though it had for a long time been pregnant and travailing, produced every sort of seed, and every sort of tree, and also of fruit, in unspeakable abundance; and not only were these produced fruits to be food for living animals, but enough also to serve as a preparation for the continuous production of similar fruits hereafter; covering substances consisting of seed, in which are the principles of all plants undistinguishable and invisible, but destined hereafter to become manifest and visible in the periodical maturity of the fruit.
44For God thought fit to endue nature with a long duration, making the races that he was creating immortal, and giving them a participation in eternity. On which account he led on and hastened the beginning towards the end, and caused the end to turn backwards to the beginning: for from plants comes fruit, as the end might come from the beginning; and from the fruit comes the seed, which again contains the plant within itself, so that a fresh beginning may come from the end.
45And on the fourth day, after he had embellished the earth, he diversified and adorned the heaven: not giving the precedence to the inferior nature by arranging the heaven subsequently to the earth, or thinking that which was the more excellent and the more divine worthy only of the second place, but acting thus for the more manifest demonstration of the power of his dominion. For he foreknew with respect to men who were not yet born, what sort of beings they would be as to their opinions, forming conjectures on what was likely and probable, of which the greater part would be reasonable, though falling short of the character of unadulterated truth; and trusting rather to visible phenomena than to God, and admiring sophistry rather than wisdom. And again he knew that surveying the periods of the sun and moon, to which are owing the summers and winters, and the alternations of spring and autumn, they would conceive the revolutions of the stars in heaven to be the causes of all the things which every year should be produced and generated on the earth, accordingly that no one might venture either through shameless impudence or inordinate ignorance to attribute to any created thing the primary causes of things, he said:
46Let them run over in their minds the first creation of the universe, when, before the sun or the moon existed, the earth brought forth all kinds of plants and all kinds of fruits: and seeing this in their minds let them hope that it will again also bring forth such, according to the appointment of the Father, when it shall seem good to him, without his having need of the aid of any of the sons of men beneath the heavens, to whom he has given powers, though not absolute ones. For as a charioteer holding the reins, or a helmsman with his hand upon the rudder, he guides everything as he pleases, in accordance with law and justice, needing no one else as his assistant; for all things are possible to God.
47This is the cause why the earth bore fruit and herbs before God proceeded to adorn the heaven. And next the heaven was embellished in the perfect number four, and if any one were to pronounce this number the origin and source of the all-perfect decade he would not err. For what the decade is in actuality, that the number four, as it seems, is in potentiality, at all events if the numerals from the unit to four are placed together in order, they will make ten, which is the limit of the number of immensity, around which the numbers wheel and turn as around a goal.
48Moreover the number four also comprehends the principles of the harmonious concords in music, that in fours, and in fifths,and the diapason, and besides this the double diapason from which sounds the most perfect system of harmony is produced. For the ratio of the sounds in fourths is as four to three; and in fifths as three to two; and in the diapason that ratio is doubled: and in the double diapason it is increased fourfold, all which ratios the number four comprehends. At all events the first, or the epistritus, is the ratio of four to three; the second, or the hemiolius, is that of three to two: the twofold ratio is that of two to one, or four to two: and the fourfold ratio is that of four to one.
49There is also another power of the number four which is a most wonderful one to speak of and to contemplate. For it was this number that first displayed the nature of the solid cube, the numbers before four being assigned only to incorporeal things. For it is according to the unit that that thing is reckoned which is spoken of in geometry as a point: and a line is spoken of according to the number two, because it is arranged by nature from a point; and a line is length without breadth. But when breadth is added to it, it becomes a superficies, which is arranged according to the number three. And a superficies, when compared with the nature of a solid cube, wants one thing, namely depth, and when this one thing is added to the three, it becomes four. On which account it has happened that this number is a thing of great importance, inasmuch as from an incorporeal substance perceptible only by intellect, it has led us on to a comprehension of a body divisible in a threefold manner, and which by its own nature is first perceived by the external senses.
50And he who does not comprehend what is here said may learn to understand it from a game which is very common. Those who play with nuts are accustomed when they have placed three nuts on the floor, to place one more on the top of them producing a figure like a pyramid. Accordingly the triangle stands on the floor, arranged up to the number three, and the nut which is placed upon it makes up four in number, and in figure it produces a pyramid, being now a solid body.
Sections 51–75
51πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνο ἀγνοητέον, ὅτι πρῶτος ἀριθμῶν ὁ τέτταρα τετράγωνός ἐστιν ἰσάκις ἴσος, μέτρον δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἰσότητος, καὶ ὅτι μόνος ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ συνθέσει καὶ δυνάμει πέφυκε γεννᾶσθαι, συνθέσει μὲν ἐκ δυοῖν καὶ δυοῖν, δυνάμει δὲ πάλιν ἐκ τοῦ δὶς δύο, πάγκαλόν τι συμφωνίας εἶδος ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀριθμῶν συμβέβηκεν· αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ ἓξ συντιθέμενος ἐκ δυοῖν τριάδων οὐκέτι γεννᾶται πολυπλασιασθεισῶν, ἀλλ’ ἕτερος, ὁ ἐννέα.
52πολλαῖς δὲ καὶ ἄλλαις κέχρηται δυνάμεσι τετράς, ἃς ἀκριβέστερον καὶ ἐν τῷ περὶ αὐτῆς ἰδίῳ λόγῳ προσυποδεικτέον. ἀπόχρη δὲ κἀκεῖνο προσθεῖναι, ὅτι καὶ τῇ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου γενέσει γέγονεν ἀρχή· τὰ γὰρ τέτταρα στοιχεῖα, ἐξ ὧν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἐδημιουργήθη, καθάπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἐρρύη τῆς ἐν ἀριθμοῖς τετράδος· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις αἱ ἐτήσιοι ὧραι τέτταρες αἱ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν αἴτιαι γενέσεως, τετραχῆ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ διανεμηθέντος εἰς χειμῶνα καὶ ἔαρ καὶ θέρος καὶ μετόπωρον.
53Τοσαύτης οὖν ἀξιωθέντος ἐν τῇ φύσει προνομίας τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ, κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ὁ ποιητὴς διεκόσμει τὸν οὐρανὸν τετράδι παγκάλῳ καὶ θεοειδεστάτῳ κόσμῳ τοῖς φωσφόροις ἄστροις· εἰδώς τε ὅτι τῶν ὄντων ἄριστον τὸ φῶς ἐστιν, ὄργανον αὐτὸ τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὁράσεως ἀπέφαινεν· ὅπερ γὰρ νοῦς ἐν ψυχῇ, τοῦτ’ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν σώματι· βλέπει γὰρ ἑκάτερος, ὁ μὲν τὰ νοητά, ὁ δὲ τὰ αἰσθητά· χρεῖος δὲ ὁ μὲν νοῦς ἐπιστήμης εἰς τὸ γνωρίσαι τὰ ἀσώματα, ὀφθαλμὸς δὲ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, ὃ πολλῶν μὲν καὶ ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον γέγονεν ἀνθρώποις, διαφερόντως δὲ τοῦ μεγίστου, φιλοσοφίας·
54ὑπὸ γὰρ φωτὸς ἄνω παραπεμφθεῖσα ἡ ὅρασις καὶ κατιδοῦσα φύσιν ἀστέρων καὶ κίνησιν αὐτῶν ἐναρμόνιον, ἀπλανῶν τε καὶ πλανήτων εὖ διατεταγμένας περιφοράς, τῶν μὲν κατὰ ταὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως περιπολούντων, τῶν δ’ ἀνομοίως τε καὶ ὑπεναντίως διτταῖς περιόδοις χρωμένων, χορείας τε πάντων ἐμμελεῖς νόμοις τοῖς μουσικῆς τελείας διακεκοσμημένας, ἄλεκτον ἐμπαρεῖχε τῇ ψυχῇ τέρψιν τε καὶ ἡδονήν· ἡ δ’ ἑστιωμένη θεαμάτων ἐπαλλήλων, ἐξ ἑτέρων γὰρ ἦν ἕτερα, πολλὴν ἀπληστίαν εἶχε τοῦ θεωρεῖν· εἶθ’, οἷα φιλεῖ, προσπεριειργάζετο, τίς ἡ τῶν ὁρατῶν δὴ τούτων οὐσία καὶ εἰ ἀγένητοι πεφύκασιν ἢ γενέσεως ἔλαβον ἀρχὴν καὶ τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τίνες αἱ αἰτίαι δι’ ὧν ἕκαστα οἰκονομεῖται· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τούτων ζητήσεως τὸ φιλοσοφίας συνέστη γένος, οὗ τελειότερον ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον.
55πρὸς δὴ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἰδέαν ἐκείνην ἀπιδών, ἣ λέλεκται κατὰ τὸν ἀσώματον κόσμον, ἐδημιούργει τοὺς αἰσθητοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀγάλματα θεῖα καὶ περικαλλέστατα, οὓς ὥσπερ ἐν ἱερῷ καθαρωτάτῳ τῆς σωματικῆς οὐσίας ἵδρυε τῷ οὐρανῷ, πολλῶν χάριν· ἑνὸς μὲν τοῦ φωσφορεῖν, ἑτέρου δὲ σημείων, εἶτα καιρῶν τῶν περὶ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἡμερῶν μηνῶν ἐνιαυτῶν, ἃ δὴ καὶ μέτρα χρόνου γέγονε καὶ τὴν ἀριθμοῦ φύσιν ἐγέννησεν.
56οἵαν δ’ ἕκαστον παρέχεται τῶν εἰρημένων χρείαν τε καὶ ὠφέλειαν, δῆλον μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἐναργείας, πρὸς δ’ ἀκριβεστέραν κατάληψιν οὐκ ἄτοπον ἴσως καὶ λόγῳ τἀληθὲς ἰχνηλατῆσαι. τοῦ δὴ σύμπαντος χρόνου διανεμηθέντος εἰς δύο τμήματα, ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτα, τῆς μὲν ἡμέρας τὸ κράτος ὁ πατὴρ ἀνεδίδου τῷ ἡλίῳ, οἷα μεγάλῳ βασιλεῖ, τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων.
57τὸ δὲ μέγεθος τῆς περὶ τὸν ἥλιον δυνάμεως καὶ ἀρχῆς ἐμφανεστάτην πίστιν ἔχει τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ἤδη· εἷς γὰρ ὢν καὶ μόνος ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθ’ αὑτὸν ἥμισυ τμῆμα τοῦ σύμπαντος χρόνου κεκλήρωται τὴν ἡμέραν, οἱ δ’ ἄλλοι πάντες μετὰ σελήνης θάτερον ὃ κέκληται νύξ· καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀνατείλαντος αἱ φαντασίαι τῶν τοσούτων ἀστέρων οὐκ ἀμαυροῦνται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφανίζονται τῇ τοῦ φέγγους ἀναχύσει, καταδύντος δὲ τὰς ἰδίας ἄρχονται διαφαίνειν ἀθρόοι ποιότητας.
58γεγόνασι δ’ ὅπερ αὐτὸς εἶπεν οὐ μόνον, ἵνα φῶς ἐκπέμπωσιν ἐπὶ γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅπως σημεῖα μελλόντων προφαίνωσιν· ἢ γὰρ ἀνατολαῖς αὐτῶν ἢ δύσεσιν ἢ ἐκλείψεσιν ἢ πάλιν ἐπιτολαῖς ἢ ἀποκρύψεσιν ἢ ταῖς ἄλλαις περὶ τὰς κινήσεις διαφοραῖς ἄνθρωποι τὰ ἀποβησόμενα στοχάζονται, καρπῶν φορὰς καὶ ἀφορίας, ζῴων τε γενέσεις καὶ φθοράς, αἰθρίας καὶ νεφώσεις, νηνεμίας καὶ βίας πνευμάτων, ποταμῶν πλημμύρας καὶ κενώσεις, θαλάττης ἠρεμίαν καὶ κλύδωνα, ὡρῶν τῶν ἐτησίων ὑπαλλαγὰς ἢ θέρους χειμαίνοντος ἢ χειμῶνος φλέγοντος ἢ ἔαρος μετοπωρίζοντος ἢ μετοπώρου ἐαρίζοντος·
59ἤδη δὲ καὶ κλόνον καὶ σεισμὸν γῆς ἐκ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν κινήσεων στοχασμῷ προεσήμηνάν τινες καὶ μυρία ἄλλα τῶν ἀηθεστέρων, ὡς ἀψευδέστατα λελέχθαι ὅτι „γεγόνασιν εἰς σημεῖα“ οἱ ἀστέρες, προσέτι μέντοι καὶ „εἰς καιρούς“ (Gen. 1,14)· καιροὺς δὲ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ὑπείληφεν εἶναι, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· ἔννοια γὰρ καιροῦ τίς ἂν εἴη πλὴν χρόνος κατορθώσεως; αἱ δ’ ὧραι πάντα τελεσφοροῦσαι κατορθοῦσι, σπορὰς καὶ φυτείας καρπῶν καὶ ζῴων γενέσεις τε καὶ αὐξήσεις.
60γεγόνασι δὲ καὶ πρὸς μέτρα χρόνων· ἡλίου γὰρ καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεταγμέναις περιόδοις ἡμέραι καὶ μῆνες καὶ ἐνιαυτοὶ συνέστησαν. εὐθύς τε τὸ χρησιμώτατον, ἡ ἀριθμοῦ φύσις, ἐδείχθη, χρόνου παραφήναντος αὐτήν· ἐκ γὰρ μιᾶς ἡμέρας τὸ ἓν καὶ ἐκ δυοῖν τὰ δύο καὶ ἐκ τριῶν τὰ τρία καὶ ἐκ μηνὸς τὰ τριάκοντα καὶ ἐξ ἐνιαυτοῦ τὸ ἰσάριθμον ταῖς ἐκ δώδεκα μηνῶν ἡμέραις πλῆθος καὶ ἐξ ἀπείρου χρόνου ὁ ἄπειρος ἀριθμός.
61εἰς τοσαύτας καὶ οὕτως ἀναγκαίας διατείνουσιν ὠφελείας αἱ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν φύσεις τε καὶ κινήσεις ἀστέρων· εἰς πόσα δ’ ἄλλα φαίην ἂν ἔγωγε τῶν ἡμῖν μὲν ἀδηλουμένων — οὐ γὰρ πάντα τῷ θνητῷ γένει γνώριμα —, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου συνεργούντων διαμονήν, ἃ θεσμοῖς καὶ νόμοις, οὓς ὥρισεν ὁ θεὸς ἀκινήτους ἐν τῷ παντί, συμβαίνει πάντῃ τε καὶ πάντως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.
62Γῆς δὲ καὶ οὐρανοῦ διακοσμηθέντων τοῖς προσήκουσι κόσμοις, τῆς μὲν τριάδι, τοῦ δ’ ὡς ἐλέχθη τετράδι, τὰ θνητὰ γένη ζῳοπλαστεῖν ἐνεχείρει, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνύδρων ποιούμενος ἡμέρᾳ πέμπτῃ, νομίσας οὐδὲν οὕτως ἕτερον ἑτέρῳ συγγενὲς ὡς ζῴοις πεντάδα. διαφέρει γὰρ ἔμψυχα ἀψύχων οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον ἢ αἰσθήσει· πενταχῆ δὲ τμητὸν αἴσθησις, εἰς ὅρασιν, εἰς ἀκοήν, εἰς γεῦσιν, εἰς ὄσφρησιν, εἰς ἁφήν· ἑκάστῃ μέντοι προσένειμεν ὁ ποιῶν καὶ ἐξαιρέτους ὕλας καὶ κριτήριον ἴδιον, ᾧ δικάσει τὰ ὑποπίπτοντα· χρώματα μὲν [ἡ] ὅρασις, φωνὰς δὲ ἀκοή, χυλοὺς δὲ γεῦσις, καὶ ὄσφρησις ἀτμούς, μαλακότητας δὲ καὶ σκληρότητας καὶ ὅσα θερμὰ ἢ ψυχρὰ λειότητάς τε καὶ τραχύτητας ἁφή.
63παντοῖα οὖν ἰχθύων γένη καὶ κητῶν κελεύει συνίστασθαι κατὰ τόπους διαφέροντα καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ ταῖς ποιότησιν· ἄλλα γὰρ ἐν ἄλλοις πελάγεσιν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ταὐτά· πλὴν οὐ πανταχοῦ πάντα διεπλάττετο, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· χαίρει γὰρ τὰ μέν τινα τεναγώδει καὶ οὐ πάνυ βαθείᾳ θαλάττῃ, τὰ δ’ ὑποδρόμοις καὶ λιμέσι μήτ’ ἐπὶ γῆν ἀνέρπειν μήτε πόρρω γῆς ἐπινήχεσθαι δυνάμενα, τὰ δὲ κατὰ μέσον καὶ βαθὺ πέλαγος διαιτώμενα τὰς προκεχυμένας ἄκρας ἢ νήσους ἢ πέτρας ἐκτρέπεται· καὶ τὰ μὲν εὐδίᾳ καὶ γαλήνῃ σφριγᾷ, τὰ δὲ κλύδωνι καὶ κυματώσει· ταῖς γὰρ συνεχέσι πληγαῖς γυμναζόμενα καὶ βίᾳ τὴν φορὰν ἀνωθοῦντα κραταιότερά τέ ἐστι καὶ πιαίνεται μᾶλλον. εὐθὺς δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν πτηνῶν ἐδημιούργει ὡς ἀδελφὰ τῶν καθ’ ὕδατος — ἑκάτερα γὰρ νηκτά — μηδεμίαν ἰδέαν τῶν ἀεροπόρων ἀτελῆ καταλιπών.
64Ἤδη δ’ ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος τὰ προσήκοντα τῶν ζῴων γένη καθάπερ τινὰ κλῆρον οἰκεῖον ἀπειληφότων, πάλιν ἐκάλει τὴν γῆν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὑπολειφθέντος μέρους γένεσιν — ὑπολέλειπτο δὲ μετὰ τὰ φυτὰ ζῴων τὰ χερσαῖα — καί φησιν· ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ κτήνη καὶ θηρία καὶ ἑρπετὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον γένος (Gen. 1,24). ἡ δὲ τὰ προσταχθέντα αὐτίκα ἀνίησι τῇ τε κατασκευῇ διαφέροντα καὶ ταῖς ῥώμαις καὶ ταῖς ἐνυπαρχούσαις βλαπτικαῖς ἢ ὠφελητικαῖς δυνάμεσιν.
65ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐποίει τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ὃν δὲ τρόπον, μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐρῶ πρότερον ἐκεῖνο δηλώσας, ὅτι παγκάλῳ τῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας εἱρμῷ κέχρηται, καθ’ ἣν ὑφηγήσατο ζῳογονίαν. ψυχῆς γὰρ ἡ μὲν ἀργοτάτη καὶ ἥκιστα τετυπωμένη τῷ γένει τῶν ἰχθύων προσκεκλήρωται, ἡ δ’ ἀκριβεστάτη καὶ κατὰ πάντα ἀρίστη τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἡ δ’ ἀμφοῖν μεθόριος τῷ τῶν χερσαίων καὶ ἀεροπόρων· αὕτη γὰρ αἰσθητικωτέρα μέν ἐστι τῆς ἐν ἰχθύσιν, ἀμυδροτέρα δὲ τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις.
66διὸ τῶν ἐμψύχων πρώτους ἐγέννησεν ἰχθύας πλέον μετέχοντας σωματικῆς ἢ ψυχικῆς οὐσίας, τρόπον τινὰ ζῷα καὶ οὐ ζῷα, κινητὰ ἄψυχα, πρὸς αὐτὸ μόνον τὴν τῶν σωμάτων διαμονὴν παρασπαρέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ ψυχοειδοῦς, καθάπερ φασὶ τοὺς ἅλας τοῖς κρέασιν, ἵνα μὴ ῥᾳδίως φθείροιντο· μετὰ δὲ τοὺς ἰχθύας τὰ πτηνὰ καὶ χερσαῖα· ἤδη γὰρ ταῦτα αἰσθητικώτερα καὶ διὰ τῆς κατασκευῆς ἐμφαίνοντα τρανοτέρας τὰς τῆς ψυχώσεως ἰδιότητας· ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ᾧ νοῦν ἐξαίρετον ἐδωρεῖτο, ψυχῆς τινα ψυχὴν καθάπερ κόρην ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην οἱ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκριβέστερον ἐρευνῶντες ὀφθαλμοῦ λέγουσιν ὀφθαλμὸν εἶναι.
67Τότε μὲν οὖν ἅμα πάντα συνίστατο. συνισταμένων δ’ ὁμοῦ πάντων, ἡ τάξις ἀναγκαίως λόγῳ ὑπεγράφετο διὰ τὴν ἐσομένην αὖθις ἐξ ἀλλήλων γένεσιν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος γινομένοις τάξις ἥδ’ ἐστίν, ἄρχεσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ φαυλοτάτου τὴν φύσιν, λήγειν δ’ εἰς τὸ πάντων ἄριστον· τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστί, δηλωτέον. τὸ σπέρμα τῶν ζῴων γενέσεως ἀρχὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε· τοῦθ’ ὡς ἔστι φαυλότατον ἐοικὸς ἀφρῷ, θεωρεῖται· ἀλλ’ ὅταν εἰς τὴν μήτραν καταβληθὲν στηρίσῃ, κίνησιν εὐθὺς λαβὸν εἰς φύσιν τρέπεται· φύσις δὲ βέλτιον σπέρματος, ἐπεὶ καὶ κίνησις ἠρεμίας ἐν γενητοῖς· ἡ δ’ οἷα τεχνίτης ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν ἀνεπίληπτος τέχνη ζῳοπλαστεῖ τὴν μὲν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν εἰς τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέλη καὶ μέρη διανέμουσα, τὴν δὲ πνευματικὴν εἰς τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις τήν τε θρεπτικὴν καὶ τὴν αἰσθητικήν· τὴν γὰρ τοῦ λογισμοῦ τανῦν ὑπερθετέον διὰ τοὺς φάσκοντας θύραθεν αὐτὸν ἐπεισιέναι θεῖον καὶ ἀίδιον ὄντα.
68οὐκοῦν ἤρξατο μὲν ἀπὸ σπέρματος εὐτελοῦς ἡ φύσις, ἔληξε δ’ εἰς τὸ τιμιώτατον, τὴν ζῴου καὶ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευήν. ταὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως συμβέβηκεν· ἡνίκα γὰρ ζῷα διαπλάττειν ἔδοξε τῷ δημιουργῷ, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τῇ τάξει φαυλότερά πως ἦν, ἰχθύες, τὰ δ’ ὕστατα ἄριστα, ἄνθρωποι, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα μέσα τῶν ἄκρων, ἀμείνω μὲν τῶν προτέρων, χείρω δὲ τῶν ἑτέρων, χερσαῖα καὶ πτηνά.
69μετὰ δὴ τἆλλα πάντα, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη, τὸν ἄνθρωπόν φησι γεγενῆσθαι κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν (Gen. 1,26)· πάνυ καλῶς, ἐμφερέστερον γὰρ οὐδὲν γηγενὲς ἀνθρώπου θεῷ. τὴν δ’ ἐμφέρειαν μηδεὶς εἰκαζέτω σώματος χαρακτῆρι· οὔτε γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος ὁ θεὸς οὔτε θεοειδὲς τὸ ἀνθρώπειον σῶμα. ἡ δὲ εἰκὼν λέλεκται κατὰ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡγεμόνα νοῦν· πρὸς γὰρ ἕνα τὸν τῶν ὅλων ἐκεῖνον ὡς ἂν ἀρχέτυπον ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀπεικονίσθη, τρόπον τινὰ θεὸς ὢν τοῦ φέροντος καὶ ἀγαλματοφοροῦντος αὐτόν· ὃν γὰρ ἔχει λόγον ὁ μέγας ἡγεμὼν ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ κόσμῳ, τοῦτον ὡς ἔοικε καὶ ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ· ἀόρατός τε γάρ ἐστιν αὐτὸς τὰ πάντα ὁρῶν καὶ ἄδηλον ἔχει τὴν οὐσίαν τὰς τῶν ἄλλων καταλαμβάνων· καὶ τέχναις καὶ ἐπιστήμαις πολυσχιδεῖς ἀνατέμνων ὁδοὺς λεωφόρους ἁπάσας διὰ γῆς ἔρχεται καὶ θαλάττης τὰ ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ φύσει διερευνώμενος·
70καὶ πάλιν πτηνὸς ἀρθεὶς καὶ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τὰ τούτου παθήματα κατασκεψάμενος ἀνωτέρω φέρεται πρὸς αἰθέρα καὶ τὰς οὐρανοῦ περιόδους, πλανήτων τε καὶ ἀπλανῶν χορείαις συμπεριποληθεὶς κατὰ τοὺς μουσικῆς τελείας νόμους, ἑπόμενος ἔρωτι σοφίας ποδηγετοῦντι, πᾶσαν τὴν αἰσθητὴν οὐσίαν ὑπερκύψας, ἐνταῦθα ἐφίεται τῆς νοητῆς·
71καὶ ὧν εἶδεν ἐνταῦθα αἰσθητῶν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τὰ παραδείγματα καὶ τὰς ἰδέας θεασάμενος, ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη, μέθῃ νηφαλίῳ κατασχεθεὶς ὥσπερ οἱ κορυβαντιῶντες ἐνθουσιᾷ, ἑτέρου γεμισθεὶς ἱμέρου καὶ πόθου βελτίονος, ὑφ’ οὗ πρὸς τὴν ἄκραν ἁψῖδα παραπεμφθεὶς τῶν νοητῶν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἰέναι δοκεῖ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα· γλιχομένου δ’ ἰδεῖν, ἀθρόου φωτὸς ἄκρατοι καὶ ἀμιγεῖς αὐγαὶ χειμάρρου τρόπον ἐκχέονται, ὡς ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὸ τῆς διανοίας ὄμμα σκοτοδινιᾶν. ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ σύμπασα εἰκὼν ἐμφερὴς ἀρχετύπῳ παραδείγματι, πολλαὶ δ’ εἰσὶν ἀνόμοιοι, προσεπεσημήνατο εἰπὼν τῷ κατ’ εἰκόνα τὸ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν εἰς ἔμφασιν ἀκριβοῦς ἐκμαγείου τρανὸν τύπον ἔχοντος.
72Ἀπορήσειε δ’ ἄν τις οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, τί δήποτε τὴν ἀνθρώπου μόνου γένεσιν οὐχ ἑνὶ δημιουργῷ καθάπερ τἆλλα ἀνέθηκεν, ἀλλ’ ὡσανεὶ πλείοσιν· εἰσάγει γὰρ τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ταυτὶ λέγοντα· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν“. μὴ γὰρ χρεῖός ἐστιν, εἴποιμ’ ἄν, οὑτινοσοῦν, ᾧ πάντα ὑπήκοα; ἢ τὸν μὲν οὐρανὸν ἡνίκα ἐποίει καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλατταν, οὐδενὸς ἐδεήθη τοῦ συνεργήσοντος, ἄνθρωπον δὲ βραχὺ ζῷον οὕτως καὶ ἐπίκηρον οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν δίχα συμπράξεως ἑτέρων αὐτὸς ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ κατασκευάσασθαι; τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀληθεστάτην αἰτίαν θεὸν ἀνάγκη μόνον εἰδέναι, τὴν δ’ εἰκότι στοχασμῷ πιθανὴν καὶ εὔλογον εἶναι δοκοῦσαν οὐκ ἀποκρυπτέον. ἔστι δὲ ἥδε.
73τῶν ὄντων τὰ μὲν οὔτ’ ἀρετῆς οὔτε κακίας μετέχει, ὥσπερ φυτὰ καὶ ζῷα ἄλογα, τὰ μὲν ὅτι ἄψυχά τέ ἐστι καὶ ἀφαντάστῳ φύσει διοικεῖται, τὰ δ’ ὅτι νοῦν καὶ λόγον ἐκτέτμηται· κακίας δὲ καὶ ἀρετῆς ὡς ἂν οἶκος νοῦς καὶ λόγος, ᾧ πεφύκασιν ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι· τὰ δ’ αὖ μόνης κεκοινώνηκεν ἀρετῆς ἀμέτοχα πάσης ὄντα κακίας, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀστέρες· οὗτοι γὰρ ζῷά τε εἶναι λέγονται καὶ ζῷα νοερά, μᾶλλον δὲ νοῦς αὐτὸς ἕκαστος, ὅλος δι’ ὅλων σπουδαῖος καὶ παντὸς ἀνεπίδεκτος κακοῦ· τὰ δὲ τῆς μικτῆς ἐστι φύσεως, ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἐπιδέχεται τἀναντία, φρόνησιν καὶ ἀφροσύνην, σωφροσύνην καὶ ἀκολασίαν, ἀνδρείαν καὶ δειλίαν, δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀδικίαν, καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά, καλὰ καὶ αἰσχρά, ἀρετὴν καὶ κακίαν.
74τῷ δὴ πάντων πατρὶ θεῷ τὰ μὲν σπουδαῖα δι’ αὑτοῦ μόνου ποιεῖν οἰκειότατον ἦν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν συγγενείας, τὰ δὲ ἀδιάφορα οὐκ ἀλλότριον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ταῦτα τῆς ἐχθρᾶς αὐτῷ κακίας ἀμοιρεῖ, τὰ δὲ μικτὰ τῇ μὲν οἰκεῖον τῇ δ’ ἀνοίκειον, οἰκεῖον μὲν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνακεκραμένης βελτίονος ἰδέας, ἀνοίκειον δὲ ἕνεκα τῆς ἐναντίας καὶ χείρονος.
75διὰ τοῦτ’ ἐπὶ μόνης τῆς ἀνθρώπου γενέσεώς φησιν ὅτι εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς „ποιήσωμεν“, ὅπερ ἐμφαίνει συμπαράληψιν ἑτέρων ὡς ἂν συνεργῶν, ἵνα ταῖς μὲν ἀνεπιλήπτοις βουλαῖς τε καὶ πράξεσιν ἀνθρώπου κατορθοῦντος ἐπιγράφηται θεὸς ὁ πάντων ἡγεμών, ταῖς δ’ ἐναντίαις ἕτεροι τῶν ὑπηκόων· ἔδει γὰρ ἀναίτιον εἶναι κακοῦ τὸν πατέρα τοῖς ἐκγόνοις· κακὸν δ’ ἡ κακία καὶ αἱ κατὰ κακίαν ἐνέργειαι.
Sections 51–75
51And in addition to this there is this point also of which we should not be ignorant, the number four is the first number which is a square, being equal on all sides, the measure of justice and equality. And that it is the only number the nature of which is such that it is produced by the same numbers whether in combination, or in power. In combination when two and two are added together; and again in power when we speak of twice two; and in this it displays an exceedingly beautiful kind of harmony, which is not the lot of any other number. If we examine the number six which is composed of two threes, if these two numbers are multiplied it is not the number six that is produced, but a different one, the number nine.
52And the number four has many other powers also, which we must subsequently show more accurately in a separate essay appropriated to it. At present it is sufficient to add this that it was the foundation of the creation of the whole heaven and the whole world. For the four elements, out of which this universe was made, flowed from the number four as from a fountain. And in addition to the four elements the seasons of the year are also four, which are the causes of the generation of animals and plants, the year being divided into the quadruple division of winter, and spring, and summer, and autumn.
53The aforesaid number therefore being accounted worthy of such pre-eminence in nature, the Creator of necessity adorned the heaven by the number four, namely by that most beautiful and most godlike ornament the light-giving stars. And knowing that of all existing things light is the most excellent, he made it the instrument of the best of all the senses, sight. For what the mind is in the soul, that the eye is in the body. For each of them sees, the one beholding those existing things which are perceptible only to the intellect, and the other those which are perceptible to the external senses. But the mind is in need of knowledge in order to distinguish incorporeal things, and the eyes have need of light in order to be able to perceive bodies, and light is also the cause of many other good things to men, and particularly of the greatest, namely philosophy.
54For the sight being sent upwards by light and beholding the nature of the stars and their harmonious movement, and the well-ordered revolutions of the fixed stars, and of the planets, some always revolving in the same manner and coming to the same places, and others having double periods in an anomalous and somewhat contrary manner, beholding also, the harmonious dances of all these bodies arranged according to the laws of perfect music, causes an ineffable joy and delight to the soul. And the soul, feasting on a continuous series of spectacles, for one succeeds another, has an insatiable love for beholding such. Then, as is usually the case, it examines with increased curiosity what is the substance of these things which are visible; and whether they have an existence without having been created, or whether they received their origin by creation, and what is the character of their movement, and what the causes are by which everything is regulated. And it is from inquiries into these things that philosophy has arisen, than which no more perfect good has entered into human life.
55But the Creator having a regard to that idea of light perceptible only by the intellect, which has been spoken of in the mention made of the incorporeal world, created those stars which are perceptible by the external senses, those divine and superlatively beautiful images, which on many accounts he placed in the purest temple of corporeal substance, namely in heaven. One of the reasons for his so doing was that they might give light; another was that they might be signs; another had reference to their dividing the times of the seasons of the year, and above all dividing days and nights, months and years, which are the measures of time; and which have given rise to the nature of number.
56And how great is the use and how great the advantage derivable from each of the aforesaid things, is plain from their effect. But with a view to a more accurate comprehension of them, it may perhaps not be out of place to trace out the truth in a regular discussion. Now the whole of time being divided into two portions day and night, the sovereignty of the day the Father has assigned to the Sun, as a mighty monarch: and that of the night he has given to the moon and to the multitude of the other stars.
57And the greatness of the power and sovereignty of the sun has its most conspicuous proof in what has been already said: for he, being one and single has been allotted for his own share and by himself one half portion of all time, namely day; and all the other lights in conjunction with the moon have the other portion, which is called night. And when the sun rises all the appearances of such numbers of stars are not only obscured but absolutely disappear from the effusion of his beams; and when he sets then they all assembled together, begin to display their own peculiar brilliancy and their separate qualities.
58And they have been created, as Moses tells us, not only that they might send light upon the earth, but also that they might display signs of future events. For either by their risings, or their settings, or their eclipses, or again by their appearances and occultations, or by the other variations observable in their motions, men oftentimes conjecture what is about to happen, the productiveness or unproductiveness of the crops, the birth or loss of their cattle, fine weather or cloudy weather, calm and violent storms of wind, floods in the rivers or droughts, a tranquil state of the sea and heavy waves, unusual changes in the seasons of the year when either the summer is cold like winter, or the winter warm, or when the spring assumes the temperature of autumn or the autumn that of spring.
59And before now some men have conjecturally predicted disturbances and commotions of the earth from the revolutions of the heavenly bodies, and innumerable other events which have turned out most exactly true: so that it is a most veracious saying that the stars were created to act as signs, and moreover to mark the seasons. And by the word seasons the divisions of the year are here intended. And why may not this be reasonably affirmed? For what other idea of opportunity can there be except that it is the time for success? And the seasons bring everything to perfection and set everything right; giving perfection to the sowing and planting of fruits, and to the birth and growth of animals.
60They were also created to serve as measures of time; for it is by the appointed periodical revolutions of the sun and moon and other stars, that days and months and years are determined. And moreover it is owing to them that the most useful of all things, the nature of number exists, time having displayed it; for from one day comes the limit, and from two the number two, and from three, three, and from the notion of a month is derived the number thirty, and from a year that number which is equal to the days of the twelve months, and from infinite time comes the notion of infinite number.
61To such great and indispensable advantages do the natures of the heavenly bodies and the motions of the stars tend. And to how many other things might I also affirm that they contribute which are as yet unknown to us? for all things are not known to the will of man; but of the things which contribute towards the durability of the universe, those which are established by laws and ordinances which God has appointed to be unalterable for ever, are accomplished in every instance and in every country.
62Then when earth and heaven had been adorned with their befitting ornaments, one with a triad, and the other, as has been already said, with a quaternion, God proceeded to create the races of mortal creatures, making the beginning with the aquatic animals on the fifth day, thinking that there was no one thing so akin to another as the number five was to animals; for animate things differ from inanimate in nothing more than in sensation, and sensation is divided according to a five-fold division, into sight, hearing, taste, smell, and touch. Accordingly, the Creator allotted to each of the senses its appropriate matter, and also its peculiar faculty of judgment, by which it should decide on what came before it. So sight judges of colours, and hearing of sounds, and taste of juices, and smell of vapours, and touch of softness and hardness, and of heat and cold, and of smoothness and roughness:
63therefore He commanded all the races of fish and sea-monsters to stand together in their places, animals differing both in their sizes and in their qualities; for they vary in different seas, though in some cases they are the same, and every animal was not formed to live every where. And was not this reasonable? For some of them delight in marshy places, and in water which is very deep; and some in sewers and harbours, being neither able to crawl up upon the land, nor to swim off far from the land. Some, again, dwell in the middle and in the deep sea, and avoid all the projecting promontories and islands and rocks: some also exult in fine weather and in calms, and some in storms and heavy surf. For being exercised by continual buffetings, and being in the habit of withstanding the current by force, they are very vigorous and become stout. After that he created the races of birds as akin to the races of aquatic animals (for they are each of them swimmers), leaving no species of creatures which traverse the air unfinished.
64So now when the air and the water had received their appropriate races of animals as an allotment that was their due, God again summoned the earth for the creation of that share which still remained: and after the production of plants, the terrestrial animals still remained. And God said, Let the earth bring forth cattle and beasts, and creeping things of each kind. And the earth did as it was commanded, and immediately sent forth animals differing in their formation and in their strength, and in the injurious or beneficial powers that were implanted in them.
65And after all He made man. But how he made him I will mention presently, after I have first explained that he adopted the most beautiful connection and train of consequences according to the system of the creation of animals which he had sketched out to himself; for of souls the most sluggish and the most weakly formed has been allotted to the race of fishes; and the most exquisitely endowed soul, that which is in all respects most excellent, has been given to the race of mankind, and one something between the two to the races of terrestrial animals and those which traverse the air; for the soul of such creatures is endowed with more acute sensations than the soul of fishes, but is more dull than that of mankind.
66And it was on this account that of all living creatures God created fishes first, inasmuch as they partake of corporeal substance in a greater degree than they partake of soul, being in a manner animals and not animals, moving soulless things, having a sort of semblance of soul diffused through them for no object beyond that of keeping their bodies alive (just as they say that salt preserves meat), in order that they may not easily be destroyed. And after the fishes, he created winged and terrestrial animals: for these are endowed with a higher degree of sensation, and from their formation show that the properties of their animating principle are of a higher order. But after all the rest, then, as has been said before, he created man, to whom he gave that admirable endowment of mind—the soul, if I may so call it, of the soul, as being like the pupil to the eye; for those who most accurately investigate the natures of things affirm, that it is the pupil which is the eye of the eye.
67So at last all things were created and existing together. But when they all were collected in one place, then some sort of order was necessarily laid down for them for the sake of the production of them from one another which was hereafter to take place. Now in things which exist in part, the principle of order is this, to begin with that which is most inferior in its nature, and to end with that which is the most excellent of all; and what that is we will explain. It has been arranged that seed should be the principle of the generation of animals. It is plainly seen that this is a thing of no importance, being like foam; but when it has descended into the womb and remained there, then immediately it receives motion and is changed into nature; and nature is more excellent than seed, as also motion is better than quiet in created things; and nature, like a workman, or, to speak more correctly, like a faultless art, endows the moist substance with life, and fashions it, distributing it among the limbs and parts of the body, allotting that portion which can produce breath, and nourishment, and sensation to the powers of the soul: for as to the reasoning powers, we may pass over them for the present, on account of those who say, that the mind enters into the body from without, being something divine and eternal.
68Nature therefore began from an insignificant seed, and ended in the most honourable of things, namely, in the formation of animals and men. And the very same thing took place in the creation of every thing: for when the Creator determined to make animals the first created in his arrangement were in some degree inferior, such as the fishes, and the last were the best, namely, man. And the others the terrestrial and winged creatures were between these extremes, being better than the first created, and inferior to the last.
69So then after all the other things, as has been said before, Moses says that man was made in the image and likeness of God. And he says well; for nothing that is born on the earth is more resembling God than man. And let no one think that he is able to judge of this likeness from the characters of the body: for neither is God a being with the form of a man, nor is the human body like the form of God; but the resemblance is spoken of with reference to the most important part of the soul, namely, the mind: for the mind which exists in each individual has been created after the likeness of that one mind which is in the universe as its primitive model, being in some sort the God of that body which carries it about and bears its image within it. In the same rank that the great Governor occupies in the universal world, that same as it seems does the mind of man occupy in man; for it is invisible, though it sees everything itself; and it has an essence which is undiscernible, though it can discern the essences of all other things, and making for itself by art and science all sorts of roads leading in divers directions, and all plain; it traverses land and sea, investigating everything which is contained in either element.
70And again, being raised up on wings, and so surveying and contemplating the air, and all the commotions to which it is subject, it is borne upwards to the higher firmament, and to the revolutions of the heavenly bodies. And also being itself involved in the revolutions of the planets and fixed stars according to the perfect laws of music, and being led on by love, which is the guide of wisdom, it proceeds onwards till, having surmounted all essence intelligible by the external senses, it comes to aspire to such as is perceptible only by the intellect:
71and perceiving in that, the original models and ideas of those things intelligible by the external senses which it saw here full of surpassing beauty, it becomes seized with a sort of sober intoxication like the zealots engaged in the Corybantian festivals, and yields to enthusiasm, becoming filled with another desire, and a more excellent longing, by which it is conducted onwards to the very summit of such things as are perceptible only to the intellect, till it appears to be reaching the great King himself. And while it is eagerly longing to behold him pure and unmingled, rays of divine light are poured forth upon it like a torrent, so as to bewilder the eyes of its intelligence by their splendour. But as it is not every image that resembles its archetypal model, since many are unlike, Moses has shown this by adding to the words after his image, the expression, in his likeness, to prove that it means an accurate impression, having a clear and evident resemblance in form.
72And he would not err who should raise the question why Moses attributed the creation of man alone not to one creator, as he did that of other animals, but to several. For he introduces the Father of the universe using this language: Let us make man after our image, and in our likeness. Had he then, shall I say, need of any one whatever to help him, He to whom all things are subject? Or, when he was making the heaven and the earth and the sea, was he in need of no one to co-operate with him; and yet was he unable himself by his own power to make man an animal so short-lived and so exposed to the assaults of fate without the assistance of others? It is plain that the real cause of his so acting is known to God alone, but one which to a reasonable conjecture appears probable and credible, I think I should not conceal; and it is this.
73Of existing things, there are some which partake neither of virtue nor of vice; as for instance, plants and irrational animals; the one, because they are destitute of soul, and are regulated by a nature void of sense; and the other, because they are not endowed with mind or reason. But mind and reason may be looked upon as the abode of virtue and vice; as it is in them that they seem to dwell. Some things again partake of virtue alone, being without any participation in any kind of vice; as for instance, the stars, for they are said to be animals, and animals endowed with intelligence; or I might rather say, the mind of each of them is wholly and entirely virtuous, and unsusceptible of every kind of evil. Some things again are of a mixed nature, like man, who is capable of opposite qualities, of wisdom and folly, of temperance and dissoluteness, of courage and cowardice, of justice and injustice, in short of good and evil, of what is honourable and what is disgraceful, of virtue and vice.
74Now it was a very appropriate task for God the Father of all to create by himself alone, those things which were wholly good, on account of their kindred with himself. And it was not inconsistent with his dignity to create those which were indifferent since they too are devoid of evil, which is hateful to him. To create the beings of a mixed nature, was partly consistent and partly inconsistent with his dignity; consistent by reason of the more excellent idea which is mingled in them; inconsistent because of the opposite and worse one.
75It is on this account that Moses says, at the creation of man alone that God said, Let us make man, which expression shows an assumption of other beings to himself as assistants, in order that God, the governor of all things, might have all the blameless intentions and actions of man, when he does right attributed to him; and that his other assistants might bear the imputation of his contrary actions. For it was fitting that the Father should in the eyes of his children be free from all imputation of evil; and vice and energy in accordance with vice are evil.
Sections 76–100
76πάνυ δὲ καλῶς τὸ γένος ἄνθρωπον εἰπὼν διέκρινε τὰ εἴδη φήσας ἄρρεν τε καὶ θῆλυ δεδημιουργῆσθαι, μήπω τῶν ἐν μέρει μορφὴν λαβόντων, ἐπειδὴ τὰ προσεχέστατα τῶν εἰδῶν ἐνυπάρχει τῷ γένει καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν κατόπτρῳ διαφαίνεται τοῖς ὀξὺ καθορᾶν δυναμένοις.
77Ἐπιζητήσειε δ’ ἄν τις τὴν αἰτίαν, δι’ ἣν ὕστατόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως· ἐφ’ ἅπασι γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις αὐτὸν ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ πατήρ, ὥσπερ αἱ ἱεραὶ γραφαὶ μηνύουσιν, εἰργάσατο. λέγουσιν οὖν οἱ τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ πλέον ἐμβαθύναντες καὶ τὰ κατ’ αὐτοὺς ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα μετὰ πάσης ἐξετάσεως ἀκριβοῦντες, ὅτι τῆς αὑτοῦ συγγενείας μεταδοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἀνθρώπῳ τῆς λογικῆς, ἥτις ἀρίστη δωρεῶν ἦν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἐφθόνησεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἰκειοτάτῳ καὶ φιλτάτῳ ζῴῳ τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πάντα προητοιμάσατο βουληθεὶς γενόμενον αὐτὸν μηδενὸς ἀπορῆσαι τῶν πρός τε τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ εὖ ζῆν· ὧν τὸ μὲν παρασκευάζουσιν αἱ χορηγίαι καὶ ἀφθονίαι τῶν πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, τὸ δὲ ἡ θεωρία τῶν κατ’ οὐρανόν, ἀφ’ ἧς πληχθεὶς ὁ νοῦς ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἔσχε τῆς τούτων ἐπιστήμης· ὅθεν τὸ φιλοσοφίας ἀνεβλάστησε γένος, ὑφ’ οὗ καίτοι θνητὸς ὢν ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθανατίζεται.
78καθάπερ οὖν οἱ ἑστιάτορες οὐ πρότερον ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλοῦσιν ἢ τὰ πρὸς εὐωχίαν πάντα εὐτρεπίσαι καὶ οἱ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ σκηνικοὺς τιθέντες, πρὶν συναγαγεῖν τοὺς θεατὰς εἴς τε τὰ θέατρα καὶ τὰ στάδια, εὐτρεπίζουσιν ἀγωνιστῶν καὶ θεαμάτων καὶ ἀκουσμάτων πλῆθος, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμὼν οἷά τις ἀθλοθέτης καὶ ἑστιάτωρ ἄνθρωπον καλεῖν μέλλων ἐπί τε εὐωχίαν καὶ θεωρίαν τὰ εἰς ἑκάτερον εἶδος προευτρεπίσατο, ἵν’ εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσελθὼν εὐθὺς εὕρῃ καὶ συμπόσιον καὶ θέατρον ἱερώτατον, τὸ μὲν ἁπάντων πλῆρες ὅσα γῆ καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ θάλαττα καὶ ἀὴρ φέρουσιν εἰς χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν, τὸ δὲ παντοίων θεαμάτων, ἃ καταπληκτικωτάτας μὲν ἔχει τὰς οὐσίας, καταπληκτικωτάτας δὲ τὰς ποιότητας, θαυμασιωτάτας δὲ τὰς κινήσεις καὶ χορείας ἐν τάξεσιν ἡρμοσμέναις καὶ ἀριθμῶν ἀναλογίαις καὶ περιόδων συμφωνίαις· ἐν αἷς ἁπάσαις τὴν ἀρχέτυπον καὶ ἀληθῆ καὶ παραδειγματικὴν μουσικὴν οὐκ ἂν ἁμαρτάνοι τις εἶναι λέγων, ἀφ’ ἧς οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα ἄνθρωποι γραψάμενοι ἐν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς τὰς εἰκόνας ἀναγκαιοτάτην καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτην τέχνην τῷ βίῳ παρέδοσαν.
79ἥδε μὲν αἰτία πρώτη, δι’ ἣν ἄνθρωπος ἐφ’ ἅπασι γεγενῆσθαι δοκεῖ· δευτέραν δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ λεκτέον. ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τὰς εἰς τὸ ζῆν παρασκευὰς ἁπάσας εὗρεν ἄνθρωπος, εἰς διδασκαλίαν τῶν ἔπειτα, μόνον οὐκ ἄντικρυς βοώσης τῆς φύσεως, ὅτι μιμούμενοι τὸν ἀρχηγέτην τοῦ γένους ἀπόνως καὶ ἀταλαιπώρως ἐν ἀφθονωτάτῃ τῶν ἀναγκαίων εὐπορίᾳ διάξουσιν. τουτὶ δὲ συμβήσεται, ἐὰν μήτε αἱ ἄλογοι ἡδοναὶ ψυχῆς δυναστεύσωσι γαστριμαργίαν καὶ λαγνείαν ἐπιτειχίσασαι μήτε αἱ δόξης ἢ χρημάτων ἢ ἀρχῆς ἐπιθυμίαι τὸ τοῦ βίου κράτος ἀνάψωνται μήτε στείλωσι καὶ κάμψωσι διάνοιαν αἱ λῦπαι μήθ’ ὁ κακὸς σύμβουλος φόβος τὰς ἐπὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα τῶν ἔργων ὁρμὰς ἀναχαιτίσῃ μήτ’ ἀφροσύνη καὶ δειλία καὶ ἀδικία καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν ἀμήχανον πλῆθος ἐπιθῆται.
80νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ πάντων ὅσα λέλεκται παρευημερησάντων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνέδην ἐκκεχυμένων εἴς τε τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς ἀκράτορας καὶ ὑπαιτίους ἃς οὐδ’ εἰπεῖν θέμις ὀρέξεις, ἀπαντᾶται δίκη προσήκουσα τιμωρὸς ἀσεβῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων· ἔστι δ’ ἡ δίκη τὸ τῶν ἀναγκαίων δυσπόριστον· μόλις γὰρ ἀνατέμνοντες τὴν πεδιάδα καὶ πηγῶν ῥεῖθρα καὶ ποταμῶν ἐποχετεύοντες σπείροντές τε καὶ φυτεύοντες καὶ τὸν γεωπόνων κάματον μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἀτρύτως ἐκδεχόμενοι δι’ ἔτους συγκομίζουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ ταῦτ’ ἔστιν ὅτε λυπρὰ καὶ οὐ πάνυ διαρκῆ διὰ πολλὰς βλαβέντα αἰτίας· ἢ γὰρ ὄμβρων ἐπαλλήλων φοραὶ κατέσυραν ἢ χαλάζης βάρος ἐπενεχθείσης ἀθρόως κατέκλασεν ἢ χιὼν περιέψυξεν ἢ βία πνευμάτων ῥίζαις αὐταῖς ἀνέτρεψε·
81πολλὰ γὰρ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ εἰς ἀγονίαν καρπῶν νεωτερίζουσιν. εἰ δὲ σωφροσύνῃ μὲν ἐξευμαρισθεῖεν αἱ ἄμετροι τῶν παθῶν ὁρμαί, δικαιοσύνῃ δὲ αἱ περὶ τἀδικεῖν σπουδαί τε καὶ φιλοτιμίαι καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ ταῖς κατ’ ἀρετὰς ἐνεργείαις αἱ κακίαι καὶ αἱ κατ’ αὐτὰς ἀνήνυτοι πράξεις, ἀνῃρημένου μὲν τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ κατὰ ψυχήν, ὃς ἀψευδῶς ἐστι πολέμων ἀργαλεώτατος καὶ βαρύτατος, εἰρήνης δ’ ἐπισχούσης καὶ ταῖς ἐν ἡμῖν δυνάμεσιν εὐνομίαν παρασκευαζούσης ἡσυχῇ τε καὶ πρᾴως, ἐλπὶς ἂν ἦν τὸν θεὸν ἅτε φιλάρετον καὶ φιλόκαλον καὶ προσέτι φιλάνθρωπον τἀγαθὰ αὐτόματα παρασχεῖν ἐξ ἑτοίμου τῷ γένει· δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εὐμαρέστερον τοῦ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν τὸ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων φορὰν ἄνευ τέχνης γεωργικῆς ἐπιδαψιλεύσασθαι.
82δευτέρα μὲν αἰτία ἥδε λελέχθω, τρίτη δ’ ἐστὶ τοιάδε. ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος τῶν γεγονότων ὁ θεὸς ἁρμόσασθαι διανοηθεὶς ὡς ἀναγκαῖα καὶ φίλτατα ἀρχὴν μὲν οὐρανὸν ἐποίει, τέλος δὲ ἄνθρωπον, τὸν μὲν τῶν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀφθάρτων τελειότατον, τὸν δὲ τῶν γηγενῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν ἄριστον, βραχύν, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, οὐρανὸν πολλὰς ἐν αὑτῷ φύσεις ἀστεροειδεῖς ἀγαλματοφοροῦντα τέχναις καὶ ἐπιστήμαις καὶ τοῖς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἀρετὴν ἀοιδίμοις θεωρήμασιν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐναντία φύσει τό τε φθαρτὸν καὶ τὸ ἄφθαρτον, εἴδους ἑκατέρου τὸ κάλλιστον ἀρχῇ καὶ τέλει προσένειμεν, ἀρχῇ μὲν οὐρανόν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, τέλει δὲ ἄνθρωπον.
83ἐπὶ πᾶσι μέντοι κἀκεῖνο λέγεται πρὸς ἀπόδοσιν αἰτίας ἀναγκαίας. ἔδει πάντων γεγονότων ὕστατον φῦναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα τελευταῖος ἐξαπιναίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις ἐπιφανεὶς ἐμποιήσῃ κατάπληξιν· ἔμελλε γὰρ ἰδόντα πρῶτον τεθηπέναι καὶ προσκυνεῖν ὡς ἂν ἡγεμόνα φύσει καὶ δεσπότην· διὸ καὶ θεασάμενα πάντα διὰ πάντων ἡμερώθη καὶ ὅσα τὰς φύσεις ἀγριώτατα κατὰ τὴν πρώτην εὐθὺς πρόσοψιν ἐγίνετο χειροηθέστατα, τὰς μὲν ἀτιθάσους λύττας ἐπιδεικνύμενα κατ’ ἀλλήλων, εἰς δὲ μόνον τὸν ἄνθρωπον τιθασευόμενα.
84παρ’ ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ γεννήσας αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγεμονικὸν φύσει ζῷον οὐκ ἔργῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διὰ λόγου χειροτονίᾳ καθίστη τῶν ὑπὸ σελήνην ἁπάντων βασιλέα χερσαίων καὶ ἐνύδρων καὶ ἀεροπόρων· ὅσα γὰρ θνητὰ ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ στοιχείοις γῇ ὕδατι ἀέρι πάντα ὑπέταττεν αὐτῷ, τὰ κατ’ οὐρανὸν ὑπεξελόμενος ἅτε θειοτέρας μοίρας ἐπιλαχόντα. πίστις δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐναργεστάτη τὰ φαινόμενα· θρεμμάτων ἔστιν ὅτε πλήθη μυρία πρὸς ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς ἄγεται τοῦ τυχόντος οὔθ’ ὁπλοφοροῦντος οὔτε σίδηρον οὔτε τι τῶν ἀμυντηρίων ἐπιφερομένου, διφθέραν δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ἔχοντος σκεπαστήριον καὶ βακτηρίαν ἕνεκα τοῦ διασημῆναί τε καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις εἰ κάμοι στηρίσασθαι·
85τὰς γοῦν πολυζῴους ἀγέλας προβάτων αἰγῶν βοῶν ἄγει ποιμὴν αἰπόλος βουκόλος, ἄνθρωποι μηδὲ τοῖς σώμασιν ἐρρωμένοι καὶ σφριγῶντες, ὡς ἕνεκα γοῦν εὐεξίας ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς ἰδοῦσι κατάπληξιν· καὶ αἱ τοσαῦται τῶν τοσούτων ἀλκαί τε καὶ δυνάμεις εὐοπλούντων—ἔχουσι γὰρ τὰς ἐκ φύσεως παρασκευὰς αἷς ἀμύνονται—καθάπερ δοῦλοι δεσπότην κατεπτήχασι καὶ τὰ προσταττόμενα δρῶσι· ταῦροι μὲν καταζεύγνυνται πρὸς ἄροτον γῆς καὶ βαθείας αὔλακας ἀνατέμνοντες δι’ ἡμέρας, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ νυκτός, μακρὸν δόλιχον ἀποτείνουσι γεωπόνου τινὸς ἐφεστῶτος· κριοὶ δὲ βρίθοντες βαθέσι μαλλοῖς ὑπόποκοι κατὰ τὴν ἔαρος ὥραν ὑπὸ ποιμένος κελευσθέντες ἵστανται μετ’ ἠρεμίας ἢ καὶ ἡσυχῇ κατακλινέντες ἐμπαρέχουσιν ἀποκείρασθαι τὸ ἔριον ἐθιζόμενοι καθάπερ αἱ πόλεις τὸν ἐτήσιον ἀποδιδόναι δασμὸν τῷ φύσει βασιλεῖ·
86καὶ μὴν τό γε θυμικώτατον ζῷον ἵππος ῥᾳδίως [ἄγεται] χαλιναγωγηθείς, ἵνα μὴ σκιρτῶν ἀφηνιάζῃ, καὶ τὰ νῶτα κοιλάνας εὖ μάλα πρὸς τὸ εὔεδρον δέχεται τὸν ἔποχον καὶ μετέωρον ἀναβαστάσας ὀξύτατα θεῖ σπουδάζων, εἰς οὓς ἂν ἐπείγηται γίνεσθαι τόπους ἐκεῖνος, ἀφικνεῖσθαι καὶ διακομίζειν· ὁ δ’ ἐφιδρυμένος ἄνευ καμάτων κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἑτέρου σώματι καὶ
87ποσὶν ἀνύτει τὸν δρόμον. πολλὰ δ’ ἂν ἔχοι τις λέγειν ἕτερα βουλόμενος ἀπομηκύνειν εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπελευθεριάζειν ὑπεξῃρημένον τῆς ἀνθρώπου ἡγεμονίας· δείγματος δ’ ἕνεκα καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα ἀρκεῖ. χρὴ μέντοι μηδ’ ἐκεῖνο ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι οὐ παρ’ ὅσον ὕστατον γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὴν τάξιν ἠλάττωται.
88μάρτυρες δ’ ἡνίοχοι καὶ κυβερνῆται· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑστερίζοντες τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ κατόπιν αὐτῶν ἐξεταζόμενοι ᾗ ἂν ἐθέλωσιν αὐτὰ ἄγουσι τῶν ἡνιῶν ἐνειλημμένοι καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐφιέντες πρὸς ὀξὺν δρόμον τοτὲ δ’ ἀναχαιτίζοντες, εἰ φορᾷ τοῦ δέοντος πλείονι θέοι· οἱ δ’ αὖ κυβερνῆται πρὸς τὸ τῆς νεὼς ἔσχατον χωρίον πρύμναν παρελθόντες πάντων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν εἰσιν ἄριστοι τῶν ἐμπλεόντων, ἅτε τῆς νεὼς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐν χερσὶ ταῖς αὑτῶν ἔχοντες. ἡνίοχον δή τινα καὶ κυβερνήτην ἐφ’ ἅπασιν ὁ ποιητὴς ἐδημιούργει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα ἡνιοχῇ καὶ κυβερνᾷ τὰ περίγεια ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν λαβὼν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν οἷά τις ὕπαρχος τοῦ πρώτου καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως.
89Ἐπεὶ δ’ ὁ σύμπας κόσμος ἐτελειώθη κατὰ τὴν ἑξάδος ἀριθμοῦ τελείου φύσιν, τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἑβδόμην ἐσέμνυνεν ὁ πατὴρ ἐπαινέσας καὶ ἁγίαν προσειπών· ἑορτὴ γὰρ οὐ μιᾶς πόλεως ἢ χώρας ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ τοῦ παντός, ἣν κυρίως ἄξιον καὶ μόνην πάνδημον ὀνομάζειν καὶ τοῦ κόσμου γενέθλιον.
90τὴν δ’ ἑβδομάδος φύσιν οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴ τις ἱκανῶς ἂν ὑμνῆσαι δύναιτο παντὸς οὖσαν λόγου κρείττονα· οὐ μὴν ὅτι θαυμασιωτέρα τῶν περὶ αὐτῆς λεγομένων ἐστί, διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡσυχαστέον, ἀλλ’ ἐπιτολμητέον, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα μηδὲ τὰ κυριώτατα οἷόν τε, τὰ γοῦν ταῖς ἡμετέραις διανοίαις ἐφικτὰ δηλῶσαι.
91διχῶς ἑβδομὰς λέγεται, ἡ μὲν ἐντὸς δεκάδος, ἥτις ἑπτάκις μονάδι μόνῃ μετρεῖται συνεστῶσα ἐκ μονάδων ἑπτά, ἡ δ’ ἐκτὸς δεκάδος, ἀριθμὸς οὗ πάντως ἀρχὴ μονὰς κατὰ τοὺς διπλασίους ἢ τριπλασίους ἢ συνόλως ἀναλογοῦντας ἀριθμούς, ὡς ἔχει ὁ ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα καὶ ὁ ἑπτακόσια εἰκοσιεννέα, ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὸν ἀπὸ μονάδος διπλάσιον παραυξηθείς, ὁ δ’ αὖ κατὰ τὸν τριπλάσιον.
92ἑκάτερον δὲ εἶδος οὐ παρέργως ἐπισκεπτέον. τὸ μὲν δὴ δεύτερον ἐμφανεστάτην ἔχει προνομίαν· αἰεὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπὸ μονάδος συντιθέμενος ἐν διπλασίοις ἢ τριπλασίοις ἢ συνόλως ἀναλογοῦσιν ἕβδομος ἀριθμὸς κύβος τε καὶ τετράγωνός ἐστιν, ἀμφότερα τὰ εἴδη περιέχων τῆς τε ἀσωμάτου καὶ σωματικῆς οὐσίας, τῆς μὲν ἀσωμάτου κατὰ τὴν ἐπίπεδον ἣν ἀποτελοῦσι τετράγωνοι, τῆς δὲ σωματικῆς κατὰ τὴν στερεὰν ἣν ἀποτελοῦσι κύβοι. σαφεστάτη δ’ οἱ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοὶ πίστις·
93αὐτίκα ὁ ἀπὸ μονάδος ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ παραυξηθεὶς ἕβδομος, ὁ τέσσαρα καὶ ἑξήκοντα, τετράγωνος μέν ἐστιν ὀκτάκις ὀκτὼ πολυπλασιασθέντων, κύβος δὲ τεσσάρων ἐπὶ τέσσαρα τετράκις· καὶ πάλιν ὁ ἐν τριπλασίονι λόγῳ παραυξηθεὶς ἀπὸ μονάδος ἕβδομος, ὁ ἑπτακόσια εἰκοσιεννέα, τετράγωνος μὲν πολυπλασιασθέντος ἐφ’ αὑτὸν τοῦ ἑπτὰ καὶ εἴκοσι, κύβος δὲ τοῦ ἐννέα ἐφ’ αὑτὸν ἐννάκις.
94καὶ ἀεὶ τὸν ἕβδομον ποιούμενός τις ἀντὶ μονάδος ἀρχὴν καὶ παραύξων κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναλογίαν ἄχρις ἑβδομάδος εὑρήσει πάντως τὸν παραυξηθέντα κύβον τε καὶ τετράγωνον· ἀπὸ γοῦν τοῦ ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα ὁ συντεθεὶς ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ γεννήσει ἕβδομον τὸν τετρακισχίλια καὶ ἐνενηκονταέξ, τετράγωνον ὁμοῦ καὶ κύβον, τετράγωνον μὲν αὐτὸν πλευρὰν ἔχοντα τὸν ἑξηκοντατέσσαρα, κύβον δὲ τὸν ἑκκαίδεκα.
95μεταβατέον δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ θάτερον ἑβδομάδος εἶδος τὸ περιεχόμενον ἐν δεκάδι, θαυμαστὴν ἐπιδεικνύμενον καὶ οὐκ ἐλάττονα τοῦ προτέρου φύσιν. αὐτίκα συνέστηκε τὰ ἑπτὰ ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ δυοῖν καὶ τεττάρων ἐχόντων δύο λόγους ἁρμονικωτάτους, τόν τε διπλάσιον καὶ τετραπλάσιον, τὸν μὲν τὴν διὰ πασῶν συμφωνίαν, τὸν δὲ τετραπλάσιον τὴν δὶς διὰ πασῶν ἀποτελοῦντα. περιέχει δὲ καὶ διαιρέσεις ἄλλας ζυγάδην τρόπον τινὰ συνεστώσας ἑβδομάς· διαιρεῖται γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν εἰς μονάδα καὶ ἑξάδα, ἔπειτα εἰς δυάδα καὶ πεντάδα, καὶ τελευταῖον εἰς τριάδα καὶ τετράδα.
96μουσικωτάτη δὲ καὶ ἡ τούτων ἀναλογία τῶν ἀριθμῶν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἓξ πρὸς ἓν ἔχει λόγον ἑξαπλάσιον, ὁ δ’ ἑξαπλάσιος λόγος τὸ μέγιστον ἐν τοῖς οὖσι ποιεῖ διάστημα, ᾧ διέστηκε τὸ ὀξύτατον ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρυτάτου, καθάπερ ἀποδείξομεν, ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀριθμῶν μετέλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐν ἁρμονίαις λόγον· τὰ δὲ πέντε πρὸς δύο πλείστην ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ δύναμιν ἐπιδείκνυται σχεδὸν ἐνάμιλλον τῇ διὰ πασῶν, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ κανονικῇ θεωρίᾳ σαφέστατα παρίσταται· τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα πρὸς τρία τὴν πρώτην ἁρμονίαν ἀποτελεῖ τὴν ἐπίτριτον, ἥτις ἐστὶ διὰ τεσσάρων.
97ἐπιδείκνυται δὲ καὶ ἕτερον κάλλος αὑτῆς ἑβδομὰς ἱερώτατον νοηθῆναι. συνεστῶσα γὰρ ἐκ τριάδος καὶ τετράδος τὸ ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀκλινὲς καὶ ὀρθὸν φύσει παρέχεται· ὃν δὲ τρόπον, δηλωτέον. τὸ ὀρθογώνιον τρίγωνον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ ποιοτήτων, ἐξ ἀριθμῶν συνέστηκε τοῦ τρία καὶ τέσσαρα καὶ πέντε· τὰ δὲ τρία καὶ τέσσαρα, ἅπερ ἐστὶν ἑβδομάδος οὐσία, τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν ἀποτελεῖ· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἀμβλεῖα καὶ ὀξεῖα τὸ ἀνώμαλον καὶ ἄτακτον καὶ ἄνισον ἐμφαίνουσιν· ἀμβλυτέρα γὰρ καὶ ὀξυτέρα γίνεται ἑτέρα ἑτέρας· ὀρθὴ δ’ οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται σύγκρισιν οὐδ’ ὀρθοτέρα γίνεται παρ’ ἑτέραν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μένει τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν οὔποτ’ ἀλλάττουσα. εἰ δὴ τὸ μὲν ὀρθογώνιον τρίγωνον σχημάτων καὶ ποιοτήτων ἐστὶν ἀρχή, τούτου δὲ τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον, τὴν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν, ἡ οὐσία τῆς ἑβδομάδος παρέχεται, τριὰς ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράς, νομίζοιτ’ ἂν εἰκότως ἥδε πηγὴ παντὸς σχήματος καὶ πάσης ποιότητος.
98πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις κἀκεῖνο λέγοιτ’ ἂν δεόντως, ὅτι τὰ μὲν τρία ἐπιπέδου σχήματός ἐστιν ἀριθμός — ἐπειδὴ σημεῖον μὲν κατὰ μονάδα, γραμμὴ δὲ κατὰ δυάδα, ἐπίπεδον δὲ κατὰ τριάδα τέτακται —, τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα στερεοῦ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς πρόσθεσιν, βάθους ἐπιπέδῳ προστεθέντος· ἐξ οὗ δῆλόν ἐστιν ὅτι ἡ τῆς ἑβδομάδος οὐσία γεωμετρίας καὶ στερεομετρίας ἀρχὴ καὶ συνελόντι φράσαι ἀσωμάτων ὁμοῦ καὶ σωμάτων.
99Τοσοῦτο δ’ ἐν ἑβδομάδι πέφυκεν εἶναι τὸ ἱεροπρεπές, ὥστ’ ἐξαίρετον ἔχει λόγον παρὰ τοὺς ἐν δεκάδι πάντας ἀριθμούς· ἐκείνων γὰρ οἱ μὲν γεννῶσιν οὐ γεννώμενοι, οἱ δὲ γεννῶνται μέν, οὐ γεννῶσι δέ, οἱ δὲ ἀμφότερα καὶ γεννῶσι καὶ γεννῶνται· μόνη δ’ ἑβδομὰς ἐν οὐδενὶ μέρει θεωρεῖται. τὴν δ’ ὑπόσχεσιν ἀποδείξει βεβαιωτέον. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἓν γεννᾷ τοὺς ἑξῆς ἅπαντας ἀριθμοὺς ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς γεννώμενον τὸ παράπαν· τὰ δ’ ὀκτὼ γεννᾶται μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ δὶς τέσσαρα, γεννᾷ δ’ οὐδένα τῶν ἐν δεκάδι· ὁ δ’ αὖ τέσσαρα τὴν ἀμφοῖν καὶ γονέων καὶ ἐκγόνων ἔχει τάξιν· γεννᾷ μὲν γὰρ τὸν ὀκτὼ δὶς γενόμενος, γεννᾶται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ δὶς δύο.
100μόνος δ’ ὡς ἔφην ὁ ἑπτὰ οὔτε γεννᾶν πέφυκεν οὔτε γεννᾶσθαι. δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φιλόσοφοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον ἐξομοιοῦσι τῇ ἀμήτορι Νίκῃ καὶ Παρθένῳ, ἣν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλῆς ἀναφανῆναι λόγος ἔχει, οἱ δὲ Πυθαγόρειοι τῷ ἡγεμόνι τῶν συμπάντων· τὸ γὰρ μήτε γεννῶν μήτε γεννώμενον ἀκίνητον μένει· ἐν κινήσει γὰρ ἡ γένεσις, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ γεννῶν καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον οὐκ ἄνευ κινήσεως, τὸ μὲν ἵνα γεννήσῃ, τὸ δὲ ἵνα γεννηθῇ· μόνον δ’ οὔτε κινοῦν οὔτε κινούμενον ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἄρχων καὶ ἡγεμών, οὗ λέγοιτ’ ἂν προσηκόντως εἰκὼν ἑβδομάς. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ καὶ Φιλόλαος ἐν τούτοις· „Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἄρχων ἁπάντων θεὸς εἷς ἀεὶ ὤν, μόνιμος, ἀκίνητος, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὅμοιος, ἕτερος τῶν ἄλλων.“
Sections 76–100
76And very beautifully after he had called the whole race man, did he distinguish between the sexes, saying, that they were created male and female; although all the individuals of the race had not yet assumed their distinctive form; since the extreme species are contained in the genus, and are beheld, as in a mirror, by those who are able to discern acutely.
77And some one may inquire the cause why it was that man was the last work in the creation of the world. For the Creator and Father created him after every thing else as the sacred scriptures inform us. Accordingly, they who have gone most deeply into the laws, and who to the best of their power have investigated everything that is contained in them with all diligence, say that God, when he had given to man to partake of kindred with himself, grudged him neither reason, which is the most excellent of all gifts, nor anything else that is good; but before his creation, provided for him every thing in the world, as for the animal most resembling himself, and dearest to him, being desirous that when he was born, he should be in want of nothing requisite for living, and for living well; the first of which objects is provided for by the abundance of supplies which are furnished to him for his enjoyment, and the other by his power of contemplation of the heavenly bodies, by which the mind is smitten so as to conceive a love and desire for knowledge on those subjects; owing to which desire, philosophy has sprung up, by which, man, though mortal, is made immortal.
78As then, those who make a feast do not invite their guests to the entertainment before they have provided everything for festivity, and as those who celebrate gymnastic or dramatic contests, before they assemble the spectators, provide themselves with an abundance of competitors and spectacles, and sweet sounds, with which to fill the theatres and the stadia; so in the same manner did the Ruler of all, as a man proposing games, or giving a banquet and being about to invite others to feast and to behold the spectacle, first provide everything for every kind of entertainment, in order that when man came into the world he might at once find a feast ready for him, and a most holy theatre; the one abounding with everything which the earth, or the rivers, or the sea, or air, brings forth for use and enjoyment, and the other being full of every description of light, which has either its essence or its qualities admirable, and its motions and revolutions worthy of notice, being arranged in perfect order, both as to the proportions of its numbers, and the harmony of its periods. And a man would not be far wrong who should say that in all these things there might be discovered that archetypal and real model music, the images of which the subsequent generations of mankind engraved in their own souls, and in this way handed down the art which is the most necessary and the most advantageous to human life.
79This is the first reason on account of which it seems that man was created after all other animals. And there is another not altogether unreasonable, which I must mention. At the moment of his first birth, man found all the requisites for life ready prepared for him that he might teach them to those who should come afterwards. Nature all but crying out with a distinct voice, that men, imitating the Author of their being, should pass their lives without labour and without trouble, living in the most ungrudging abundance and plenty. And this would be the case if there were neither irrational pleasures to obtain mastery over the soul raising up a wall of gluttony and lasciviousness, nor desires of glory, or power, or riches, to assume dominion over life, nor pains to contract and warp the intellect, nor that evil councillor—fear, to restrain the natural inclinations towards virtuous actions, nor folly and cowardice, and injustice, and the incalculable multitude of other evils to attack them.
80But now that all the evils which I have now been mentioning are vigorous, and that men abandon themselves without restraint to their passions, and to those unbridled and guilty inclinations, which it is impious even to mention, justice encounters them as a suitable chastiser of wicked habits; and therefore, as a punishment for wrong doers, the necessaries of life have been made difficult of acquisition. For men ploughing up the plains with difficulty, and bringing streams from rivers, and fountains by channels, and sowing and planting, and submitting indefatigably day and night to the labour of cultivating the ground, provide themselves every year with what is necessary, even that at times being attended with pain; and not very sufficient in quantity, from being injured by many causes. For either a fall of incessant rain has carried away the crops, or the weight of hail which has fallen upon them has crushed them altogether, or snow has chilled them, or the violence of the winds has torn them up by the roots; for water and air cause many alterations, tending to destroy the productiveness of the crops.
81But if the immoderate violence of the passions were appeased by temperance, and the inclination to do wrong and depraved ambition were corrected by justice, and in short if the vices and unhallowed actions done in accordance with them, were corrected by the virtues, and the energies in accordance with them, the war of the soul being terminated, which is in good truth the most grievous and heavy of all wars, and peace being established, and founding amid all our faculties, a due regard for law, with all tranquillity and mildness, then there would be hope that God, as being a friend to virtue, and a friend to honour, and above all a friend to man, would bestow upon the race of man, all kinds of spontaneous blessings from his ready store. For it is evident that it is easier to supply most abundantly the requisite supplies without having recourse to agricultural means, from treasures which already exist, than to bring forth what as yet has no existence.
82I have now mentioned the second reason. There is also a third, which is as follows:—God, intending to adapt the beginning and the end of all created things together, as being all necessary and dear to one another, made heaven the beginning, and man the end: the one being the most perfect of incorruptible things, among those things which are perceptible by the external senses; and the other, the best of all earthborn and perishable productions—a short-lived heaven if one were to speak the truth, bearing within himself many starlike natures, by means of certain arts and sciences, and illustrious speculations, according to every kind of virtue. For since the corruptible and the incorruptible, are by nature opposite, he has allotted the best thing of each species to the beginning and to the end. Heaven, as I before said, to the beginning, and man to the end.
83And besides all this, another is also mentioned among the necessary causes. It was necessary that man should be the last of all created beings; in order that being so, and appearing suddenly, he might strike terror into the other animals. For it was fitting that they, as soon as they first saw him should admire and worship him, as their natural ruler and master; on which account, they all, as soon as they saw him, became tame before him; even those, who by nature were most savage, becoming at once most manageable at the first sight of him; displaying their unbridled ferocity to one another, and being tame to man alone.
84For which reason the Father who made him to be a being dominant over them by nature not merely in fact, but also by express verbal appointment, established him as the king of all the animals, beneath the moon, whether terrestrial or aquatic, or such as traverse the air. For every mortal thing which lives in the three elements, land, water or air, did he put in subjection to him, excepting only the beings that are in heaven, as creatures who have a more divine portion. And what is apparent to our eyes is the most evident proof of this. For at times, innumerable herds of beasts are led about by one man, not armed, nor wearing iron, nor any defensive weapon, but clad only in a skin for a garment, and carrying a staff, for the purpose of making signs, and to lean upon also in his journeys if he become weary.
85And so the shepherd, and the goatherd, and the cowherd, lead numerous flocks of sheep, and goats, and herds of oxen; men neither vigorous, nor active in their bodies, so as to strike those who behold them with admiration because of their fine appearance; and all the might and power of such numerous and well-armed beasts (for they have means of self-defence given them by nature), yet dread them as slaves do their master, and do all that is commanded them. Bulls are yoked to the plough to till the ground, and cutting deep furrows all day, sometimes even for a long space of time together, while some farmer is managing them. And rams being weighed down with heavy fleeces of wool, in the spring season, at the command of the shepherd, stand quietly, and lying down, without resistance, permit their wool to be shorn off, being accustomed naturally, like cities, to yield a yearly tribute to their sovereign.
86And moreover, that most spirited of animals, the horse, is easily guided after he has been bridled; in order that he may not become frisky, and shake off the rein; and he hollows his back in an admirable manner to receive his rider and to afford him a good seat, and then bearing him aloft, he gallops at a rapid pace, being eager to arrive at and carry him to the place to which he is urging him. And the rider without any toil, but in the most perfect quiet, makes a rapid journey, by using the body and feet of another animal.
87And any one who was inclined to dwell upon this subject might bring forward a great many other instances, to prove that there is no animal in the enjoyment of perfect liberty, and exempt from the dominion of man; but what has been already said is sufficient by way of example. We ought, however, not to be ignorant of this also, that it is no proof because man was the last created animal that he is the lowest in rank, and charioteers and pilots are witnesses of this;
88for the charioteers sit behind their beasts of burden, and are placed at, their backs, and yet when they have the reins in their hands, they guide them wherever they choose, and at one time they urge them on to a swift pace, and at another time they hold them back, if they are going on at a speed greater than is desirable. And pilots again, sitting in the hindmost part of the ship, that is the stern are, as one may say, the most important of all the people in the ship, inasmuch as they have the safety of the ship and of all those who are in it, in their hands. And so the Creator has made man to be as it were a charioteer and pilot over all other animals, in order that he may hold the reins and direct the course of every thing upon earth, having the superintendence of all animals and plants, as a sort of viceroy of the principal and mighty King.
89But after the whole world had been completed according to the perfect nature of the number six, the Father hallowed the day following, the seventh, praising it, and calling it holy. For that day is the festival, not of one city or one country, but of all the earth; a day which alone it is right to call the day of festival for all people, and the birthday of the world.
90And I know not if any one would be able to celebrate the nature of the number seven in adequate terms, since it is superior to every form of expression. But it does not follow that because it is more admirable than anything that can be said of it, that on that account one ought to keep silence; but rather we ought to try, even if one cannot say everything which is proper, or even that which is most proper, at all events to utter such things as may be attainable by our capacities.
91The number seven is spoken of in two ways; the one within the number ten which is measured by repeating the unit alone seven times, and which consists of seven units; the other is the number outside ten, the beginning of which is altogether the unit increasing according to a twofold or threefold, or any other proportion whatever; as are the numbers sixty-four, and seven hundred and twenty-nine; the one number of which is increased by doubling on from the unit, and the other by trebling. And it is not well to examine either species superficially, but the second has a most manifest pre-eminence.
92For in every case the number which is combined from the unit in double or treble ratio, or any other ratio, whatsoever, is the seventh number, a cube and a square, embracing both species, both that of the incorporeal and that of the corporeal essence. That of the incorporeal essence according to the superficies which quadrangular figures present, and that of the corporeal essence according to the other figure which cubes make;
93and the clearest proof of this is afforded by the numbers already spoken of. In the seventh number increasing immediately from the unit in a twofold ratio, namely, the number sixty-four, is a square formed by the multiplication of eight by eight, and it is also a cube by the multiplication of four and four, four times. And again, the seventh number from the unit being increased in a threefold ratio, that is to say, the number seven hundred and twenty-nine, is a square, the number seven and twenty being multiplied by itself; and it is also a cube, by nine being multiplied by itself nine times.
94And in every case a man making his beginning from the unit, and proceeding on to the seventh number, and increasing in the same ratio till he comes to the number seven, will at all times find the number, when increased, both a cube and a square. At all events, he who begins with the number sixty-four, and combines them in a doubling ratio, will make the seventh number four thousand and ninety-six, which is both a square and a cube, having sixty-four as its square root, and sixteen as its cube root.
95And we must also pass on to the other species of the number seven, which is contained in the number ten, and which displays an admirable nature, and one not inferior to the previously mentioned species. The number seven consists of one, and two and four, numbers which have two most harmonious ratios, the twofold and the fourfold ratio; the former of which affects the diapason harmony, while the fourfold ratio causes that of the double diapason. It also comprehends other divisions, existing in some kind of yoke-like combination. For it is divided first of all into the number one, and the number six; then into the two and the five; and last of all, into the three and the four.
96And the proportion of these numbers is a most musical one; for the number six bears to the number one a six-fold ratio, and the six-fold ratio causes the greatest possible difference between existing tones; the distance namely, by which the sharpest tone is separated from the flattest, as we shall show when we pass on from numbers to the discussion of harmony. Again, the ratio of four to two displays the greatest power in harmony, almost equal to that of the diapason, as is most evidently shown in the rules of that art. And the ratio of four to three effects the first harmony, that in the thirds, which is the diatessaron.
97The number seven displays also another beauty which it possesses, and one which is most sacred to think of. For as it consists of three and four, it displays in existing things a line which is free from all deviation and upright by nature. And in what way it does so I must show. The rectangular triangle, which is the beginning of all qualities, consists of the numbers three and four, and five; and the three and the four, which are the essence of the seven, contain the right angle; for the obtuse angle and the acute angle show irregularity, and disorder, and inequality; for one may be more acute or more obtuse than another. But a right angle does not admit of comparison, nor is one right angle more a right angle than another: but one remains similar to another, never changing its peculiar nature. But if the right-angled triangle is the beginning of all figures and of all qualities, and if the essence of the number seven, that is to say, the numbers three and four together, supply the most necessary part of this, namely, the right angle, then seven may be rightly thought to be the fountain of every figure and of every quality.
98And besides what has been already advanced, this also may be asserted that three is the number of a plane figure, since a point has been laid down to be, according to a unit, and a line according to the number two, and a plane superficies according to to the number three. Also, four is the number of a cube, by the addition of one to the number of a plane superficies, depth being added to the superficies. From which it is plain that the essence of the number seven is the foundation of geometry and trigonometry; and in a word, of all incorporeal and corporeal substances.
99And such great sanctity is there in the number seven, that it has a preeminent rank beyond all the other numbers in the first decade. For of the other numbers, some produce without being produced, others are produced but have no productive power themselves; others again both produce and are produced. But the number seven alone is contemplated in no part. And this proposition we must confirm by demonstration. Now the number one produces all the other numbers in order, being itself produced absolutely by no other; and the number eight is produced by twice four, but itself produces no other number in the decade. Again, four has the rank of both, that is, of parents and of offspring; for it produces eight when doubled, and it is produced by twice two.
100But seven alone, as I said before, neither produces nor is produced, on which account other philosophers liken this number to Victory, who had no mother, and to the virgin goddess, whom the fable asserts to have sprung from the head of Jupiter: and the Pythagoreans compare it to the Ruler of all things. For that which neither produces, nor is produced, remains immovable. For generation consists in motion, since that which is generated, cannot be so without motion, both to cause production, and to be produced. And the only thing which neither moves nor is moved, is the Elder, Ruler, and Lord of the universe, of whom the number seven may reasonably be called a likeness. And Philolaus gives his testimony to this doctrine of mine in the following Words:—for God, says he is the ruler and Lord of all things, being one, eternal, lasting, immovable, himself like to himself, and different from all other beings.
Sections 101–125
101ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς νοητοῖς τὸ ἀκίνητον καὶ ἀπαθὲς ἐπιδείκνυται ἑβδομάς, ἐν δὲ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς μεγάλην καὶ συνεκτικωτάτην δύναμιν, * * * οἷς τὰ ἐπίγεια πάντα πέφυκε βελτιοῦσθαι, σελήνης τε περιόδοις. ὃν δὲ τρόπον, ἐπισκεπτέον. ἀπὸ μονάδος συντεθεὶς ἑξῆς ὁ ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸς γεννᾷ τὸν ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι τέλειον καὶ τοῖς αὑτοῦ μέρεσιν ἰσούμενον· ὁ δὲ γεννηθεὶς ἀριθμὸς ἀποκαταστατικός ἐστι σελήνης, ἀφ’ οὗ ἤρξατο σχήματος λαμβάνειν αὔξησιν αἰσθητῶς, εἰς ἐκεῖνο κατὰ μείωσιν ἀνακαμπτούσης· αὔξεται μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης μηνοειδοῦς ἐπιλάμψεως ἄχρι διχοτόμου ἡμέραις ἑπτά, εἶθ’ ἑτέραις τοσαύταις πλησιφαὴς γίνεται καὶ πάλιν ὑποστρέφει διαυλοδρομοῦσα τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς πλησιφαοῦς ἐπὶ τὴν διχότομον ἑπτὰ πάλιν ἡμέραις, εἶτ’ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἐπὶ τὴν μηνοειδῆ ταῖς ἴσαις· ἐξ ὧν ὁ λεχθεὶς ἀριθμὸς συμπεπλήρωται.
102Καλεῖται δ’ ἡ ἑβδομὰς ὑπὸ τῶν κυρίως τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εἰωθότων χρῆσθαι καὶ τελεσφόρος, ἐπειδὴ ταύτῃ τελεσφορεῖται τὰ σύμπαντα. τεκμηριώσαιτο δ’ ἄν τις ἐκ τοῦ πᾶν σῶμα ὀργανικὸν τρισὶ μὲν κεχρῆσθαι διαστάσεσι, μήκει πλάτει καὶ βάθει, τέτταρσι δὲ πέρασι, σημείῳ καὶ γραμμῇ καὶ ἐπιφανείᾳ καὶ στερεῷ, δι’ ὧν συντεθέντων ἀποτελεῖται ἑβδομάς. ἀμήχανον δ’ ἦν τὰ σώματα ἑβδομάδι μετρεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ διαστάσεων τριῶν καὶ περάτων τεττάρων σύνθεσιν, εἰ μὴ συνέβαινε τὰς τῶν πρώτων ἀριθμῶν ἰδέας ἑνὸς καὶ δυοῖν καὶ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων, οἷς θεμελιοῦται δεκάς, ἑβδομάδος φύσιν περιέχειν· οἱ γὰρ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοὶ τέσσαρας μὲν ἔχουσιν ὅρους, τὸν πρῶτον, τὸν δεύτερον, τὸν τρίτον, τὸν τέταρτον, διαστάσεις δὲ τρεῖς· πρώτη μὲν διάστασις ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐπὶ τὰ δύο, δευτέρα δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν δυοῖν ἐπὶ τὰ τρία, τρίτη δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἐπὶ τὰ τέσσαρα.
103δίχα δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐναργέστατα παριστᾶσι τὴν τελεσφόρον δύναμιν ἑβδομάδος καὶ αἱ ἐκ βρέφους ἄχρι γήρως ἀνθρώπων ἡλικίαι μετρούμεναι ταύτῃ· κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν πρώτην ἑπταετίαν ἔκφυσις ὀδόντων ἐστί· κατὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν καιρὸς τοῦ δύνασθαι προΐεσθαι σπέρμα γόνιμον· τρίτῃ δὲ γενείων αὔξησις καὶ τετάρτῃ πρὸς ἰσχὺν ἐπίδοσις· πέμπτῃ δ’ αὖ γάμων ὥρα· ἕκτῃ δὲ συνέσεως ἀκμή· τῇ δὲ ἑβδόμῃ βελτίωσις ἀμφοῖν καὶ συναύξησις νοῦ καὶ λόγου· ὀγδόῃ δὲ ἡ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τελείωσις· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐνάτην ἐπιείκεια καὶ πρᾳότης τῶν παθῶν ἐπὶ πλέον ἡμερωθέντων· κατὰ δὲ τὴν δεκάτην τοῦ βίου τὸ εὐκταῖον τέλος, ἔτι τῶν ὀργανικῶν μελῶν συνεστηκότων· φιλεῖ γὰρ τὸ μακρὸν γῆρας ἕκαστον ὑποσκελίζειν καὶ παραιρεῖσθαι.
104τὰς ἡλικίας ταύτας ἀνέγραψε καὶ Σόλων ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων νομοθέτης ἐλεγεῖα ποιήσας τάδε· Παῖς μὲν ἄνηβος ἐὼν ἔτι νήπιος ἕρκος ὀδόντων φύσας ἐκβάλλει πρῶτον ἐν ἕπτ’ ἔτεσιν· τοὺς δ’ ἑτέρους ὅτε δὴ τελέσῃ θεὸς ἕπτ’ ἐνιαυτούς, ἥβης ἐκφαίνει σήματα γιγνομένης· τῇ τριτάτῃ δὲ γένειον ἀεξομένων ἔτι γυίων λαχνοῦται, χροιῆς ἄνθος ἀμειβομένης· τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ πᾶς τις ἐν ἑβδομάδ’ ἐστὶν ἄριστος ἰσχύν, ἥν τ’ ἄνδρες σήματ’ ἔχους’ ἀρετῆς· πέμπτῃ δ’ ὥριον ἄνδρα γάμου μεμνημένον εἶναι καὶ παίδων ζητεῖν ἐξοπίσω γενεήν· τῇ δ’ ἕκτῃ περὶ πάντα καταρτύεται νόος ἀνδρός, οὐδ’ ἕρδειν ἔθ’ ὁμῶς ἔργ’ ἀπάλαμνα θέλει· ἑπτὰ δὲ νοῦν καὶ γλῶσσαν ἐν ἑβδομάσιν μέγ’ ἄριστος ὀκτώ τ’, ἀμφοτέρων τέσσαρα καὶ δέκ’ ἔτη· τῇ δ’ ἐνάτῃ ἔτι μὴν δύναται, μαλακώτερα δ’ αὐτοῦ πρὸς μεγάλην ἀρετὴν γλῶσσά τε καὶ σοφίη· τὴν δεκάτην δ’ εἴ τις τελέσας κατὰ μέτρον ἵκοιτο, οὐκ ἂν ἄωρος ἐὼν μοῖραν ἔχοι θανάτου.
105Ὁ μὲν οὖν Σόλων ἑβδομάσι δέκα ταῖς εἰρημέναις καταριθμεῖ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον. ὁ δ’ ἰατρὸς Ἱπποκράτης ἡλικίας ἑπτὰ εἶναί φησι, παιδίου, παιδός, μειρακίου, νεανίσκου, ἀνδρός, πρεσβύτου, γέροντος, ταύτας δὲ μετρεῖσθαι μὲν ἑβδομάσιν, οὐ μὴν ταῖς κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς. λέγει δ’ οὕτως· „Ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει ἑπτά εἰσιν ὧραι, ἃς ἡλικίας καλέουσι, παιδίον, παῖς, μειράκιον, νεανίσκος, ἀνήρ, πρεσβύτης, γέρων· καὶ παιδίον μέν ἐστιν ἄχρις ἑπτὰ ἐτέων ὀδόντων ἐκβολῆς· παῖς δ’ ἄχρι γονῆς ἐκφύσιος, ἐς τὰ δὶς ἑπτά· μειράκιον δ’ ἄχρι γενείου λαχνώσιος, ἐς τὰ τρὶς ἑπτά· νεανίσκος δ’ ἄχρις αὐξήσιος ὅλου τοῦ σώματος, ἐς τὰ τετράκις ἑπτά· ἀνὴρ δ’ ἄχρις ἑνὸς δέοντος ἐτέων πεντήκοντα, ἐς τὰ ἑπτάκις ἑπτά· πρεσβύτης δ’ ἄχρι πεντήκοντα ἕξ, ἐς τὰ ἑπτάκις ὀκτώ· τὸ δ’ ἐντεῦθεν γέρων.“ λέγεται δὲ κἀκεῖνο πρὸς διασύστασιν ἑβδομάδος ὡς θαυμαστὴν ἐχούσης ἐν τῇ φύσει τάξιν, ἐπεὶ συνέστηκεν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων· τὸν μὲν τρίτον ἀπὸ μονάδος, εἰ διπλασιάζοι τις, εὑρήσει τετράγωνον, τὸν δὲ τέταρτον κύβον, τὸν δ’ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἕβδομον κύβον ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράγωνον·
106ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ μονάδος τρίτος ἐν διπλασίονι λόγῳ, τέτταρα, τετράγωνός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ τέταρτος, ὀκτώ, κύβος, ὁ δὲ ἕβδομος, τέσσαρα πρὸς τοῖς ἑξήκοντα, κύβος ὁμοῦ καὶ τετράγωνος· ὡς εἶναι τελεσφόρον ὄντως τὸν ἕβδομον ἀριθμόν, ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἰσότητας καταγγέλλοντα τήν τ’ ἐπίπεδον διὰ τετραγώνου κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τριάδα συγγένειαν καὶ τὴν στερεὰν διὰ κύβου κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τετράδα οἰκειότητα· ἐκ τριάδος δὲ καὶ τετράδος ἑβδομάς.
107Ἔστι δὲ οὐ τελεσφόρος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἁρμονικωτάτη καὶ τρόπον τινὰ πηγὴ τοῦ καλλίστου διαγράμματος, ὃ πάσας μὲν τὰς ἁρμονίας, τὴν διὰ τεττάρων, τὴν διὰ πέντε, τὴν διὰ πασῶν, πάσας δὲ τὰς ἀναλογίας, τὴν ἀριθμητικήν, τὴν γεωμετρικήν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν ἁρμονικὴν περιέχει. τὸ δὲ πλινθίον συνέστηκεν ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν ἀριθμῶν, ἓξ ὀκτὼ ἐννέα δώδεκα· ὁ μὲν ὀκτὼ πρὸς ἓξ ἐν ἐπιτρίτῳ λόγῳ, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ τεττάρων ἁρμονία ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ ἐννέα πρὸς ἓξ ἐν ἡμιολίῳ, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ πέντε· ὁ δὲ δώδεκα πρὸς ἓξ ἐν διπλασίονι, καθ’ ὃν ἡ διὰ πασῶν.
108ἔχει δὲ ὡς ἔλεγον καὶ τὰς ἀναλογίας πάσας· ἀριθμητικὴν μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἓξ καὶ ἐννέα καὶ δώδεκα· οἷς γὰρ ὑπερέχει ὁ μέσος τοῦ πρώτου τρισίν, τούτοις ὑπερέχεται ὑπὸ τοῦ τελευταίου· γεωμετρικὴν δὲ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων· ὃν γὰρ λόγον ἔχει τὰ ὀκτὼ πρὸς ἕξ, τοῦτον τὰ δώδεκα πρὸς ἐννέα· ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐπίτριτος· ἁρμονικὴν δὲ ἐκ τριῶν, τοῦ ἓξ καὶ ὀκτὼ καὶ δώδεκα.
109ἁρμονικῆς δ’ ἀναλογίας διττὴ κρίσις· μία μέν, ὅταν ὃν λόγον ἔχει ὁ ἔσχατος πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον τοῦτον ἔχῃ ἡ ὑπεροχὴ ᾗ ὑπερέχει ὁ ἔσχατος τοῦ μέσου πρὸς τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ᾗ ὑπερέχεται ὑπὸ τοῦ μέσου ὁ πρῶτος. ἐναργεστάτην δὲ πίστιν λάβοι τις ἂν ἐκ τῶν προκειμένων ἀριθμῶν, τοῦ ἓξ καὶ ὀκτὼ καὶ δώδεκα· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τελευταῖος τοῦ πρώτου διπλάσιος, ἡ δ’ ὑπεροχὴ πάλιν διπλασία· τὰ μὲν γὰρ δώδεκα τῶν ὀκτὼ τέτταρσιν ὑπερέχει, τὰ δὲ ὀκτὼ τῶν ἓξ δυσί· τὰ δὲ τέσσαρα τῶν δυοῖν διπλάσια. ἑτέρα δὲ βάσανος τῆς ἁρμονικῆς
110ἀναλογίας, ὅταν ὁ μέσος τῶν ἄκρων ἴσῳ μορίῳ καὶ ὑπερέχῃ καὶ ὑπερέχηται· ὁ γὰρ ὄγδοος μέσος ὢν ὑπερέχει μὲν τοῦ πρώτου τρίτῳ μορίῳ· ὑφαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν ἕξ, τὰ λοιπὰ δύο τρίτον ἐστὶ τοῦ πρώτου· ὑπερέχεται δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ τελευταίου τῷ ἴσῳ· εἰ γὰρ ὑφαιρεθείη τῶν δώδεκα τὰ ὀκτώ, τὰ λοιπὰ τέσσαρα γίνεται τοῦ τελευταίου τρίτον.
111Ταῦτα μὲν ἀναγκαίως περὶ σεμνότητος, ἣν ἔχει τὸ διάγραμμα ἢ πλινθίον ἢ ὅ τι χρὴ καλεῖν, προειρήσθω· τοσαύτας ἰδέας καὶ ἔτι πλείους ἑβδομὰς ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοητοῖς ἐπιδείκνυται. διατείνει δ’ αὐτῆς ἡ φύσις καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ὁρατὴν ἅπασαν οὐσίαν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, τὰ πέρατα τοῦ παντός, φθάσασα. τί γὰρ οὐ φιλέβδομον τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ μέρος, ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ δαμασθὲν ἑβδομάδος;
112αὐτίκα τὸν οὐρανόν φασιν ἑπτὰ διεζῶσθαι κύκλοις, ὧν ὀνόματα εἶναι τάδε· ἀρκτικόν, ἀνταρκτικόν, θερινὸν τροπικόν, χειμερινὸν τροπικόν, ἰσημερινόν, ζῳδιακόν, καὶ προσέτι γαλαξίαν· ὁ γὰρ ὁρίζων πάθος ἐστὶν ἡμέτερον, ὡς ἂν ὀξυωπίας ἔχῃ τις ἢ τοὐναντίον, ἀποτεμνομένης τῆς αἰσθήσεως τοτὲ μὲν ἐλάττω τοτὲ δὲ μείζω περιγραφήν.
113οἵ γε μὴν πλάνητες, ἡ ἀντίρροπος στρατιὰ τῇ τῶν ἀπλανῶν, ἑπτὰ διακοσμοῦνται τάξεσι, πλείστην ἐπιδεικνύμενοι συμπάθειαν πρὸς ἀέρα καὶ γῆν· τὸν μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὰς ἐτησίους ἐπικαλουμένας ὥρας τρέπουσι καὶ μεταβάλλουσι καθ’ ἑκάστην μυρίας ὅσας ἐμποιοῦντες μεταβολὰς νηνεμίαις, αἰθρίαις, νεφώσεσι, βίαις ἐξαισίοις πνευμάτων· πάλιν τε ποταμοὺς πλημμυροῦσι καὶ μειοῦσι καὶ πεδία λιμνάζουσι καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀφαυαίνουσι· καὶ πελαγῶν ἐργάζονται τροπὰς ἐξαναχωρούντων ἢ παλιρροίαις χρωμένων· εὐρεῖς γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε κόλποι θαλάττης ὑποσυρείσης ἀμπώτεσι βαθὺς ἐξαίφνης αἰγιαλός εἰσι καὶ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀναχυθείσης πελάγη βαθύτατα οὐ βραχείαις ὁλκάσιν ἀλλὰ μυριοφόροις ναυσὶν ἐμπλεόμενα· καὶ μὲν δὴ τὰ ἐπίγεια πάντα, ζῷά τε αὖ καὶ φυτὰ καρποὺς γεννῶντα, αὔξουσι καὶ τελεσφοροῦσι τὴν ἐν ἑκάστοις φύσιν δολιχεύειν παρασκευάζοντες, ὡς νέα παλαιοῖς ἐπανθεῖν καὶ ἐπακμάζειν
114πρὸς χορηγίας ἀφθόνους τῶν δεομένων. ἄρκτος γε μήν, ἥν φασι πλωτήρων εἶναι προπομπόν, ἐξ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων συνέστηκεν· εἰς ἣν ἀφορῶντες κυβερνῆται τὰς ἐν θαλάττῃ μυρίας ὁδοὺς ἀνέτεμον ἀπίστῳ πράγματι καὶ μείζονι ἢ κατὰ φύσιν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπιθέμενοι· στοχασμῷ γὰρ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀστέρων τὰς πρὶν ἀδηλουμένας χώρας ἀνεῦρον, νήσους μὲν οἱ τὴν ἤπειρον οἰκοῦντες, νησιῶται δὲ ἠπείρους· ἔδει γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου τῆς οὐσίας οὐρανοῦ ζῴῳ τῷ θεοφιλεστάτῳ γῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ θαλάττης ἀναδειχθῆναι τοὺς μυχοὺς ἀνθρώπων γένει.
115πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ὁ τῶν πλειάδων χορὸς ἀστέρων ἑβδομάδι συμπεπλήρωται, ὧν αἱ ἐπιτολαὶ καὶ ἀποκρύψεις μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιαι γίνονται πᾶσι· δυομένων μὲν γὰρ αὔλακες ἀνατέμνονται πρὸς σπόρον· ἡνίκα δ’ ἂν μέλλωσιν ἐπιτέλλειν, ἄμητον εὐαγγελίζονται, καὶ ἐπιτείλασαι χαίροντας γεωπόνους πρὸς συγκομιδὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐγείρουσιν· οἱ δ’ ἄσμενοι τὰς τροφὰς ἀποτίθενται πρὸς τὴν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν χρῆσιν.
116ὅ τε μέγας ἡγεμὼν ἡμέρας ἥλιος διττὰς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ἀποτελῶν ἰσημερίας, ἔαρι καὶ μετοπώρῳ, τὴν μὲν ἐαρινὴν ἐν κριῷ, τὴν δὲ μετοπωρινὴν ἐν ζυγῷ, ἐναργεστάτην παρέχεται πίστιν τοῦ περὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην θεοπρεποῦς· ἑκατέρα γὰρ τῶν ἰσημεριῶν ἑβδόμῳ γίνεται μηνί, καθ’ ἃς καὶ ἑορτάζειν διείρηται νόμῳ τὰς μεγίστας καὶ δημοτελεστάτας ἑορτάς, ἐπειδήπερ ἀμφοτέραις τὰ ὅσα ἐκ γῆς τελειογονεῖται, ἔαρι μὲν ὁ τοῦ σίτου καρπὸς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα σπαρτά, μετοπώρῳ δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλείστων ἀκροδρύων.
117Ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανίων τὰ ἐπίγεια ἤρτηται κατά τινα φυσικὴν συμπάθειαν, ὁ τῆς ἑβδομάδος λόγος ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενος κατέβη καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοῖς θνητοῖς γένεσιν ἐπιφοιτήσας. αὐτίκα τῆς ἡμετέρας ψυχῆς τὸ δίχα τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ μέρος ἑπταχῆ σχίζεται, εἰς πέντε αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὸ γόνιμον· ἃ δὴ πάντα καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς θαύμασιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ νευροσπαστούμενα τοτὲ μὲν ἠρεμεῖ τοτὲ δὲ κινεῖται τὰς ἁρμοττούσας σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἕκαστον.
118ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος εἴ τις ἐξετάζειν ἐπιχειρήσειε τά τ’ ἐκτὸς καὶ ἐντὸς μέρη, καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἑπτὰ εὑρήσει· τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐν φανερῷ ταῦτ’ ἐστί· κεφαλή, στέρνα, γαστήρ, διτταὶ χεῖρες, διτταὶ βάσεις· τὰ δ’ ἐντὸς λεγόμενα σπλάγχνα στόμαχος, καρδία, πνεύμων, σπλήν, ἧπαρ, νεφροὶ δύο.
119πάλιν δ’ αὖ τὸ ἡγεμονικώτατον ἐν ζῴῳ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις ἑπτὰ χρῆται, δυσὶν ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀκοαῖς ἴσαις, αὐλοῖς μυκτῆρος δυσίν, ἑβδόμῳ στόματι, δι’ οὗ γίνεται θνητῶν μέν, ὡς ἔφη Πλάτων, εἴσοδος, ἔξοδος δ’ ἀφθάρτων· ἐπεισέρχεται μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ σιτία καὶ ποτά, φθαρτοῦ σώματος φθαρταὶ τροφαί, λόγοι δ’ ἐξίασιν ἀθανάτου ψυχῆς ἀθάνατοι
120νόμοι, δι’ ὧν ὁ λογικὸς βίος κυβερνᾶται. τὰ δὲ διὰ τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄψεως κρινόμενα μετέχει τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ κατὰ γένος· ἑπτὰ γάρ ἐστι τὰ ὁρώμενα, σῶμα, διάστασις, σχῆμα, μέγεθος, χρῶμα, κίνησις, στάσις, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα οὐδὲν ἕτερον.
121συμβέβηκε μέντοι καὶ τὰς τῆς φωνῆς μεταβολὰς ἁπάσας ἑπτὰ εἶναι, τὴν ὀξεῖαν, τὴν βαρεῖαν, τὴν περισπωμένην, καὶ τέταρτον δασὺν φθόγγον καὶ ψιλὸν πέμπτον καὶ μακρὸν ἕκτον καὶ βραχὺν ἕβδομον.
122ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ κινήσεις ἑπτὰ εἶναι συμβέβηκε, τὴν ἄνω, τὴν κάτω, τὴν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα, τὴν πρόσω, τὴν κατόπιν, τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ, ἃς ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τρανοῦσιν οἱ τὴν ὄρχησιν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι.
123φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἐκκρίσεις ὑπεστάλθαι τῷ λεχθέντι ἀριθμῷ· διὰ μὲν γὰρ ὀφθαλμῶν δάκρυα προχεῖται, διὰ δὲ μυκτήρων αἱ ἐκ κεφαλῆς καθάρσεις, διὰ δὲ στόματος ὁ ἀποπτυόμενος σίελος· εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διτταὶ δεξαμεναὶ πρὸς τὰς τῶν περιττωμάτων ἀποχετεύσεις, ἡ μὲν ἔμπροσθεν, ἡ δὲ κατόπιν· ἕκτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ δι’ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος ἐν ἱδρῶτι πρόχυσις, καὶ ἑβδόμη ἡ φυσικωτάτη σπέρματος πρόεσις διὰ τῶν γεννητικῶν.
124φησὶ δὲ καὶ Ἱπποκράτης ὁ τῆς φύσεως ἐπιγνώμων ἐν ἑβδομάδι κρατύνεσθαι καὶ τὴν πῆξιν τῆς γονῆς καὶ τὴν ἀνάπλασιν τῆς σαρκός. πάλιν δ’ αὖ γυναιξὶν ἡ φορὰ τῶν καταμηνίων εἰς ἑπτὰ τὰς πλείστας ἡμέρας χορηγεῖται. καὶ τὰ κατὰ γαστρὸς βρέφη μησὶν ἑπτὰ τελειογονεῖσθαι πέφυκεν, ὡς παραδοξότατόν τι συμβαίνειν· γίνεται γὰρ τὰ ἑπτάμηνα γόνιμα, τῶν ὀκτωμηνιαίων ὡς ἐπίπαν ζῳογονεῖσθαι μὴ δυναμένων.
125αἵ τε βαρεῖαι νόσοι σωμάτων, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅταν ἐκ δυσκρασίας τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν δυνάμεων πυρετοὶ συνεχεῖς ἐπισκήψωσιν, ἑβδόμῃ μάλιστά πως ἡμέρᾳ διακρίνονται· δικάζει γὰρ ἀγῶνα τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς, τοῖς μὲν σωτηρίαν ψηφιζομένη, τοῖς δὲ θάνατον.
Sections 101–125
101Among the things then which are perceptible only by intellect, the number seven is proved to be the only thing free from motion and accident; but among things perceptible by the external senses, it displays a great and comprehensive power, contributing to the improvement of all terrestrial things, and affecting even the periodical changes of the moon. And in what manner it does this, we must consider. The number seven when compounded of numbers beginning with the unit, makes eight-and-twenty, a perfect number, and one equalised in its parts. And the number so produced, is calculated to reproduce the revolutions of the moon, bringing her back to the point from which she first began to increase in a manner perceptible by the external senses, and to which she returns by waning. For she increases from her first crescent-shaped figure, to that of a half circle in seven days; and in seven more, she becomes a full orb; and then again she turns back, retracing the same path, like a runner of the diaulos, receding from an orb full of light, to a half circle again in seven days, and lastly, in an equal number she diminishes from a half circle to the form of a crescent; and thus the number before mentioned is completed.
102And the number seven by those persons who are in the habit of employing names with strict propriety is called the perfecting number; because by it, everything is perfected. And any one may receive a confirmation of this from the fact, that every organic body has three dimensions, length, depth, and breadth; and four boundaries, the point, the line, the superficies, and the solid; and by these, when combined, the number seven is made up. But it would be impossible for bodies to be measured by the number seven, according to the combination of the three dimensions, and the four boundaries, if it did not happen that the ideas of the first numbers, one, two, three and four, in in which the number ten is founded, comprised the nature of the number seven. For the aforesaid numbers have four boundaries, the first, the second, the third, the fourth, and three intervals. The first interval being that between one and two; the second, that between two and three; the third, that between three and four.
103And besides what has been already said, the growth of men from infancy to old age, when measured by the number seven, displays in a most evident manner its perfecting power; for in the first period of seven years, the putting forth of the teeth takes place. And at the end of the second period of the same length, he arrives at the age of puberty: at the end of the third period, the growth of the beard takes place. The fourth period sees him arrive at the fullness of his manly strength. The fifth seven years is the season for marriage. In the sixth period he arrives at the maturity of his understanding. The seventh period is that of the most rapid improvement and growth of both his intellectual and reasoning powers. The eighth is the sum of the perfection of both. In the ninth, his passions assume a mildness and gentleness, from being to a great degree tamed. In the tenth, the desirable end of life comes upon him, while his limbs and organic senses are still unimpaired: for excessive old age is apt to weaken and enfeeble them all.
104And Solon, the Athenian lawgiver, described these different ages in the following elegiac verses:— In seven years from th’ earliest breath, The child puts forth his hedge of teeth; When strengthened by a similar span, He first displays some signs of man. As in a third, his limbs increase, A beard buds o’er his changing face. When he has passed a fourth such time, His strength and vigour’s in its prime. When five times seven years o’er his head Have passed, the man should think to wed; At forty two, the wisdom’s clear To shun vile deeds of folly or fear: While seven times seven years to sense Add ready wit and eloquence. And seven years further skill admit To raise them to their perfect height. When nine such periods have passed, His powers, though milder grown, still last; When God has granted ten times seven, The aged man prepares for heaven.
105Solon therefore thus computes the life of man by the aforesaid ten periods of seven years. But Hippocrates the physician says that there are seven ages of man, infancy, childhood, boyhood, youth, manhood, middle age, old age; and that these too, are measured by periods of seven, though not in the same order. And he speaks thus; In the nature of man there are seven seasons, which men call ages; infancy, childhood, boyhood, and the rest. He is an infant till he reaches his seventh year, the age of the shedding of his teeth. He is a child till he arrives at the age of puberty, which takes place in fourteen years. He is a boy till his beard begins to grow, and that time is the end of a third period of seven years. He is a youth till the completion of the growth of his whole body, which coincides with the fourth seven years. Then he is a man till he reaches his forty-ninth year, or seven times seven periods. He is a middle aged man till he is fifty-six, or eight times seven years old; and after that he is an old man.
106And it is also affirmed for the particular praise of the number seven, that it has a very admirable rank in nature, because it is composed of three and four. And if any one doubles the the third number after the unit, he will find a square; and if he doubles the fourth number, he will find a cube. And if he doubles the seventh from both, he will both a cube and a square; therefore, the third number from the unit is a square in a double ratio. And the fourth number, eight, is a cube. And the seventh number, being sixty-four, is both a cube and a square at the same time; so that the seventh number is really a perfecting one, signifying both equalities, —the plane superficies by the square, according to the connection with the number three, and the solid by the cube according to its relationship to the number four; and of the numbers three and four, are composed the number seven.
107But this number is not only a perfecter of things, but it is also, so to say, the most harmonious of numbers; and in a manner the source of that most beautiful diagram which describes all the harmonies, that of fourths, and that of fifths, and the diapason. It also comprises all the proportions, the arithmetical, the geometrical, and moreover the harmonic proportion. And the square consists of these numbers, six, eight, nine, and twelve; and eight bears to six the ratio of being one third greater, which is the diatessaron of harmony. And nine bears to six the ratio of being half as great again, which is the ratio of fifths. And twelve is to six, in a twofold proportion; and this is the same as the diapason.
108The number seven comprises also, as I have said, all the proportions of arithmetrical proportion, from the numbers six, and nine, and twelve; for as the number in the middle exceeds the first number by three, it is also exceeded by three by the last number. And geometrical proportion is according to these four numbers. For the same ratio that eight bears to six, that also does twelve bear to nine. And this is the ratio of thirds. Harmonic ratio consists of three numbers, six, and eight, and twelve.
109But there are two ways of judging of harmonic proportion. One when, whatever ratio the last number bears to the first, the excess by which the last number exceeds the middle one is the same as the excess by which the middle number exceeds the first. And any one may derive a most evident proof of this from the numbers before mentioned, six, and eight, and twelve: for the last number is double the first. And again, the excess of twelve over eight is double the excess of eight over six. For the number twelve exceeds eight by four, and eight exceeds six by two; and four is the double of two.
110And another test of harmonic proportion is, when the middle term exceeds and is exceeded by those on each side of it, by an equal portion; for eight being the middle term, exceeds the first term by a third part; for if six be subtracted from it, the remainder two is one third of the original number six: and it is exceeded by the last term in an equal proportion; for if eight be taken from twelve, the remainder four is one third of the whole number twelve.
111Let this then be premised, as of necessity it must, respecting the honourable qualities which this diagram or square has, and the name to which it is entitled, and the number seven unfolds an equal number of ideas, and even more in the case of incorporeal things, which are perceptible only by the intellect; and its nature extends also over every visible essence, reaching to both heaven and earth, which are the boundaries of every thing. For what portion of all the things on earth is there which is not fond of seven; being subdued by an affection and longing for the seventh.
112Accordingly men say, that the heaven is girdled with seven circles, the names of which are as follows; the arctic, the antarctic, the summer tropic, the winter tropic, the equinoctial, the zodiac, and last of all the galaxy. For the horizon is something which affects ourselves, in proportion as any one has acute vision, or the contrary; our sensation cutting off at one time a lesser, and at another time a greater circumference.
113The planets too, and the corresponding host of fixed stars, are arrayed in seven divisions, displaying a very great sympathy with the air and the earth. For they turn the air towards the times, that are called the seasons of the year, causing in each of them innumerable changes by calm weather, and pleasant breezes, and clouds, and irresistible blasts of wind. And again, they make rivers to overflow and to subside, and turn plains into lakes; and again, on the contrary, they dry up the waters: they also cause the alterations of the seas, when they recede, and return with a reflux. For at times, when the tide recedes on a sudden, an extensive line of shore occupies what is usually a wide gulf of sea; and in a short time afterwards, the waters are brought back, and there appears a sea, sailed over, not by shallow boats, but by ships of exceeding great burden. And they also give increase and perfection to all the terrestrial animals and plants which produce fruit, endowing each with a nature to last a long time, so that new plants may flourish and come to maturity; —the old ones having passed away, in order to provide an abundant supply of necessary things.
114Moreover, the constellation Ursa Major, which men call the guide of mariners, consists of seven stars, which the pilots keeping in view, steer in innumerable paths across the sea, directing their endeavours towards an incredible task, beyond the capacity of human intellect. For it is through conjectures, directed by the aforementioned stars, that they have discovered countries which were previously unknown; those who dwell on the continent having discovered islands, and islanders having found out continents. For it was fitting that the recesses both of earth and sea should be revealed to that God-loving animal, the race of mankind, by the purest of essences, namely heaven.
115And besides the stars above mentioned the band of the Pleiades is also made up of seven stars, the rising and occultation of which are the causes of great benefits to all men. For when they set, the furrows are ploughed up for the purpose of sowing; and when they are about to rise, they bring glad tidings of harvest; and after they have arisen, they awaken the rejoicing husbandman to the collection of their necessary food. And they with joy store up their food for their daily use.
116And the sun, the ruler of the day, making two equinoxes every year, both in spring and autumn. The spring equinox in the constellation of Aries, and the autumnal one in Libra, gives the most evident demonstration possible of the divine dignity of the number seven. For each of the equinoxes takes place in the seventh month, at which time men are expressly commanded by law to celebrate the greatest and most popular and comprehensive festivals; since it is owing to both these seasons, that all the fruits of the earth are engendered and brought to perfection; the fruit of corn, and all other things which are sown, being owing to the vernal equinox; and that of the vine, and of all the other plants which bear hard berries, of which there are great numbers, to the autumnal one.
117And since all the things on the earth depend upon the heavenly bodies according to a certain natural sympathy, it is in heaven too that the ratio of the number seven began, and from thence it descended to us also, coming down to visit the race of mortal men. And so again, besides the dominant part of our mind, our soul is divided into seven divisions; there being five senses, and besides them the vocal organ, and after that the generative power. All which things, like the puppets in a raree show, which are moved by strings by the manager, are at one time quiet, and at another time in motion, each according to its suitable habits and capacities of motion.
118And in the same way, if any one were to set about investigating the different parts of the body, in both their interior and the exterior arrangement, he will in each case find seven divisions. Those which are visible are as follow; —the head, the chest, the belly, two arms, and two legs; the internal parts, or the entrails, as they are called, are the stomach, the heart, the lungs, the spleen, the liver, and the two kidneys.
119Again, the principal and dominant part in an animal is the head, and that has seven most necessary divisions: two eyes, an equal number of ears, two channels for the nostrils, and the mouth to make up seven, through which as Plato says, mortal things find their entrance, and immortal things their exit. For into the mouth do enter meat and drink, perishable food of a perishable body; but from out of it proceed words—the immortal laws of an immortal soul, by means of which rational life is regulated.
120Again, the things which are judged of by the best of the senses, sight, partake of number according to their kind. For the things which are seen are seven; body, distance, shape, magnitude, colour, motion, tranquillity, and besides these there is nothing.
121It also happens that all the changes of the voice amount to seven; the acute, the grave, the contracted, in the fourth place the aspirated sound, the fifth is the tone, the sixth the long, the seventh the short sound.
122There are also seven motions; the motion upwards, the motion downwards, that to the right, that to the left, the forward motion, the backward motion, and the rotatory motion, as is most especially shown by those who exhibit dances.
123It is affirmed also that the secretions of the body are performed in the aforesaid number of seven. For tears are poured out through the eyes, and the purifications of the head through the nostrils, and through the mouth the saliva which is spit out; there are, besides two other channels for the evacuation of the superfluities of the body, the one being placed in front and the the other behind; the sixth mode of evacuation is the effusion of perspiration over the whole body, and the seventh that most natural exercise of the generative powers.
124Again, in the case of women, the flux called the catamenia, is usually carried on for seven days. Also, children in the womb receive life at the end of seven months, so that a very extraordinary thing happens: for children who are born at the end of the seventh month live, while those who are born at the expiration of the eighth month are altogether incapable of surviving.
125Again, the dangerous diseases of the body, especially when lasting fevers, arising from the distemperature of the powers within us, attack us, are usually decided about the seventh day. For that day determines the contest for life, allotting safety to some men, and death to others.
Sections 126–150
126ἡ δὲ δύναμις αὐτῆς οὐ μόνον τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ἀρίσταις τῶν ἐπιστημῶν ἐπιπεφοίτηκε, γραμματικῇ τε καὶ μουσικῇ. λύρα μὲν γὰρ ἡ ἑπτάχορδος ἀναλογοῦσα τῇ τῶν πλανήτων χορείᾳ τὰς ἐλλογίμους ἁρμονίας ἀποτελεῖ, σχεδόν τι τῆς κατὰ μουσικὴν ὀργανοποιίας ἁπάσης ἡγεμονὶς οὖσα. στοιχείων τε τῶν ἐν γραμματικῇ τὰ λεγόμενα φωνήεντα ἐτύμως ἑπτά ἐστιν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἔοικε φωνεῖσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συνταττόμενα φωνὰς ἐνάρθρους ἀποτελεῖν· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἡμιφώνων ἀναπληροῖ τὸ ἐνδέον ὁλοκλήρους κατασκευάζοντα τοὺς φθόγγους, τῶν δ’ ἀφώνων τρέπει καὶ μεταβάλλει τὰς φύσεις ἐμπνέοντα τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, ἵνα γένηται τὰ ἄρρητα ῥητά.
127διό μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τὰ ὀνόματα τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιφημίσαντες ἅτε σοφοὶ καλέσαι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτὸν σεβασμοῦ καὶ τῆς προσούσης σεμνότητος· Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ καὶ προστιθέντες τὸ ἐλλειφθὲν ὑφ’ Ἑλλήνων στοιχεῖον τὸ Σ τρανοῦσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν ἔμφασιν, ἐτυμώτερον σέπτεμ προσαγορεύοντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σεμνοῦ, καθάπερ ἐλέχθη, καὶ σεβασμοῦ.
128Ταῦτα καὶ ἔτι πλείω λέγεται καὶ φιλοσοφεῖται περὶ ἑβδομάδος, ὧν ἕνεκα τιμὰς μὲν ἔλαχεν ἐν τῇ φύσει τὰς ἀνωτάτω, τιμᾶται δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς δοκιμωτάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων, οἳ τὴν μαθηματικὴν ἐπιστήμην διαπονοῦσιν, ἐκτετίμηται δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ φιλαρέτου Μωυσέως, ὃς τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ἀνέγραψεν ἐν ταῖς ἱερωτάταις τοῦ νόμου στήλαις, ταῖς δὲ διανοίαις τῶν ὑφ’ αὑτὸν ἁπάντων ἐνεχάραξε, δι’ ἓξ ἡμερῶν κελεύσας ἄγειν ἱερὰν ἑβδόμην ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνέχοντας ἔργων ὅσα κατὰ ζήτησιν βίου καὶ πορισμόν, ἑνὶ μόνῳ σχολάζοντας τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν εἰς βελτίωσιν ἠθῶν καὶ τὸν τοῦ συνειδότος ἔλεγχον, ὃς ἐνιδρυμένος τῇ ψυχῇ καθάπερ δικαστὴς ἐπιπλήττων οὐ δυσωπεῖται, τὰ μὲν σφοδροτέραις ἀπειλαῖς τὰ δὲ καὶ μετριωτέραις νουθεσίαις χρώμενος, περὶ μὲν ὧν ἔδοξεν ἐκ προνοίας ἀδικεῖν ἀπειλαῖς, περὶ δ’ ὧν ἀκούσια διὰ τὸ ἀπροοράτως ἔχειν νουθεσίαις ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως ὀλισθεῖν.
129Ἐπιλογιζόμενος δὲ τὴν κοσμοποιίαν κεφαλαιώδει τύπῳ φησίν· „Αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὅτε ἐγένετο, ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ πᾶν χλωρὸν ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντα χόρτον ἀγροῦ πρὸ τοῦ ἀνατεῖλαι“ (Gen. 2, 4. 5). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐμφανῶς τὰς ἀσωμάτους καὶ νοητὰς ἰδέας παρίστησιν, ἃς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων σφραγῖδας εἶναι συμβέβηκε; πρὶν γὰρ χλοῆσαι τὴν γῆν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν πραγμάτων χλόη, φησίν, ἦν, καὶ πρὶν ἀνατεῖλαι χόρτον ἐν ἀγρῷ, χόρτος ἦν οὐχ
130ὁρατός. ὑπονοητέον δ’ ὅτι καὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἄλλων ἃ δικάζουσιν αἰσθήσεις τὰ πρεσβύτερα εἴδη καὶ μέτρα, οἷς εἰδοποιεῖται καὶ μετρεῖται τὰ γινόμενα, προϋπῆρχε· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ κατὰ μέρος ἀλλ’ ἀθρόα πάντα διεξελήλυθε φροντίζων εἰ καί τις ἄλλος βραχυλογίας, οὐδὲν ἧττον τὰ ῥηθέντα ὀλίγα δείγματα τῆς τῶν συμπάντων ἐστὶ φύσεως, ἥτις ἄνευ ἀσωμάτου παραδείγματος οὐδὲν τελεσιουργεῖ τῶν ἐν αἰσθήσει.
131Τῆς δ’ ἀκολουθίας ἐχόμενος καὶ τὸν εἱρμὸν τῶν ἑπομένων πρὸς τὰ ἡγούμενα διατηρῶν ἑξῆς λέγει· "πηγὴ δ’ ἀνέβαινεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπότιζε πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 2, 6). οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φιλόσοφοι τὸ σύμπαν ὕδωρ ἓν στοιχεῖον εἶναί φασι τῶν τεττάρων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ἐδημιουργήθη. Μωυσῆς δ’ ὀξυωπεστέροις ὄμμασι καὶ τὰ μακρὰν εἰωθὼς εὖ μάλα θεωρεῖν καὶ καταλαμβάνειν στοιχεῖον μὲν οἴεται εἶναι τὴν μεγάλην θάλατταν, μοῖραν τετάρτην τῶν συμπάντων, ἣν οἱ μετ’ αὐτὸν Ὠκεανὸν προσαγορεύοντες τὰ παρ’ ἡμῖν πλωτὰ πελάγη λιμένων ἔχειν μεγέθη νομίζουσι, τὸ δὲ γλυκὺ καὶ πότιμον ὕδωρ διέκρινεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θαλαττίου προσκατατάξας αὐτὸ τῇ γῇ καὶ μέρος ταύτης ὑπολαβών, οὐκ ἐκείνου, διὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν αἰτίαν πρότερον, ἵν’ ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ δεσμοῦ συνέχηται γλυκείᾳ ποιότητι κόλλης τρόπον ἑνούσης· ξηρὰ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεῖσα, μὴ παραδυομένης νοτίδος διὰ τῶν ἀραιωμάτων πολυσχιδῶς ἐπιφοιτώσης, κἂν διελέλυτο· συνέχεται δὲ καὶ διαμένει τὰ μὲν πνεύματος ἑνωτικοῦ δυνάμει, τὰ δὲ τῆς νοτίδος οὐκ ἐώσης ἀφαυαινομένην κατὰ τρύφη μικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα θρύπτεσθαι.
132μία μὲν αἰτία ἥδε, λεκτέον δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν στοχαζομένην ὥσπερ σκοποῦ τῆς ἀληθείας· οὐδὲν τῶν γηγενῶν ἄνευ ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας συνίστασθαι πέφυκε· μηνύουσι δ’ αἱ καταβολαὶ τῶν σπερμάτων, ἅπερ ἢ ὑγρά ἐστιν, ὡς τὰ τῶν ζῴων, ἢ οὐκ ἄνευ ὑγρότητος βλαστάνει, τοιαῦτα δὲ τὰ τῶν φυτῶν ἐστιν· ἐξ οὗ δῆλον ὅτι ἀνάγκη τὴν λεχθεῖσαν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν μέρος εἶναι γῆς τῆς πάντα τικτούσης, καθάπερ ταῖς γυναιξὶ τὴν φορὰν τῶν καταμηνίων· λέγεται γὰρ οὖν καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς ἀνδρῶν φυσικῶν οὐσία σωματικὴ βρεφῶν εἶναι.
133τῶν δ’ εἰρημένων οὐκ ἀπᾴδει καὶ τὸ μέλλον λέγεσθαι· πάσῃ μητρὶ καθάπερ ἀναγκαιότατον μέρος ἡ φύσις πηγάζοντας ἀνέδωκε μαστοὺς προευτρεπισαμένη τροφὰς τῷ γεννησομένῳ· μήτηρ δ’ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ ἡ γῆ, παρὸ καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις ἔδοξεν αὐτὴν Δήμητραν καλέσαι τὸ μητρὸς καὶ γῆς ὄνομα συνθεῖσιν· οὐ γὰρ γῆ γυναῖκα, ὡς εἶπε Πλάτων, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ γῆν μεμίμηται, ἣν ἐτύμως τὸ ποιητικὸν γένος παμμήτορα καὶ καρποφόρον καὶ πανδώραν εἴωθεν ὀνομάζειν, ἐπειδὴ πάντων αἰτία γενέσεως καὶ διαμονῆς ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτῶν ἐστιν. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ γῇ τῇ πρεσβυτάτῃ καὶ γονιμωτάτῃ μητέρων ἀνέδωκεν ἡ φύσις οἷα μαστοὺς ποταμῶν ῥεῖθρα καὶ πηγῶν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ φυτὰ ἄρδοιτο καὶ ποτὸν ἄφθονον ἔχοι πάντα τὰ ζῷα.
134Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησιν ὅτι "ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν λαβὼν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς" (Gen. 2, 7). ἐναργέστατα καὶ διὰ τούτου παρίστησιν ὅτι διαφορὰ παμμεγέθης ἐστὶ τοῦ τε νῦν πλασθέντος ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονότος πρότερον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ διαπλασθεὶς αἰσθητὸς ἤδη μετέχων ποιότητος, ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστώς, ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνή, φύσει θνητός· ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα ἰδέα τις ἢ γένος ἢ σφραγίς, νοητός, ἀσώματος, οὔτ’ ἄρρεν οὔτε θῆλυ, ἄφθαρτος φύσει.
135τοῦ δ’ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ μέρους ἀνθρώπου τὴν κατασκευὴν σύνθετον εἶναί φησιν ἔκ τε γεώδους οὐσίας καὶ πνεύματος θείου· γεγενῆσθαι γὰρ τὸ μὲν σῶμα χοῦν τοῦ τεχνίτου λαβόντος καὶ μορφὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ διαπλάσαντος, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς γενητοῦ τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἡγεμόνος τῶν πάντων· ὃ γὰρ ἐνεφύσησεν, οὐδὲν ἦν ἕτερον ἢ πνεῦμα θεῖον ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας καὶ εὐδαίμονος φύσεως ἐκείνης ἀποικίαν τὴν ἐνθάδε στειλάμενον ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, ἵν’ εἰ καὶ θνητόν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν ὁρατὴν μερίδα, κατὰ γοῦν τὴν ἀόρατον ἀθανατίζηται. διὸ καὶ κυρίως ἄν τις εἴποι τὸν ἄνθρωπον θνητῆς καὶ ἀθανάτου φύσεως εἶναι μεθόριον ἑκατέρας ὅσον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μετέχοντα καὶ γεγενῆσθαι θνητὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀθάνατον, θνητὸν μὲν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀθάνατον.
136ἐκεῖνος δ’ ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ὁ γηγενής, ὁ παντὸς τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἀρχηγέτης, ἑκάτερον ἄριστος ψυχήν τε καὶ σῶμα γεγενῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ μακρῷ τινι τοὺς ἔπειτα διενεγκεῖν κατὰ τὰς ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ὑπερβολάς· ὁ γὰρ ἀληθείᾳ καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς οὗτος ὄντως ἦν. τεκμηριώσαιτο δ’ ἄν τις τὴν μὲν τοῦ σώματος εὐμορφίαν ἐκ τριῶν, ὧν ἐστι πρῶτον τόδε· ἄρτι τῆς γῆς νεοκτίστου φανείσης κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πολλοῦ ὕδατος διάκρισιν, ὃ προσερρήθη θάλαττα, τὴν ὕλην συνέβαινε τῶν γινομένων ἀμιγῆ καὶ ἄδολον καὶ καθαρὰν ἔτι δ’ ὁλκὸν καὶ εὐεργὸν εἶναι, ἐξ ἧς τὰ ἀποτελούμενα εἰκότως ἦν ἀνυπαίτια.
137δεύτερον δέ, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ τυχόντος μέρους τῆς γῆς ἔοικεν ὁ θεὸς χοῦν λαβὼν τὸν ἀνθρωποειδῆ τοῦτον ἀνδριάντα πλάττειν ἐθελῆσαι μετὰ τῆς ἀνωτάτω σπουδῆς, ἀλλὰ διακρίνας ἐξ ἁπάσης τὸ βέλτιστον, ἐκ καθαρᾶς ὕλης τὸ καθαρώτατον καὶ διηθημένον ἄκρως, ὃ πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν μάλιστα ἥρμοζεν· οἶκος γάρ τις ἢ νεὼς ἱερὸς ἐτεκταίνετο ψυχῆς λογικῆς, ἣν ἔμελλεν ἀγαλματοφορήσειν ἀγαλμάτων τὸ θεοειδέστατον.
138τρίτον δέ, ὃ μηδὲ σύγκρισιν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ λεχθέντα, ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀγαθὸς ἦν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν τοῦ σώματος μερῶν καὶ ἰδίᾳ καθ’ αὑτὸ τοὺς ἐπιβάλλοντας ἔχειν ἀριθμοὺς καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου κοινωνίαν εὐαρμόστως ἀπηκριβῶσθαι· μετὰ δὲ τῆς συμμετρίας καὶ εὐσαρκίαν προσανέπλαττε καὶ εὔχροιαν ἠνθογράφει βουλόμενος, ὡς ἔνι
139μάλιστα, κάλλιστον ὀφθῆναι τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον. ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἄριστος ἦν, φανερόν· οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ παραδείγματι τῶν ἐν γενέσει πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῆς ἔοικε χρήσασθαι, μόνῳ δ’ ὡς εἶπον τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ. διό φησιν ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα γεγενῆσθαι τούτου τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐμπνευσθέντα εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον, ἔνθα τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὁ τόπος, αἷς τὸ μὲν σῶμα ἐψύχωσεν ὁ δημιουργός, τὸν δὲ βασιλέα λογισμὸν ἐνιδρυσάμενος τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παρέδωκε δορυφορεῖσθαι πρὸς τὰς χρωμάτων καὶ φωνῶν χυλῶν τε αὖ καὶ ἀτμῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων ἀντιλήψεις, ἃς ἄνευ αἰσθήσεως δι’ αὑτοῦ μόνου καταλαβεῖν οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν. ἀνάγκη δὲ παγκάλου παραδείγματος πάγκαλον εἶναι τὸ μίμημα. θεοῦ δὲ λόγος καὶ αὐτοῦ κάλλους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ φύσει κάλλος, ἀμείνων, οὐ κοσμούμενος κάλλει, κόσμος δ’ αὐτός, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, εὐπρεπέστατος ἐκείνου.
140Τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν γεγενῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, τούς τε νῦν ὄντας καὶ τοὺς πρὸ ἡμῶν διενεγκὼν ἅπαντας· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἡμετέρα γένεσις ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, τὸν δὲ θεὸς ἐδημιούργησεν· ἐφ’ ὅσον δὲ κρείττων ὁ ποιῶν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ γινόμενον ἄμεινον· ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἀκμάζον αἰεὶ τοῦ παρηβηκότος βέλτιόν ἐστιν, εἴτε ζῷον εἴτε φυτὸν εἴτε καρπὸς εἴτ’ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει τυγχάνοι, οὕτως ἔοικεν ὁ μὲν πρῶτος διαπλασθεὶς ἄνθρωπος ἀκμὴ τοῦ ἡμετέρου παντὸς ὑπάρξαι γένους, οἱ δ’ ἔπειτα μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἐπακμάσαι, τῶν κατὰ γενεὰν ἀμαυροτέρας ἀεὶ τάς τε μορφὰς καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις λαμβανόντων·
141ὅπερ ἐπί τε πλαστικῆς καὶ ζῳγραφίας γινόμενον εἶδον· ἀποδεῖ γὰρ τὰ μιμήματα τῶν ἀρχετύπων, τὰ δ’ ἀπὸ τῶν μιμημάτων γραφόμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα πολὺ μᾶλλον, ἅτε μακρὰν ἀφεστῶτα τῆς ἀρχῆς· παραπλήσιον δὲ πάθος καὶ ἡ μαγνῆτις λίθος ἐπιδείκνυται· τῶν γὰρ σιδηρῶν δακτυλίων ὁ μὲν αὐτῆς ψαύσας βιαιότατα κρατεῖται, ὁ δὲ τοῦ ψαύσαντος ἧττον, ἐκκρέμαται δὲ καὶ τρίτος δευτέρου καὶ τέταρτος τρίτου καὶ πέμπτος τετάρτου καὶ ἑτέρων ἕτεροι κατὰ μακρὸν στοῖχον ὑπὸ μιᾶς ὁλκοῦ δυνάμεως συνεχόμενοι, πλὴν οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον· ἀεὶ γὰρ οἱ πόρρω τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπηρτημένοι χαλῶνται διὰ τὸ τὴν ὁλκὴν ἀνίεσθαι μηκέθ’ ὁμοίως σφίγγειν δυναμένην. ὅμοιον δή τι πεπονθέναι καὶ τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαίνεται καθ’ ἑκάστην γενεὰν ἀμυδροτέρας λαμβανόντων τάς τε τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις καὶ ποιότητας.
142τὸν δ’ ἀρχηγέτην ἐκεῖνον οὐ μόνον πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον ἀλλὰ καὶ μόνον κοσμοπολίτην λέγοντες ἀψευδέστατα ἐροῦμεν· ἦν γὰρ οἶκος αὐτῷ καὶ πόλις ὁ κόσμος, μηδεμιᾶς χειροποιήτου κατασκευῆς δεδημιουργημένης ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων ὕλης, ᾧ καθάπερ ἐν πατρίδι μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας ἐνδιῃτᾶτο φόβου μὲν ἐκτὸς ὤν, ἅτε τῆς τῶν περιγείων ἡγεμονίας ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ πάντων ὅσα θνητὰ κατεπτηχότων καὶ ὑπακούειν ὡς δεσπότῃ δεδιδαγμένων ἢ βιασθέντων, ἐν εὐπαθείαις
143δὲ ταῖς ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἀπολέμῳ ζῶν ἀνεπιλήπτως. ἐπεὶ δὲ πᾶσα πόλις εὔνομος ἔχει πολιτείαν, ἀναγκαίως συνέβαινε τῷ κοσμοπολίτῃ χρῆσθαι πολιτείᾳ ᾗ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος· αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς φύσεως ὀρθὸς λόγος, ὃς κυριωτέρᾳ κλήσει προσονομάζεται θεσμός, νόμος θεῖος ὤν, καθ’ ὃν τὰ προσήκοντα καὶ ἐπιβάλλοντα ἑκάστοις ἀπενεμήθη. ταύτης τῆς πόλεως καὶ πολιτείας ἔδει τινὰς εἶναι πρὸ ἀνθρώπου πολίτας, οἳ λέγοιντ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως μεγαλοπολῖται τὸν μέγιστον περίβολον οἰκεῖν λαχόντες καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ καὶ τελειοτάτῳ πολιτεύματι ἐγγραφέντες.
144οὗτοι δὲ τίνες ἂν εἶεν ὅτι μὴ λογικαὶ καὶ θεῖαι φύσεις, αἱ μὲν ἀσώματοι καὶ νοηταί, αἱ δὲ οὐκ ἄνευ σωμάτων, ὁποίους συμβέβηκεν εἶναι τοὺς ἀστέρας; οἷς προσομιλῶν καὶ συνδιαιτώμενος εἰκότως ἐν ἀκράτῳ διέτριβεν εὐδαιμονίᾳ· συγγενής τε καὶ ἀγχίσπορος ὢν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἅτε δὴ πολλοῦ ῥυέντος εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ θείου πνεύματος, πάντα καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ἐσπούδαζεν εἰς ἀρέσκειαν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ βασιλέως, ἑπόμενος κατ’ ἴχνος αὐτῷ ταῖς ὁδοῖς, ἃς λεωφόρους ἀνατέμνουσιν ἀρεταί, διότι μόναις ψυχαῖς θέμις προσέρχεσθαι τέλος ἡγουμέναις τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεννήσαντα θεὸν ἐξομοίωσιν.
145Τοῦ μὲν οὖν πρώτου φύντος ἀνθρώπου τὸ καθ’ ἑκάτερον ψυχήν τε καὶ σῶμα κάλλος, εἰ καὶ πολλῷ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔλαττον, ἀλλ’ οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν δύναμιν ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν εἴρηται. τοὺς δ’ ἀπογόνους τῆς ἐκείνου μετέχοντας ἰδέας ἀναγκαῖον εἰ καὶ ἀμυδροὺς ἀλλ’ οὖν ἔτι σῴζειν τοὺς τύπους τῆς πρὸς τὸν προπάτορα συγγενείας.
146ἡ δὲ συγγένεια τίς; πᾶς ἄνθρωπος κατὰ μὲν τὴν διάνοιαν ᾠκείωται λόγῳ θείῳ, τῆς μακαρίας φύσεως ἐκμαγεῖον ἢ ἀπόσπασμα ἢ ἀπαύγασμα γεγονώς, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κατασκευὴν ἅπαντι τῷ κόσμῳ· συγκέκραται γὰρ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν, γῆς καὶ ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος καὶ πυρός, ἑκάστου τῶν στοιχείων εἰσενεγκόντος τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν αὐταρκεστάτης ὕλης, ἣν ἔδει λαβεῖν τὸν δημιουργόν, ἵνα τεχνιτεύσῃ τὴν ὁρατὴν ταύτην εἰκόνα·
147καὶ προσέτι πᾶσι τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ὡς οἰκειοτάτοις καὶ συγγενεστάτοις χωρίοις ἐνδιαιτᾶται τόπους ἀμείβων καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλοις ἐπιφοιτῶν, ὡς κυριώτατα φάναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον πάντα εἶναι, χερσαῖον ἔνυδρον πτηνὸν οὐράνιον· ᾗ μὲν γὰρ οἰκεῖ καὶ βέβηκεν ἐπὶ γῆς, χερσαῖον ζῷόν ἐστιν, ᾗ δὲ δύεται καὶ νήχεται καὶ πλεῖ πολλάκις, ἔνυδρον— ἔμποροι καὶ ναύκληροι καὶ πορφυρεῖς καὶ ὅσοι τὴν ἐπ’ ὀστρέοις καὶ ἰχθύσιν ἄγραν μετίασι τοῦ λεχθέντος εἰσὶ σαφεστάτη πίστις —, ᾗ δὲ μετέωρον ἀπὸ γῆς ἀνώφοιτον ἐξῆρται τὸ σῶμα, λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως ἀεροπόρον εἶναι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ οὐράνιον, διὰ τῆς ἡγεμονικωτάτης τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄψεως ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν συνεγγίζων.
148Παγκάλως δὲ καὶ τὴν θέσιν τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀνῆψε τῷ πρώτῳ (Gen. 2,19)· σοφίας γὰρ καὶ βασιλείας τὸ ἔργον, σοφὸς δ’ ἐκεῖνος αὐτομαθὴς καὶ αὐτοδίδακτος, χερσὶ θείαις γενόμενος, καὶ προσέτι βασιλεύς· ἐμπρεπὲς δ’ ἡγεμόνι προσαγορεύειν ἕκαστον τῶν ὑπηκόων. ὑπερβάλλουσα δ’ ὡς εἰκὸς δύναμις ἀρχῆς ἦν περὶ τὸν πρῶτον ἐκεῖνον ἄνθρωπον, ὃν σπουδῇ διαπλάσας ὁ θεὸς ἠξίου δευτερείων, ὕπαρχον μὲν αὑτοῦ, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἡγεμόνα τιθείς, ὁπότε καὶ οἱ τοσαύταις γενεαῖς ὕστερον φύντες, ἤδη τοῦ γένους διὰ μακρὰς χρόνων περιόδους ἐξιτήλου ὄντος, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἔτι δεσπόζουσι τῶν ἀλόγων καθάπερ λαμπάδιον ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου διαδοθὲν φυλάττοντες.
149φησὶν οὖν ὅτι πάντα τὰ ζῷα ἤγαγεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ, ἰδεῖν βουλόμενος τίνας θήσεται προσρήσεις ἑκάστοις, οὐχ ὅτι ἐνεδοίαζεν — ἄγνωστον γὰρ οὐδὲν θεῷ —, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ᾔδει τὴν λογικὴν ἐν θνητῷ φύσιν κατεσκευακὼς αὐτοκίνητον, ὅπως ἀμέτοχος αὐτὸς ᾖ κακίας. ἀπεπειρᾶτο δ’ ὡς ὑφηγητὴς γνωρίμου τὴν ἐνδιάθετον ἕξιν ἀνακινῶν καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τῶν οἰκείων ἀνακαλῶν ἔργων, ἵν’ ἀπαυτοματίσῃ τὰς θέσεις μήτ’ ἀνοικείους μήτ’ ἀναρμόστους ἀλλ’ ἐμφαινούσας εὖ μάλα τὰς τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἰδιότητας.
150ἀκράτου γὰρ ἔτι τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως ὑπαρχούσης ἐν ψυχῇ καὶ μηδενὸς ἀρρωστήματος ἢ νοσήματος ἢ πάθους παρεισεληλυθότος, τὰς φαντασίας τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πραγμάτων ἀκραιφνεστάτας λαμβάνων εὐθυβόλους ἐποιεῖτο τὰς κλήσεις, εὖ μάλα στοχαζόμενος τῶν δηλουμένων, ὡς ἅμα λεχθῆναί τε καὶ νοηθῆναι τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν. οὕτως μὲν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς καλοῖς διέφερεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸ τὸ πέρας φθάνων τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐδαιμονίας.
Sections 126–150
126And the power of this number does not exist only in the instances already mentioned, but it also pervades the most excellent of the sciences, the knowledge of grammar and music. For the lyre with seven strings, bearing a proportion to the assemblage of the seven planets, perfects its admirable harmonies, being almost the chief of all instruments which are conversant about music. And of the elements of grammar, those which are properly called vowels are, correctly speaking, seven in number, since they can be sounded by themselves, and when they are combined with other letters, they make complete sounds; for they fill up the deficiency existing in semi-vowels, making the sounds whole; and they change and alter the natures of the mutes inspiring them with their own power, in order that what has no sound may become endowed with sound.
127On which account it appears to me that they also originally gave letters their names, and acting as became wise men, did give the name to the number seven from the respect they had for it, and from regard to the dignity inherent in it. But the Romans, adding the letter S, which had been omitted by the Greeks, show still more conspicuously the correct etymological meaning of the word, calling it septem, as derived from σεμνὸς, venerable, as has been said before, and from σεβασμὸς, veneration.
128These things, and more still are said in a philosophical spirit about the number seven, on account of which it has received the highest honours, in the highest nature. And it is honoured by those of the highest reputation among both Greeks and barbarians, who devote themselves to mathematical sciences. It was also greatly honoured by Moses, a man much attached to excellence of all sorts, who described its beauty on the most holy pillars of the law, and wrote it in the hearts of all those who were subject to him, commanding them at the end of each period of six days to keep the seventh holy; abstaining from all other works which are done in the seeking after and providing the means of life, devoting that day to the single object of philosophizing with a view to the improvement of their morals, and the examination of their consciences: for conscience being seated in the soul as a judge, is not afraid to reprove men, sometimes employing pretty vehement threats; at other times by milder admonitions, using threats in regard to matters where men appear to be disobedient, of deliberate purpose, and admonitions when their offences seem involuntary, through want of foresight, in order to prevent their hereafter offending in a similar manner.
129So Moses, summing up his account of the creation of the world, says in a brief style, This is the book of the creation of the heaven and of the earth, when it took place, in the day on which God made the heaven and the earth, and every green herb before it appeared upon the earth, and all the grass of the field before it sprang up. Does he not here manifestly set before us incorporeal ideas perceptible only by the intellect, which have been appointed to be as seals of the perfected works, perceptible by the outward senses. For before the earth was green, he says that this same thing, verdure, existed in the nature of things, and before the grass sprang up in the field, there was grass though it was not visible.
130And we must understand in the case of every thing else which is decided on by the external senses, there were elder forms and motions previously existing, according to which the things which were created were fashioned and measured out. For although Moses did not describe everything collectively, but only a part of what existed, as he was desirous of brevity, beyond all men that ever wrote, still the few things which he has mentioned are examples of the nature of all, for nature perfects none of those which are perceptible to the outward senses without an incorporeal model.
131Then, preserving the natural order of things, and having a regard to the connection between what comes afterwards and what has gone before, he says next, And a fountain went up from the earth and watered the whole face of the earth. For other philosophers affirm that all water is one of the four elements of which the world was composed. But Moses, who was accustomed to contemplate and comprehend matters with a more acute and far-sighted vision, considers thus: the vast sea is an element, being a fourth part of the entire universe, which the men after him denominated the ocean, while they look upon the smaller seas which we sail over in the light of harbours. And he drew a distinction between the sweet and drinkable water and that of the sea, attributing the former to the earth, and considering it a portion of the earth, rather than of the ocean, on account of the reason which I have already mentioned, that is to say, that the earth may be held together by the sweet qualities of the water as by a chain; the water acting in the manner of glue. For if the earth were left entirely dry, so that no moisture arose and penetrated through its holes rising to the surface in various directions, it would split. But now it is held together, and remains lasting, partly by the force of the wind which unites it, and partly because the moisture does not allow it to become dry, and so to be broken up into larger and smaller fragments.
132This is one reason; and we must also mention another, which is aimed at the truth like an arrow at a mark. It is not the nature of anything upon the earth to exist without a moist essence. And this is indicated by the throwing of seed, which is either moist, as the seed of animals, or else does not shoot up without moisture, such as the seeds of plants; from which it is evident that it follows that the aforesaid moist essence must be a portion of the earth which produces everything, just as the flux of the catamenia is a part of women. For by men who are learned in natural philosophy, this also is said to be the corporeal essence of children.
133Nor is what we are about to say inconsistent with what has been said; for nature has bestowed upon every mother, as a most indispensable part of her conformation, breasts gushing forth like fountains, having in this manner provided abundant food for the child that is to be born. And the earth also, as it seems, is a mother, from which consideration it occurred to the early ages to call her Demetra, combining the names of mother (μήτηρ), and earth (γῆ or δη). For it is not the earth which imitates the woman, as Plato has said, but the woman who has imitated the earth which the race of poets has been accustomed with truth to call the mother of all things, and the fruit-bearer, and the giver of all things, since she is at the same time the cause of the generation and durability of all things, to the animals and plants. Rightly, therefore, did nature bestow on the earth as the eldest and most fertile of mothers, streams of rivers, and fountains like breasts, in order that the plants might be watered, and that all living things might have abundant supplies of drink.
134After this, Moses says that God made man, having taken clay from the earth, and he breathed into his face the breath of life. And by this expression he shows most clearly that there is a vast difference between man as generated now, and the first man who was made according to the image of God. For man as formed now is perceptible to the external senses, partaking of qualities, consisting of body and soul, man or woman, by nature mortal. But man, made according to the image of God, was an idea, or a genus, or a seal, perceptible only by the intellect, incorporeal, neither male nor female, imperishable by nature.
135But he asserts that the formation of the individual man, perceptible by the external senses is a composition of earthy substance, and divine spirit. For that the body was created by the Creator taking a lump of clay, and fashioning the human form out of it; but that the soul proceeds from no created thing at all, but from the Father and Ruler of all things. For when he uses the expression, he breathed into, etc., he means nothing else than the divine spirit proceeding from that happy and blessed nature, sent to take up its habitation here on earth, for the advantage of our race, in order that, even if man is mortal according to that portion of him which is visible, he may at all events be immortal according to that portion which is invisible; and for this reason, one may properly say that man is on the boundaries of a better and an immortal nature, partaking of each as far as it is necessary for him; and that he was born at the same time, both mortal and the immortal. Mortal as to his body, but immortal as to his intellect.
136But the original man, he who was created out of the clay, the primeval founder of all our race, appears to me to have been most excellent in both particulars, in both soul and body, and to have been very far superior to all the men of subsequent ages from his preeminent excellence in both parts. For he in truth was really good and perfect. And one may form a conjecture of the perfection of his bodily beauty from three considerations, the first of which is this: when the earth was now but lately formed by its separation from that abundant quantity of water which was called the sea, it happened that the materials out of which the things just created were formed were unmixed, uncorrupted, and pure; and the things made from this material were naturally free from all imperfection.
137The second consideration is that it is not likely that God made this figure in the present form of a man, working with the most sublime care, after he had taken the clay from any chance portion of earth, but that he selected carefully the most excellent clay of all the earth, of the pure material choosing the finest and most carefully sifted portion, such as was especially fit for the formation of the work which he had in hand. For it was an abode or sacred temple for a reasonable soul which was being made, the image of which he was about to carry in his heart, being the most God-like looking of images.
138The third consideration is one which admits of no comparison with those which have been already mentioned, namely, this: the Creator was good both in other respects, and also in knowledge, so that every one of the parts of the body had separately the numbers which were suited to it, and was also accurately completed in the admirable adaptation to the share in the universe of which it was to partake. And after he had endowed it with fair proportions, he clothed it with beauty of flesh, and embellished it with an exquisite complexion, wishing, as far as was possible, that man should appear the most beautiful of beings.
139And that he is superior to all these animals in regard of his soul, is plain. For God does not seem to have availed himself of any other animal existing in creation as his model in the formation of man; but to have been guided, as I have said before, by his own reason alone. On which account, Moses affirms that this man was an image and imitation of God, being breathed into in his face in which is the place of the sensations, by which the Creator endowed the body with a soul. Then, having placed the mind in the dominant part as king, he gave him as a body of satellites, the different powers calculated to perceive colours and sounds, and flavours and odours, and other things of similar kinds, which man could never have distinguished by his own resources without the sensations. And it follows of necessity that an imitation of a perfectly beautiful model must itself be perfectly beautiful, for the word of God surpasses even that beauty which exists in the nature which is perceptible only by the external senses, not being embellished by any adventitious beauty, but being itself, if one must speak the truth, its most exquisite embellishment.
140The first man, therefore, appears to me to have been such both in his body and in his soul, being very far superior to all those who live in the present day, and to all those who have gone before us. For our generation has been from men: but he was created by God. And in the same proportion as the one Author of being is superior to the other, so too is the being that is produced. For as that which is in its prime is superior to that the beauty of which is gone by, whether it be an animal, or a plant, or fruit, or anything else whatever of the productions of nature; so also the first man who was ever formed appears to have been the height of perfection of our entire race, and subsequent generations appear never to have reached an equal state of perfection, but to have at all times been inferior both in their appearance and in their power, and to have been constantly degenerating,
141which same thing I have also seen to be the case in the instance of the sculptors’ and painters’ art. For the imitations always fall short of the original models. And those works which are painted or fashioned from models must be much more inferior, as being still further removed from the original. And the stone which is called the magnet is subject to a similar deterioration. For any iron ring which touches it is held by it as firmly as possible, but another which only touches that ring is held less firmly. And the third ring hangs from the second, and the fourth from the third, and the fifth from the fourth, and so on one from another in a long chain, being all held together by one attractive power, but still they are not all supported in the same degree. For those which are suspended at a distance from the original attraction, are held more loosely, because the attractive power is weakened, and is no longer able to bind them in an equal degree. And the race of mankind appears to be subject to an influence of the same kind, since in men the faculties and distinctive qualities of both body and soul are less vivid and strongly marked in each succeeding generation.
142And we shall be only saying what is the plain truth, if we call the original founder of our race not only the first man, but also the first citizen of the world. For the world was his house and his city, while he had as yet no structure made by hands and wrought out of the materials of wood and stone. And in this world he lived as in his own country, in all safety, removed from any fear, inasmuch as he had been thought worthy of the dominion over all earthly things; and had everything that was mortal crouching before him, and taught to obey him as their master, or else constrained to do so by superior force, and living himself surrounded by all the joys which peace can bestow without a struggle and without reproach.
143But since every city in which laws are properly established, has a regular constitution, it became necessary for this citizen of the world to adopt the same constitution as that which prevailed in the universal world. And this constitution is the right reason of nature, which in more appropriate language is denominated law, being a divine arrangement in accordance with which everything suitable and appropriate is assigned to every individual. But of this city and constitution there must have been some citizens before man, who might be justly called citizens of a mighty city, having received the greatest imaginable circumference to dwell in; and having been enrolled in the largest and most perfect commonwealth.
144And who could these have been but rational divine natures, some of them incorporeal and perceptible only by intellect, and others not destitute of bodily substance, such in fact as the stars? And he who associated with and lived among them was naturally living in a state of unmixed happiness. And being akin and nearly related to the ruler of all, inasmuch as a great deal of the divine spirit had flowed into him, he was eager both to say and to do everything which might please his father and his king, following him step by step in the paths which the virtues prepare and make plain, as those in which those souls alone are permitted to proceed who consider the attaining a likeness to God who made them as the proper end of their existence.
145We have now then set forth the beauty of the first created man in both respects, in body and soul, if in a way much inferior to the reality, still to the extent of our power, and the best of our ability. And it cannot be but that his descendants, who all partake of his original character, must preserve some traces of their relationship to their father, though they may be but faint. And what is this relationship?
146Every man in regard of his intellect is connected with divine reason, being an impression of, or a fragment or a ray of that blessed nature; but in regard of the structure of his body he is connected with the universal world. For he is composed of the same materials as the world, that is of earth, and water, and air and fire, each of the elements having contributed its appropriate part towards the completion of most sufficient materials, which the Creator was to take in order to fashion this visible image.
147And, moreover, man dwells among all the things that have been just enumerated, as most appropriate places having the closest connection with himself, changing his abode, and going at different times to different places. So that one may say with the most perfect propriety that man is every kind of animal, terrestrial, aquatic, flying, and celestial. For inasmuch as he dwells and walks upon the earth he is a terrestrial animal; but inasmuch as he often dives and swims, and sails, he is an aquatic creature. And merchants and captains of ships and purple dyers, and all those who let down their nets for oysters an fish, are a very clear proof of what is here said. Again, inasmuch as his body is raised at times above the earth and uses high paths, he may with justice be pronounced a creature who traverses the air; and, moreover, he is a celestial animal, by reason of that most important of the senses, sight; being by it brought near the sun and moon, and each of the stars, whether planets or fixed stars.
148And with great beauty Moses has attributed the giving of names to the different animals to the first created man, for it is a work of wisdom and indicative of royal authority, and man was full of intuitive wisdom and self-taught, having been created by the grace of God, and, moreover, was a king. And it is proper for a ruler to give names to each of his subjects. And, as was very natural, the power of domination was excessive in that first-created man, whom God formed with great care and thought worthy of the second rank in the creation, making him his own viceroy and the ruler of all other creatures. Since even those who have been born so many generations afterwards, when the race is becoming weakened by reason of the long intervals of time that have elapsed since the beginning of the world, do still exert the same power over the irrational beasts, preserving as it were a spark of the dominion and power which has been handed down to them by succession from their first ancestor.
149Accordingly, Moses says, that God brought all the animals to man, wishing to see what names he would give to each. Not because he was in doubt, for nothing is unknown to God, but because he knew that he had formed in mortal man a rational nature capable of moving of its own accord, in order that he might be free from all participation in vice. But he was now trying him as a master might try his pupil, stirring up the disposition which he had implanted in him; and moreover exciting him to a contemplation of his own works, that he might extemporise them names which should not be inappropriate nor unbecoming, but which should well and clearly display the peculiar qualities of the different subjects.
150For as the rational nature was as yet uncorrupted in the soul, and as no weakness, or disease, or affliction had as yet come upon it, man having most pure and perfect perceptions of bodies and of things, devised names for them with great felicity and correctness of judgment, forming very admirable opinions as to the qualities which they displayed, so that their natures were at once perceived and correctly described by him. And he was so excellent in all good things that he speedily arrived at the very perfection of human happiness.
Sections 151–172
151Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν γενέσει βέβαιον, τροπὰς δὲ καὶ μεταβολὰς ἀναγκαίως τὰ θνητὰ δέχεται, ἐχρῆν καὶ τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον ἀπολαῦσαί τινος κακοπραγίας. ἀρχὴ δὲ τῆς ὑπαιτίου ζωῆς αὐτῷ γίνεται γυνή· μέχρι μὲν γὰρ εἷς ἦν, ὡμοιοῦτο κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν κόσμῳ καὶ θεῷ καὶ τῆς ἑκατέρου φύσεως ἐναπεμάττετο τῇ ψυχῇ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας, οὐ πάντας ἀλλ’ ὅσους χωρῆσαι δυνατὸν θνητὴν σύστασιν· ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐπλάσθη καὶ γυνή, θεασάμενος ἀδελφὸν εἶδος καὶ συγγενῆ μορφὴν ἠσμένισε τῇ θέᾳ καὶ προσιὼν ἠσπάζετο.
152ἡ δ’ οὐδὲν ἐκείνου προσβλέπουσα ζῷον ἐμφερέστερον ἑαυτῇ γάνυταί τε καὶ ἀντιπροσφθέγγεται μετ’ αἰδοῦς· ἔρως δ’ ἐπιγενόμενος καθάπερ ἑνὸς ζῴου διττὰ τμήματα διεστηκότα συναγαγὼν εἰς ταὐτὸν ἁρμόττεται, πόθον ἐνιδρυσάμενος ἑκατέρῳ τῆς πρὸς θάτερον κοινωνίας εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου γένεσιν· ὁ δὲ πόθος οὗτος καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἡδονὴν ἐγέννησεν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ παρανομημάτων ἀρχή, δι’ ἣν ὑπαλλάττονται τὸν θνητὸν καὶ κακοδαίμονα βίον ἀντ’ ἀθανάτου καὶ εὐδαίμονος.
153ἔτι δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μονήρη βίον ζῶντος, μήπω διαπλασθείσης τῆς γυναικός, φυτευθῆναι λόγος ἔχει παράδεισον ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοῖς παρ’ ἡμῖν οὐδὲν προσεοικότα (Gen. 2, 8 s.)· τῶν μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἄψυχος ἡ ὕλη, παντοίων δένδρων κατάπλεως, τῶν μὲν ἀειθαλῶν πρὸς τὴν ὄψεως ἀδιάστατον ἡδονήν, τῶν δὲ ταῖς ἐαριναῖς ὥραις ἡβώντων καὶ βλαστανόντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἥμερον καρπὸν ἀνθρώποις φερόντων, οὐ πρὸς ἀναγκαίαν μόνον χρῆσιν τροφῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς περιττὴν ἀπόλαυσιν ἁβροδιαίτου βίου, τῶν δ’ οὐχ ὅμοιον, ὃς ἀναγκαίως θηρίοις ἀπενεμήθη· κατὰ δὲ τὸν θεῖον παράδεισον ἔμψυχα καὶ λογικὰ φυτὰ πάντ’ εἶναι συμβέβηκε, καρπὸν φέροντα τὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ προσέτι τὴν ἀδιάφθορον σύνεσιν καὶ ἀγχίνοιαν, ᾗ γνωρίζεται τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρά, ζωήν τ’ ἄνοσον καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν καὶ πᾶν εἴ τι τούτοις ὁμοιότροπον.
154ταῦτα δέ μοι δοκεῖ συμβολικῶς μᾶλλον ἢ κυρίως φιλοσοφεῖσθαι· δένδρα γὰρ ἐπὶ γῆς οὔτε πέφηνέ πω πρότερον οὔτ’ αὖθις εἰκὸς φανεῖσθαι ζωῆς ἢ συνέσεως· ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔοικεν αἰνίττεται διὰ μὲν τοῦ παραδείσου τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡγεμονικόν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κατάπλεων οἷα φυτῶν μυρίων ὅσων δοξῶν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ δένδρου τῆς ζωῆς τὴν μεγίστην τῶν ἀρετῶν θεοσέβειαν, δι’ ἧς ἀθανατίζεται ἡ ψυχή, διὰ δὲ τοῦ καλῶν καὶ πονηρῶν γνωριστικοῦ φρόνησιν τὴν μέσην, ᾗ διακρίνεται τἀναντία φύσει.
155θέμενος δὲ τούτους τοὺς ὅρους ἐν ψυχῇ καθάπερ δικαστὴς ἐσκόπει, πρὸς πότερον ἐπικλινῶς ἕξει. ὡς δὲ εἶδε ῥέπουσαν μὲν ἐπὶ πανουργίαν, εὐσεβείας δὲ καὶ ὁσιότητος ὀλιγωροῦσαν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ ἀθάνατος ζωὴ περιγίνεται, προὐβάλετο κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς καὶ ἐφυγάδευσεν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου, μηδ’ ἐλπίδα τῆς εἰσαῦθις ἐπανόδου δυσίατα καὶ ἀθεράπευτα πλημμελούσῃ ψυχῇ παρασχών, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀπάτης πρόφασις ἐπίληπτος ἦν οὐ μετρίως, ἣν οὐκ ἄξιον παρασιωπῆσαι.
156λέγεται τὸ παλαιὸν τὸ ἰοβόλον καὶ γηγενὲς ἑρπετὸν [ὄφις] ἀνθρώπου φωνὴν προΐεσθαι καί ποτε προσελθὸν τῇ τοῦ πρώτου φύντος ἀνδρὸς γυναικὶ τῆς βραδυτῆτος καὶ τῆς ἄγαν εὐλαβείας ὀνειδίσαι, διότι μέλλει καὶ ὑπερτίθεται πάγκαλον ὀφθῆναι καὶ ἥδιστον ἀπολαυσθῆναι καρπὸν δρέπεσθαι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον, ᾧ δυνήσεται γνωρίζειν ἀγαθά τε αὖ καὶ κακά· τὴν δὲ ἀνεξετάστως ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀβεβαίου καὶ ἀνιδρύτου συναινέσασαν ἐμφαγεῖν τοῦ καρποῦ καὶ τῷ ἀνδρὶ μεταδοῦναι — καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐξαπιναίως ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἀκακίας καὶ ἁπλότητος ἠθῶν εἰς πανουργίαν μετέβαλεν —· ἐφ’ ᾧ τὸν πατέρα χαλεπήναντα — ἡ γὰρ πρᾶξις ὀργῆς ἀξία, ἐπεὶ παρελθόντες τὸ ζωῆς ἀθανάτου φυτόν, τὴν ἀρετῆς παντέλειαν, ὑφ’ ἧς μακραίωνα καὶ εὐδαίμονα βίον ἐδύναντο καρποῦσθαι, τὸν ἐφήμερον καὶ θνητὸν οὐ βίον ἀλλὰ χρόνον κακοδαιμονίας μεστὸν εἵλοντο — κολάσεις ὁρίσαι κατ’ αὐτῶν τὰς προσηκούσας.
157Ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα οὐ μύθου πλάσματα, οἷς τὸ ποιητικὸν καὶ σοφιστικὸν χαίρει γένος, ἀλλὰ δείγματα τύπων ἐπ’ ἀλληγορίαν παρακαλοῦντα κατὰ τὰς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀποδόσεις. ἑπόμενος δέ τις εἰκότι στοχασμῷ φήσει προσηκόντως τὸν εἰρημένον ὄφιν ἡδονῆς εἶναι σύμβολον, ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν ζῷον ἄπουν ἐστὶ καὶ πρηνὲς πεπτωκὸς ἐπὶ γαστέρα, δεύτερον δ’ ὅτι γῆς βώλοις σιτίῳ χρῆται, τρίτον δ’ ὅτι τὸν ἰὸν ἐπιφέρεται τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν, ᾧ τοὺς δηχθέντας ἀναιρεῖν πέφυκεν.
158οὐδενὸς δὲ τῶν λεχθέντων ὁ φιλήδονος ἀμοιρεῖ· μόλις τε γὰρ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπαίρει βαρυνόμενος καὶ καθελκόμενος, ἐκτραχηλιζούσης καὶ ὑποσκελιζούσης τῆς ἀκρασίας· σιτεῖταί τε οὐκ οὐράνιον τροφήν, ἣν ὀρέγει τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι διὰ λόγων καὶ δογμάτων σοφία, τὴν δ’ ἀναδιδομένην ἐκ γῆς κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας, ἐξ ἧς οἰνοφλυγίαι καὶ ὀψοφαγίαι καὶ λαιμαργίαι, αἳ τὰς γαστρὸς ἐπιθυμίας προσαναρρηγνῦσαι καὶ ἀναρριπίζουσαι [καὶ ἀνδραποδίζουσαι] πρὸς γαστριμαργίαν συναύξουσι καὶ ἀναρρηγνύουσι καὶ τοὺς ὑπογαστρίους οἴστρους· σιτοπόνων τε γὰρ καὶ ὀψαρτυτῶν κάματον ἐπιλιχνεύει καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἡδυσμάτων κνίσσης ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν κεφαλὴν περιάγων μεταλαμβάνειν [τῆς εἰδεχθείας] ὀρέγεται, καὶ ὁπότε πολυτελῆ τράπεζαν θεάσαιτο, καταβαλὼν αὑτὸν ὅλον ἐπὶ τὰ εὐτρεπισθέντα ἐκχεῖται, πάντων ἀθρόων σπουδάζων ἐμφορεῖσθαι, τέλος οὐ κόρον ἀλλὰ τὸ μηδὲν ὑπολείπεσθαι τῶν εὐτρεπισθέντων ποιούμενος.
159ὅθεν οὐχ ἧττον ὄφεως ἐν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν ἐπιφέρεται τὸν ἰόν· οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν ἀπληστίας ὑπηρέται καὶ ὑπουργοί, πάνθ’ ὅσα πρὸς ἐδωδὴν τέμνοντές τε καὶ λεαίνοντες καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον γλώττῃ παραδιδόντες τῇ χυλοὺς δικαζούσῃ πρὸς ἐπίκρισιν, ἔπειτα δὲ φάρυγγι· σιτίων δὲ ἀμετρία θανατῶδες φύσει καὶ ἰοβόλον, ἅτε πέψιν οὐκ ἐνδεχομένων διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐπεισιόντων φοράν, ἣ γίνεται πρὶν ἐξικμασθῆναι τὰ πρότερα.
160φωνὴν δ’ ἀνθρώπειον ὄφις λέγεται προΐεσθαι, διότι μυρίοις ὑπερμάχοις καὶ προαγωνισταῖς ἡδονὴ χρῆται τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν αὐτῆς ἀνειληφόσιν, οἳ τολμῶσιν ἀναδιδάσκειν ὅτι πάντων τὸ κράτος ἀνῆπται μικρῶν
161τε καὶ μεγάλων οὐδενὸς ὑπεξῃρημένου τὸ παράπαν. ἀλλ’ αἵ τε πρῶται τοῦ ἄρρενος πρὸς τὸ θῆλυ σύνοδοι ξεναγὸν ἔχουσιν ἡδονήν, αἵ τε σποραὶ καὶ γενέσεις διὰ ταύτης συνίστανται, τά τε γεννώμενα οὐδενὶ πρῶτον οἰκειοῦσθαι πέφυκεν ἢ ταύτῃ, χαίροντα μὲν ἡδονῇ, τὴν δ’ ἐναντίαν ἀλγηδόνα δυσχεραίνοντα· παρὸ καὶ ἀνακλαίεται τὸ βρέφος ἀποκυηθέν, ἀλγῆσαν ὡς εἰκὸς τῇ περιψύξει· ἐκ γὰρ θερμοτάτου καὶ πυρωδεστάτου χωρίου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν μήτραν, ᾧ πολὺν χρόνον ἐνδιῃτήθη, προελθὸν ἐξαπιναίως εἰς ἀέρα, ψυχρὸν καὶ ἀσυνήθη τόπον, ἐπλήχθη καὶ τῆς ὀδύνης καὶ τοῦ δυσχεραίνειν ἀλγηδόνι τὰ κλαύματα δεῖγμα παρέσχεν ἐναργέστατον.
162σπεύδει τε, φασί, πᾶν ζῷον ὡς ἐπ’ ἀναγκαιότατον καὶ συνεκτικώτατον τέλος ἡδονὴν καὶ μάλιστα ἄνθρωπος· τὰ μὲν γὰρ διὰ γεύσεως μόνον καὶ τῶν γεννητικῶν ἐφίεται ταύτης, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος καὶ διὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων, ὅσα θεάματα ἢ ἀκούσματα τέρψιν δύναται παρασχεῖν ὠσὶ καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς μεταδιώκων.
163λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἄλλα παμπληθῆ πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ πάθους καὶ ὡς ἔστιν οἰκειότατον καὶ συγγενέστατον ζῴοις· ἀπόχρη δὲ δείγματος ἕνεκα καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα, ὧν χάριν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνὴν ἔδοξεν ὁ ὄφις προΐεσθαι. διό μοι δοκεῖ κἀν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος νόμοις, οὗ περὶ ζῴων ἔγραψεν ἅ τε χρὴ προσφέρεσθαι καὶ τοὐναντίον, ἐπαινέσαι μάλιστα τὸν ὀφιομάχην ἐπικαλούμενον (Lev. 11,22)—ἑρπετὸν δ’ ἐστὶν ἔχον ἀνωτέρω σκέλη τῶν ποδῶν, οἷς ἀπὸ γῆς πέφυκε πηδᾶν καὶ μετέωρον αἴρεσθαι καθάπερ τὸ τῶν ἀκρίδων γένος —·
164ὁ γὰρ ὀφιομάχης οὐδὲν ἄλλ’ ἢ συμβολικῶς ἐγκράτεια εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, μάχην ἀκαθαίρετον καὶ πόλεμον ἄσπονδον ἐκφέρουσα πρὸς ἀκρασίαν καὶ ἡδονήν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ εὐτέλειαν καὶ ὀλιγοδεΐαν καὶ ὅσον ἀναγκαῖον φιλαυστήρῳ καὶ σεμνῷ βίῳ διαφερόντως ἀσπάζεται, ἡ δὲ περιεργίαν καὶ πολυτέλειαν, ἃ χλιδῆς καὶ θρύψεως αἴτια γίνεται ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι, δι’ ὧν τὴν ὑπαίτιον καὶ θανάτου χαλεπωτέραν ζωὴν παρὰ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι συμβέβηκε γίνεσθαι.
165Τὰς δὲ γοητείας καὶ ἀπάτας αὑτῆς ἡδονὴ τῷ μὲν ἀνδρὶ οὐ τολμᾷ προσφέρειν, τῇ δὲ γυναικὶ καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐκείνῳ, πάνυ προσφυῶς καὶ εὐθυβόλως· ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μὲν ἔχει λόγον ὁ νοῦς, γυναικὸς δ’ αἴσθησις· ἡδονὴ δὲ προτέραις ἐντυγχάνει καὶ ἐνομιλεῖ ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι, δι’ ὧν καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν φενακίζει· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἑκάστη τῶν αἰσθήσεων τοῖς φίλτροις αὐτῆς ὑπαχθῇ, χαίρουσαι τοῖς προτεινομένοις, ἐπὶ χρωμάτων μὲν καὶ σχημάτων ποικιλίαις ὄψις, ἐπὶ δὲ φωνῶν ἐμμελείαις ἀκοή, ἐν δὲ χυλῶν ἡδύτησι γεῦσις, κἀν ταῖς τῶν ἀναθυμιωμένων ἀτμῶν εὐωδίαις ὄσφρησις, δεξάμεναι τὰ δῶρα θεραπαινίδων τρόπον προσφέρουσιν οἷα δεσπότῃ τῷ λογισμῷ, παράκλητον ἐπαγόμεναι πειθὼ περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπώσασθαι τὸ παράπαν· ὁ δ’ αὐτίκα δελεασθεὶς ὑπήκοος ἀνθ’ ἡγεμόνος καὶ δοῦλος ἀντὶ δεσπότου καὶ ἀντὶ πολίτου φυγὰς καὶ θνητὸς ἀντ’ ἀθανάτου γίνεται.
166συνόλως γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνοητέον ὅτι οἷα ἑταιρὶς καὶ μαχλὰς οὖσα ἡδονὴ γλίχεται τυχεῖν ἐραστοῦ καὶ μαστροποὺς ἀναζητεῖ, δι’ ὧν τοῦτον ἀγκιστρεύσεται· μαστροπεύουσι δ’ αὐτῇ καὶ προξενοῦσι τὸν ἐρῶντα αἰσθήσεις, ἃς δελεάσασα ῥᾳδίως ὑπηγάγετο τὸν νοῦν, ᾧ τὰ φανέντα ἐκτὸς εἴσω κομίζουσαι διαγγέλλουσι καὶ ἐπιδείκνυνται, τοὺς τύπους ἑκάστων ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι καὶ τὸ ὅμοιον ἐνεργαζόμεναι πάθος· κηρῷ γὰρ ἐοικὼς δέχεται τὰς διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων φαντασίας, αἷς τὰ σώματα καταλαμβάνει δι’ αὑτοῦ μὴ δυνάμενος, καθάπερ εἶπον ἤδη.
167Τὰ δ’ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἡδονῆς εὐθὺς εὕραντο οἱ πρῶτοι γενόμενοι δοῦλοι χαλεποῦ καὶ δυσιάτου πάθους· ἡ μὲν γυνὴ σφοδρὰς ἀνίας ἐνδεξαμένη τὰς ἐν ὠδῖσι καὶ τὰς παρὰ τὸν ἄλλον βίον λύπας ἐπαλλήλους καὶ μάλιστα τὰς ἐπὶ τέκνοις γεννωμένοις καὶ τρεφομένοις καὶ νοσοῦσι καὶ ὑγιαίνουσι καὶ εὐτυχοῦσι καὶ ἀτυχοῦσιν, εἶτ’ ἀφαίρεσιν ἐλευθερίας καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνόντος ἀνδρὸς δεσποτείαν, οὗ τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι πειθαρχεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· ὁ δ’ ἀνὴρ ἐν μέρει πόνους καὶ ταλαιπωρίας καὶ συνεχεῖς ἱδρῶτας ἕνεκα πορισμοῦ τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ στέρησιν μὲν τῶν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν, ἅπερ ἐδιδάχθη φέρειν ἡ γῆ δίχα γεωργικῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἀτρύτων δὲ μετουσίαν καμάτων εἰς ζήτησιν βίου καὶ τροφῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λιμῷ παραπολέσθαι·
168οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ὥσπερ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην ἀεὶ φωσφορεῖν ἅπαξ κελευσθέντας ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τοῦ παντὸς καὶ τὸ θεῖον πρόσταγμα διατηρεῖν οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου χάριν ἢ ὅτι τῶν ὅρων οὐρανοῦ μακρὰν κακία πεφυγάδευται, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τῆς γῆς τὴν βαθεῖαν καὶ καρποφόρον ἄνευ τέχνης καὶ συμπράξεως γεωπόνων ἀνδρῶν φέρειν ἂν πολλὴν ἀφθονίαν κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας· νυνὶ δὲ αἱ ἀέναοι πηγαὶ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίτων ἐπεσχέθησαν, ὅτε ἤρξατο κακία τὰς ἀρετὰς παρευημερεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὡς ἀναξίοις χορηγῶσιν.
169ἔδει μὲν οὖν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, εἰ τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ἔμελλε δίκην ὑπομένειν, ἠφανίσθαι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα θεὸν ἀχαριστίαν· ὁ δ’ ἅτε τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως οἶκτον λαβὼν ἐμετρίασε τὴν τιμωρίαν, τὸ μὲν γένος ἐάσας διαμένειν, τὰς δὲ τροφὰς οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἐξ ἑτοίμου παρασχών, ἵνα μὴ δυσὶ κακοῖς ἀργίᾳ καὶ κόρῳ χρώμενοι πλημμελῶσι καὶ ὑβρίζωσι.
170Τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ βίος τῶν ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν ἀκακίᾳ καὶ ἁπλότητι χρωμένων, αὖθις δὲ κακίαν ἀντ’ ἀρετῆς προτιμώντων [ὧν ἄξιον ἀπέχεσθαι]. διὰ δὲ τῆς λεχθείσης κοσμοποιίας πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκει, πέντε δὲ τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ πάντων ἄριστα· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἔστι τὸ θεῖον καὶ ὑπάρχει, διὰ τοὺς ἀθέους, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐνεδοίασαν ἐπαμφοτερίσαντες περὶ τῆς ὑπάρξεως αὐτοῦ, οἱ δὲ τολμηρότεροι καὶ κατεθρασύναντο φάμενοι μηδ’ ὅλως εἶναι, λέγεσθαι δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον πρὸς ἀνθρώπων πλάσμασι μυθικοῖς ἐπισκιασάντων τὴν ἀλήθειαν·
171δεύτερον δ’ ὅτι θεὸς εἷς ἐστι, διὰ τοὺς εἰσηγητὰς τῆς πολυθέου δόξης, οἳ οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσι τὴν φαυλοτάτην τῶν κακοπολιτειῶν ὀχλοκρατίαν ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν μετοικίζοντες· τρίτον δ’ ὡς ἤδη λέλεκται ὅτι γενητὸς ὁ κόσμος, διὰ τοὺς οἰομένους αὐτὸν ἀγένητον καὶ ἀίδιον εἶναι, οἳ πλέον οὐδὲν ἀπονέμουσι θεῷ· τέταρτον δ’ ὅτι καὶ εἷς ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ εἷς ὁ δημιουργὸς ὁ ἐξομοιώσας αὑτῷ κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν τὸ ἔργον, ὃς ἁπάσῃ κατεχρήσατο τῇ ὕλῃ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου γένεσιν· ὅλον γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἦν, εἰ μὴ ἐξ ὅλων ἐπάγη καὶ συνέστη τῶν μερῶν· εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ πλείους ὑπολαμβάνοντες εἶναι κόσμους, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπείρους, ἄπειροι καὶ ἀνεπιστήμονες αὐτοὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντες ὧν καλὸν ἐπιστήμην ἔχειν· πέμπτον δ’ ὅτι καὶ προνοεῖ τοῦ κόσμου ὁ θεός· ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γὰρ ἀεὶ τὸ πεποιηκὸς τοῦ γενομένου φύσεως νόμοις καὶ θεσμοῖς ἀναγκαῖον, καθ’ οὓς καὶ γονεῖς τέκνων προμηθοῦνται.
172ὁ δὴ ταῦτα μὴ ἀκοῇ μᾶλλον ἢ διανοίᾳ προμαθὼν καὶ ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ ψυχῇ σφραγισάμενος θαυμάσια καὶ περιμάχητα εἴδη, καὶ ὅτι ἔστι καὶ ὑπάρχει θεὸς καὶ ὅτι εἷς ὁ ὢν ὄντως ἐστὶ καὶ ὅτι πεποίηκε τὸν κόσμον καὶ πεποίηκεν ἕνα, ὡς ἐλέχθη, κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν ἐξομοιώσας ἑαυτῷ καὶ ὅτι ἀεὶ προνοεῖ τοῦ γεγονότος, μακαρίαν καὶ εὐδαίμονα ζωὴν βιώσεται δόγμασιν εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος χαραχθείς.
Sections 151–172
151But since nothing in creation lasts for ever, but all mortal things are liable to inevitable changes and alterations, it was unavoidable that the first man should also undergo some disaster. And the beginning of his life being liable to reproach, was his wife. For, as long as he was single, he resembled, as to his creation, both the world and God; and he represented in his soul the characteristics of the nature of each, I do not mean all of them, but such as a mortal constitution was capable of admitting. But when woman also was created, man perceiving a closely connected figure and a kindred formation to his own, rejoiced at the sight, and approached her and embraced her.
152And she, in like manner, beholding a creature greatly resembling herself, rejoiced also, and addressed him in reply with due modesty. And love being engendered, and, as it were, uniting two separate portions of one animal into one body, adapted them to each other, implanting in each of them a desire of connection with the other with a view to the generation of a being similar to themselves. And this desire caused likewise pleasure to their bodies, which is the beginning of iniquities and transgressions, and it is owing to this that men have exchanged their previously immortal and happy existence for one which is mortal and full of misfortune.
153But while man was still living a solitary life, and before woman was created, the history relates that a paradise was planted by God in no respect resembling the parks which are seen among men now. For parks of our day are only lifeless woods, full of all kinds of trees, some evergreen with a view to the undisturbed delectation of the sight; others budding and germinating in the spring season, and producing fruit, some eatable by men, and sufficient, not only for the necessary support of nature as food, but also for the superfluous enjoyment of luxurious life; and some not eatable by men, but of necessity bestowed upon the beasts. But in the paradise, made by God, all the plants were endowed in the souls and reason, producing for their fruit the different virtues, and, moreover, imperishable wisdom and prudence, by which honourable and dishonourable things are distinguished from one another, and also a life free from disease, and exempt from corruption, and all other qualities corresponding to these already mentioned.
154And these statements appear to me to be dictated by a philosophy which is symbolical rather than strictly accurate. For no trees of life or of knowledge have ever at any previous time appeared upon the earth, nor is it likely that any will appear hereafter. But I rather conceive that Moses was speaking in an allegorical spirit, intending by his paradise to intimate the dominant character of the soul, which is full of innumerable opinions as this figurative paradise was of trees. And by the tree of life he was shadowing out the greatest of the virtues—namely, piety towards the gods, by means of which the soul is made immortal; and by the tree which had the knowledge of good and evil, he was intimating that wisdom and moderation, by means of which things, contrary in their nature to one another, are distinguished.
155Therefore, having laid down these to be boundaries as it were in the soul, God then, like a judge, began to consider to which side men would be most inclined by nature. And when he saw that the disposition of man had a tendency to wickedness, and was but little inclined to holiness or piety, by which qualities an immortal life is secured, he drove them forth as was very natural, and banished him from paradise; giving no hope of any subsequent restoration to his soul which had sinned in such a desperate and irremediable manner. Since even the opportunity of deceit was blameable in no slight degree, which I must not pass over in this place.
156It is said that the old poisonous and earthborn reptile, the serpent, uttered the voice of a man. And he on one occasion coming to the wife of the first created man, reproached her with her slowness and her excessive prudence, because she delayed and hesitated to gather the fruit which was completely beautiful to look at, and exceedingly sweet to enjoy, and was, moreover, most useful as being a means by which men might be able to distinguish between good and evil. And she, without any inquiry, prompted by an unstable and rash mind, acquiesced in his advice, and ate of the fruit, and gave a portion of it to her husband. And this conduct suddenly changed both of them from innocence and simplicity of character to all kinds of wickedness; at which the Father of all was indignant. For their actions deserved his anger, inasmuch as they, passing by the tree of eternal life, the tree which might have endowed them with perfection of virtue, and by means of which they might have enjoyed a long and happy life, preferred a brief and mortal (I will not call it life, but) time full of unhappiness; and, accordingly, he appointed them such punishment as was befitting.
157And these things are not mere fabulous inventions, in which the race of poets and sophists delights, but are rather types shadowing forth some allegorical truth, according to some mystical explanation. And any one who follows a reasonable train of conjecture, will say with great propriety, that the aforesaid serpent is the symbol of pleasure, because in the first place he is destitute of feet, and crawls on his belly with his face downwards. In the second place, because he uses lumps of clay for food. Thirdly, because he bears poison in his teeth, by which it is his nature to kill those who are bitten by him.
158And the man devoted to pleasure is free from none of the aforementioned evils; for it is with difficulty that he can raise his head, being weighed down and dragged down, since intemperance trips him up and keeps him down. And he feeds, not on heavenly food, which wisdom offers to contemplative men by means of discourses and opinions; but on that which is put forth by the earth in the varying seasons of the year, from which arise drunkenness and voracity, and licentiousness, breaking through and inflaming the appetites of the belly, and enslaving them in subjection to gluttony, by which they strengthen the impetuous passions, the seat of which is beneath the belly; and make them break forth. And they lick up the result of the labours of cooks and tavern-keepers; and at times some of them in ecstasy with the flavour of the delicious food, moves about his head and reaches forward, being desirous to participate in the sight. And when he sees an expensively furnished table, he throws himself bodily upon the delicacies which are abundantly prepared, and devotes himself to them, wishing to be filled with them all together, and so to depart, having no other end in view than that he should allow nothing of such a sumptuous preparation to be wasted. Owing to which conduct, he too, carries about poison in his teeth, no less than the serpent does;
159for his teeth are the ministers and servants of his insatiability, cutting up and smoothing everything which has a reference to eating, and committing them, in the first place to the tongue, which decides upon, and distinguishes between the various flavours, and, subsequently, to the larynx. But immoderate indulgence in eating is naturally a poisonous and deadly habit, inasmuch as what is so devoured is not capable of digestion, in consequence of the quantity of additional food which is heaped in on the top of it, and arrives before what was previously eaten is converted into juice.
160And the serpent is said to have uttered a human voice, because pleasure employs innumerable champions and defenders who take care to advocate its interests, and who dare to assert that the power over everything, both small and great, does of right belong to it without any exception whatever.
161Now, the first approaches of the male to the female have a pleasure in them which brings on other pleasures also, and it is through this pleasure that the formation and generation of children is carried on. And what is generated by it appears to be attached to nothing rather than to it, since they rejoice in pleasure, and are impatient at pain, which is its contrary. On which account even the infant when first brought forth cries, being as it seems in pain at the cold. For coming forth on a sudden into the air from a very warm, and indeed, hot region—namely, the womb, in which it has been abiding a considerable time, the air being a cold place and one to which it is wholly unaccustomed, it is alarmed, and pours forth tears as the most evident proof of its grief and of its impatience at pain.
162For every animal, it is said, hastens to pleasure as to the cud which is most indispensable and necessary to its very existence; and, above all other animals, this is the case with man. For other animals pursue pleasure only in taste and in the acts of generation; but man aims at it by means of his other senses also, devoting himself to whatever sights or sounds can impart pleasure to his eyes or ears.
163And many other things are said in the way of praise of this inclination, especially that it is one most peculiar and kindred to all animals. But what has been already said is sufficient to show what the reasons were on account of which the serpent appears to have uttered a human voice. And it is on this account that Moses appears to me in the particular laws also which he issued in the respect to animals, deciding what were proper to be eaten, and what were not, to have given especial praise to the animal called the serpent fighter. This is a reptile with jointed legs above its feet, by which it is able to leap and to raise itself on high, in the same manner as the tribe of locusts.
164For the serpent fighter appears to me to be no other than temperance expressed under a symbolical figure, waging an interminable and unrelenting warfare against intemperance and pleasure. For temperance especially embraces economy and frugality, and pares down the necessities to a small number, preferring a life of austerity and dignity. But intemperance is devoted to extravagance and superfluity, which are the causes of luxury and effeminacy to both soul and body, and to which it is owing that in the opinion of wise men life is but a faulty thing, and more miserable than death.
165But its juggleries and deceits pleasure does not venture to bring directly to the man, but first offers them to the woman, and by her means to the man; acting in a very natural and sagacious manner. For in human beings the mind occupies the rank of the man, and the sensations that of the woman. And pleasure joins itself to and associates itself with the sensations first of all, and then by their means cajoles also the mind, which is the dominant part. For, after each of the senses have been subjected to the charms of pleasure, and has learnt to delight in what is offered to it, the sight being fascinated by varieties of colours and shapes, the hearing by harmonious sounds, the taste by the sweetness of flowers, and the smell by the delicious fragrance of the odours which are brought before it, these all having received these offerings, like handmaids, bring them to the mind as their master, leading with them persuasion as an advocate, to warn it against rejecting any of them whatever. And the mind being immediately caught by the bait, becomes a subject instead of a ruler, and a slave instead of a master, and an exile instead of a citizen, and a mortal instead of an immortal.
166For we must altogether not be ignorant that pleasure, being like a courtesan or mistress, is eager to meet with a lover, and seeks for panders in order by their means to catch a lover. And the sensations are her panders, and conciliate love to her, and she employing them as baits, easily brings the mind into subjection to her. And the sensations conveying within the mind the things which have been seen externally, explain and display the forms of each of them, setting their seal upon a similar affection. For the mind is like wax, and receives the impressions of appearances through the sensations, by means of which it makes itself master of the body, which of itself it would not be able to do, as I have already said.
167And those who have previously become the slaves of pleasure immediately receive the wages of this miserable and incurable passion. For the woman having received vehement pains, partly in her travail, and partly such as are a rapid succession of agonies during the other portions of her life, and especially with reference to the bringing forth and bringing up of her children, to their diseases and their health, to their good or evil fortune, to an extent that utterly deprives her of her freedom and subjects her to the dominion of the man who is her companion, finds it unavoidable to obey all his commands. And the man in his turn endures toils and labours, and continual sweats, in order to the providing of himself with necessaries, and he also bears the deprivation of all those spontaneous good things which the earth was originally taught to produce without requiring the skill of the farmer, and he is subjected to a state in which he lives in incessant labour, for the purpose of seeking for food and means of subsistence, in order to avoid perishing by hunger.
168For I think that as the sun and the moon do continually give light, ever since they were originally commanded to do so at the time of the original creation of the universe, and as they constantly obey the divine injunction, for the sake of no other reason but because evil and disobedience are banished to a distance far from the boundaries of heaven: so in the same way would the fertile and productive regions of the earth yield an immense abundance in the various seasons of the year, without any skill or co-operation on the part of the husbandman. But at present the ever-flowing fountains of the graces of God have been checked, from the time when wickedness began to increase faster than the virtues, in order that they might not be supplying men who were unworthy to be benefited by them.
169Therefore, the race of mankind, if it had met with strict and befitting justice, must have been utterly destroyed, because of its ingratitude to God its benefactor and its Saviour. But God, being merciful by nature, took pity upon them, and moderated their punishment. And he permitted the race to continue to exist, but he no longer gave them food as he had done before from ready prepared stores, lest if they were under the dominion of his evils, satiety and idleness, they should become unruly and insolent.
170Such is the life of those who originally were men of innocence and simplicity, and also of those who have come to prefer vice to virtue, from whom one ought to keep aloof. And in his before mentioned account of the creation of the world, Moses teaches us also many other things, and especially five most beautiful lessons which are superior to all others. In the first place, for the sake of convicting the atheists, he teaches us that the Deity has a real being and existence. Now, of the atheists, some have only doubted of the existence of God, stating it to be an uncertain thing; but others, who are more audacious, have taken courage, and asserted positively that there is no such thing; but this is affirmed only by men who have darkened the truth with fabulous inventions.
171In the second place he teaches us that God is one; having reference here to the assertors of the polytheistic doctrine; men who do not blush to transfer that worst of evil constitutions, ochlocracy, from earth to heaven. Thirdly, he teaches, as has been already related, that the world was created; by this lesson refuting those who think that it is uncreated and eternal, and who thus attribute no glory to God. In the fourth place we learn that the world also which was thus created is one, since also the Creator is one, and he, making his creation to resemble himself in its singleness, employed all existing essence in the creation of the universe. For it would not have been complete if it had not been made and composed of all parts which were likewise whole and complete. For there are some persons who believe that there are many worlds, and some who even fancy that they are boundless in extent, being themselves inexperienced and ignorant of the truth of those things of which it is desirable to have a correct knowledge. The fifth lesson that Moses teaches us is, that God exerts his providence for the benefit of the world.
172For it follows of necessity that the Creator must always care for that which he has created, just as parents do also care for their children. And he who has learnt this not more by hearing it than by his own understanding, and has impressed on his own soul these marvellous facts which are the subject of so much contention—namely, that God has a being and existence, and that he who so exists is really one, and that he has created the world, and that he has created it one as has been stated, having made it like to himself in singleness; and that he exercises a continual care for that which he has created will live a happy and blessed life, stamped with the doctrines of piety and holiness.